Classic Audiobook Collection - Summa Contra Gentiles Vol 2 by Saint Thomas Aquinas ~ Full Audiobook [religion]
Episode Date: April 19, 2025Summa Contra Gentiles Vol 2 by Saint Thomas Aquinas audiobook. Genre: religion In Summa Contra Gentiles, Saint Thomas Aquinas sets out to explain and defend core truths of the Christian faith in a wa...y that can be followed even by readers who do not accept the authority of Scripture. Volume 2 corresponds to Book II, where Aquinas turns from what reason can know about God in himself to what reason can infer about God as the source of all that exists. Step by step, he examines how the world depends on a first cause, what it means to say that God creates, and how divine wisdom and goodness are reflected in the order of nature. Along the way he engages major philosophical questions: the relationship between Creator and creatures, the origins and hierarchy of spiritual beings, the nature of the human soul and its powers, and how providence can be affirmed without denying genuine causality within the created world. Written in Aquinas' clear, disputational style, these chapters offer a rigorous bridge between philosophy and theology, inviting the listener into a sustained argument about creation, intelligibility, and the place of human beings within a universe grounded in God. For ad-free listening try our premium subscription Chapters (Approximate) (00:00:00) Chapter 001 (00:04:03) Chapter 002 (00:09:17) Chapter 003 (00:14:25) Chapter 004 (00:18:32) Chapter 005 (00:19:31) Chapter 006 (00:23:53) Chapter 007 (00:26:33) Chapter 008 (00:29:18) Chapter 009 (00:31:37) Chapter 010 (00:34:03) Chapter 011 (00:36:31) Chapter 012 (00:40:21) Chapter 013 (00:43:27) Chapter 014 (00:45:00) Chapter 015 (00:53:34) Chapter 016 (01:05:11) Chapter 017 (01:08:39) Chapter 018 (01:11:26) Chapter 019 (01:17:16) Chapter 020 (01:22:38) Chapter 021 (01:33:29) Chapter 022 (01:41:31) Chapter 023 (01:50:06) Chapter 024 (01:54:39) Chapter 025 (02:04:37) Chapter 026 (02:09:51) Chapter 027 (02:11:27) Chapter 028 (02:19:55) Chapter 029 (02:26:21) Chapter 030 (02:43:17) Chapter 031 (02:49:26) Chapter 032 (02:59:22) Chapter 033 (03:07:01) Chapter 034 (03:12:23) Chapter 035 (03:23:15) Chapter 036 (03:29:23) Chapter 037 (03:36:23) Chapter 038 (03:44:02) Chapter 039 (03:51:01) Chapter 040 (03:56:26) Chapter 041 (04:07:15) Chapter 042 (04:16:01) Chapter 043 (04:23:24) Chapter 044 (04:36:56) Chapter 045 (04:44:22) Chapter 046 (04:51:49) Chapter 047 (04:58:13) Chapter 048 (05:04:21) Chapter 049 (05:11:07) Chapter 050 (05:17:28) Chapter 051 (05:20:18) Chapter 052 (05:28:19) Chapter 053 (05:31:47) Chapter 054 (05:36:40) Chapter 055 (05:53:28) Chapter 056 (06:04:20) Chapter 057 (06:15:36) Chapter 058 (06:27:47) Chapter 059 (06:40:12) Chapter 060 (07:02:56) Chapter 061 (07:07:20) Chapter 062 (07:17:10) Chapter 063 (07:20:45) Chapter 064 (07:23:34) Chapter 065 (07:28:10) Chapter 066 (07:31:20) Chapter 067 (07:34:01) Chapter 068 (07:42:48) Chapter 069 (07:49:22) Chapter 070 (07:54:42) Chapter 071 (07:57:19) Chapter 072 (08:02:59) Chapter 073 (08:33:19) Chapter 074 (08:45:15) Chapter 075 (09:04:04) Chapter 076 (09:21:22) Chapter 077 (09:29:16) Chapter 078 (09:43:17) Chapter 079 (09:55:11) Chapter 080 (10:02:00) Chapter 081 (10:15:11) Chapter 082 (10:29:47) Chapter 083 (11:01:14) Chapter 084 (11:07:20) Chapter 085 (11:14:44) Chapter 086 (11:22:35) Chapter 087 (11:28:25) Chapter 088 (11:37:42) Chapter 089 Max Character Limit reached Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices
Transcript
Discussion (0)
Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on creation by St. Thomas Aquinas, translated by the fathers of the
English Dominican province. The Summa Contra Gentiles, second book, Chapter 1, Connection of the Foregoing
with the Sequel. I meditated on all thy works. I meditated upon the works of thy hands.
Psalm 142, verse 5. It is impossible to know a thing perfectly, unless we know it's
operation, since from the mode and species of its operation, we gauge the measure and quality of its
power, while the power of a thing shows forth its nature, because a thing has naturally an aptitude
for work according as it actually has such and such a nature. Now the operation of a thing is
twofold, as the philosopher teaches in the ninth book of metaphysics, one that abides in the very
worker and is a perfection of the worker himself, such as to sense, to understand, and to will.
And another that passes into an outward thing, and is a perfection of the thing made that results
from it, such as to heat, to cut, and to build. Now both of the aforesaid operations are competent
to God, the former, in that he understands wills, rejoices, and loves. The latter, in the latter,
in that he brings forth things into being, preserves them, and rules them.
Since, however, the former operation is a perfection of the operator,
while the latter is a perfection of the thing made,
and since the agent is naturally prior to the thing made,
and is the cause thereof,
it follows that the first of the aforesaid operations is the reason of the second
and naturally precedes it, as a cause precedes its effect.
This is, in fact, clearly seen in human affairs, for the thought and will of the craftsmen
is the origin and reason of the work of building.
Accordingly, the first of the aforesaid operations, as a simple perfection of the operator,
claims for itself the name of operation, or again, of action.
While the second, as being a perfection of the thing made, takes the name of work,
wherefore those things which a craftsman brings into being by an action of this kind are said to be his handiwork.
Of the former operation of God, we have already spoken in the foregoing book, where we treated of the divine knowledge and will.
Wherefore, in order to complete our trieties of the divine truth, it remains for us to treat of the latter operation, whereby, to wit, things are made and governed by God.
We may gather this order from the words quoted above.
For first he speaks of meditation on the first kind of operation when he says,
I meditated on all thy operations,
so that we refer operation to the divine intelligence and will.
Then he refers to meditation on God's works when he says,
and I meditated on the works of thy hands,
so that by the works of his hands,
we understand heaven and earth and all that is brought into being by God
as the handiwork produced by a craftsman.
End of Chapter 1
Read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 2 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation
by St. Thomas Aquinas, translated by the fathers of the English-Dominican province.
This Librevox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 2.
that the consideration of creatures is useful for building up our faith.
This meditation on the divine works is indeed necessary in order to build up man's faith in God.
First, because through meditating on his works, we are able somewhat to admire and consider the divine wisdom.
For things made by art are indications of the art itself, since they are made in likeness to the art.
Now God brought things into being by His wisdom, for which reason it is said in the Psalm 103, verse 24.
Thou hast made all things in wisdom.
Hence we are able to gather the wisdom of God from the consideration of his works,
since by a kind of communication of his likeness, it is spread abroad in the things he has made.
For it is said in Ecclesiasticus chapter 1 verse 10, he poured her out, namely wisdom,
upon all his works.
Wherefore the psalmist, after saying, in Psalm 138 verse 6 and following,
Thy knowledge is become wonderful to me, it is high, and I cannot reach to it.
And after referring to the aid of the divine enlightening when he says,
Night shall be my light, etc., confesses himself to have been helped to know the divine wisdom
by the consideration of the divine works, saying,
Wonderful are thy works, and my soul knoweth right well.
Secondly, this consideration leads us to admire the sublime power of God,
and consequently begets in men's hearts a reverence for God.
For we must needs conclude that the power of the maker transcends the things made.
Wherefore it is said in Wisdom 13 verse 4,
if they, the philosophers to wit, admired their power and their effects,
namely, of the heavens, stars, and elements of the world,
let them understand that he that made them is mightier than they.
Also it is written, in Romans chapter 1, verse 20,
the invisible things of God are clearly seen,
being understood by the things that are made,
his eternal power also and divinity.
And this admiration makes us fear and reverence God.
Hence it is said in Jeremiah 10, verse 6 and 7,
great is thy name and might, who shall not fear thee, O king of nations?
Thirdly, this consideration inflames the soul of men to the love of the divine goodness.
For whatever goodness and perfection is generally apportioned among various creatures
is all united together in him universally, as in the source of all goodness as we proved in the first book.
Wherefore, if the goodness, beauty, and sweetness of creatures are so alluring to the minds of men,
the fountainhead of the goodness of God himself,
in comparison with the rivulets of goodness which we find in creatures,
will draw the entranced minds of men wholly to itself.
Hence it is said in the Psalm 91, verse 5,
Thou hast given me, O Lord, a delight in thy doings,
and in the works of thy hands I shall rejoice.
And elsewhere, in Psalm 35 verses 9 and 10,
it is said of the children of men,
they shall be inebriated with the plenty of thy house.
that is, of all creatures, and thou shalt make them drink of the torrent of thy pleasure,
for with thee is the fountain of life.
Again it is said, in Wisdom chapter 13 verse one against certain men,
by these good things that are seen, namely creatures that are good by participation,
they could not understand him that is good to it, nay more, that is goodness itself,
as we have shown in the first book.
Fourthly, this consideration bestows on man a certain likeness to the divine perfection.
For it was shown in the first book that God, by knowing himself, beholds all other things in himself.
Since then the Christian faith teaches man chiefly about God and makes him to know creatures by the light of divine revelation,
there results in man a certain likeness to the divine wisdom.
Hence it is said in 2 Corinthians chapter 3 verse 18,
but we all beholding the glory of the Lord with open face are transformed into the same image.
Accordingly, it is evident that the consideration of creatures helps to build up the Christian faith.
Wherefore it is said in Ecclesiasticus, chapter 42 verse 15,
I will remember the works of the Lord and I will declare the things I have seen.
By the words of the Lord are His works.
End of chapter 2.
read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 3 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation, by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province.
This Librevox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 3. That the knowledge of the nature of creatures avails for refuting errors against God.
The consideration of creatures is likewise necessary.
not only for the building up of faith, but also for the destruction of errors.
For errors about creatures sometimes lead one astray from the truth of faith,
insofar as they disagree with true knowledge of God.
This happens in several ways.
First, because through ignorance of the nature of creatures,
men are sometimes so far misled as to deem that which can but derive its being from something else
to be the first cause and God, for they think that nothing exists besides visible creatures.
Such were those who thought that any kind of body was God, of whom it is said in Wisdom
13 verse 2, who, having imagined either the fire or the wind or the swift air,
or the circle of the stars, or the great water, or the sun and moon to be the gods.
Secondly, because they ascribe to certain creatures that which belongs to God alone.
This also results from error about creatures.
For one does not ascribe to a thing, that which is incompatible with its nature, unless
one is ignorant of its nature.
For instance, if we were to ascribe three feet to a man.
Now that which belongs to God alone is incompatible with the nature of a creature,
even as that which belongs to man alone is incompatible with another thing's nature.
Hence the foregoing error arises from ignorance of the creature's nature.
Against this error, it is said in Wisdom 14 verse 21,
they gave the incommunicable name to stones and wood.
Into this error fell those who ascribe the creation of things
or the knowledge of the future or the working of miracles
to causes other than God.
Thirdly, because something is withdrawn from the divine power
in its working on creatures through ignorance of the creature's nature.
This is evidenced in those who ascribe to things a twofold principle,
and in those who aver that things proceed from God
not by the divine will, but by natural necessity,
and in those who withdraw either all or some things from the divine providence,
or who deny that it can work outside the ordinary course of things.
For all these are derogatory to the divine power.
Against these it is said in Job chapter 22 verse 17,
who looked upon the Almighty as if he could do nothing,
and in Wisdom chapter 12 verse 17,
thou showest thy power,
when men will not believe thee to be absolute in power.
Fourthly, man, who is led by faith to God as his last end, through ignoring the natures of things,
and consequently the order of his place in the universe, thinks himself to be beneath certain creatures
above whom he is placed, as is evidenced in those who subject man's will to the stars.
And against these, it is said in Jeremiah 10 verse 2, be not afraid of the signs of heaven which
the heathens fear, also in those who deem the angels to be the creators of souls, and human souls
to be mortal, and in those who hold any like opinions derogatory to the dignity of man.
Accordingly, it is clear that the opinion is false of those who asserted that it mattered
not to the truth of faith what opinions one holds about creatures, so long as one has a right
opinion about God.
as Augustine relates in his book
De Origine Anime
Since error concerning creatures
by subjecting the human mind to causes
other than God
amounts to a false opinion about God
and misleads the minds of men
from God to whom faith strives
to lead to them
Wherefore scripture threatens punishment to those
who err about creatures
As to unbelievers
In the words of the Psalm 27
Verse 5
because they have not understood the works of the Lord and the operations of his hands,
thou shalt destroy them and shalt not build them up.
And in Wisdom, chapter 2, verse 21,
these things they thought and were deceived,
and further on in verse 23,
they esteemed not the honor of holy souls.
End of chapter 3, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 4 of Summa Contragentil.
Second Book on Creation by St. Thomas Aquinas, translated by the Fathers of the English
Dominican province. This Libravox recording is in the public domain. Chapter 4. That the philosopher
and the theologian treat of creatures in different ways. Now it is evident, from what has been
said, that the teaching of the Christian faith treats of creatures in so far as they reflect a certain
likeness of God, and for as much as error concerning them leads to error about God.
And so they are viewed from a different point by the aforesaid teaching and by that of human
philosophy. For human philosophy considers them as such, wherefore we find that the different
parts of philosophy correspond to the different genera of things. On the other hand, the Christian
faith does not consider them as such, for instance, he considers fire, not as such.
but is representing the sublimity of God, and is being directed to him in any way whatsoever.
For as it is stated in Ecclesiasticus, chapter 42, verses 16 and 17,
full of the glory of the Lord is his work, hath not the Lord made the saints to declare
all his wonderful works? Hence also the philosopher and the believer consider different matters
about creatures. For the philosopher considers such things as belong to them by their own nature.
for instance, that fire tends upwards, whereas the believer considers about creatures only such
things as belong to them in respect of the relation to God, for instance, that they are created by God,
are subject to God and so forth. Wherefore, it argues not imperfection in the teaching of faith
if it overlooks many properties of things, such as the shape of the heavens and the quality of its
movement. Since neither does the physicist consider the same characters of a line as the geometrician,
but only such as are accidental thereto as the term of a natural body. Any matters, however,
that the philosopher and the believer in common consider about creatures are delivered through
different principles on the one hand and on the other. For the philosopher takes his argument
from the proper causes of things, whereas the believer has recourse to the first
cause, for instance, because it has been thus delivered by God, or because it conduces to God's
glory, or because God's power is infinite. Hence, the teaching of faith should be called the greatest
wisdom, since it considers the highest cause, according to the saying of Deuteronomy
4 verse 6, for this is your wisdom and understanding in the sight of nations.
wherefore human philosophy is a handmaid to her as mistress.
For this reason, sometimes divine wisdom argues from the principles of human philosophy,
since also among philosophers the first philosophy makes use of the teachings of all sciences
in order to establish its purpose.
Hence again, both teachings do not follow the same order,
for in the teaching of philosophy which considers creatures in themselves
and leads us from them to the knowledge of God,
the first consideration is about creatures and the last of God,
whereas in the teaching of faith,
which considers creatures only in the relation to God,
the consideration about God takes the first place
and that about creatures the last.
And thus it is more perfect,
as being more like God's knowledge,
for he beholds other things by knowing himself.
Wherefore, according to this order,
After what has been said in the first book about God in himself,
it remains for us to treat of the things which proceed from him.
End of Chapter 4, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 5 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation,
by St. Thomas Aquinas, translated by the fathers of the English-Dominican province.
This Librevox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 5. Order of the Things to Be Said.
We shall treat of these things in the following order.
First, we shall discourse of the bringing forth of things into being, starting at Chapter 6.
Secondly, of their distinction, starting at Chapter 39.
Thirdly, of the nature of these same things brought forth and distinct from one another,
so far as it concerns the truth of faith, starting at Chapter 46.
End of Chapter 5
Read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 6 of Summa Contra Gentiles
Second Book on Creation
by St. Thomas Aquinas
translated by the fathers
of the English Dominican province.
This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 6
That it becomes God to be the source of being
to other things.
Taking then as granted,
the things that were proved in the foregoing book,
let us now proceed to prove that it becomes God
to be the source and cause of being to other things.
For it was shown above by the proof of Aristotle
that there is a first efficient cause which we call God.
Now, an efficient cause brings its effects into being.
Therefore, God is the cause of being to other things.
Again, it was shown in the first book by the argument of the same,
same author, that there is a first immovable mover, which we call God.
Now, the first mover in any order of movements is the cause of all the movements in that order.
Since then, many things are brought into being by the movements of the heaven,
and since God has been proved to be the first mover in the order of those movements,
it follows that God is the cause of being to many things.
Moreover, that which belongs to a thing by its nature must needs be in that thing universally,
as for man to be rational and for fire to tend upwards.
Now it belongs to a being in act that it should enact an effect,
for every agent acts according as it is an act,
according to Aristotle in the third book of physics, chapter three paragraph one.
Therefore, it is natural to every being in act to enact something existing in act.
Now God is being in act as we proved in the first book.
Therefore, it is competent to him to produce something in act to which he is the cause of being.
Further, it is a sign of perfection in things of the lower world that they are able to produce
their like, as stated by the philosopher in the fourth book of meteorology.
Now God is supremely perfect, as was proved in the first book.
Therefore it is competent to him to produce something in act like unto himself,
so that he is the cause of its being.
Again, it was shown in the first book that God wills to communicate his being to other things
by way of likeness.
Now it belongs to the will's perfection to be the principle of action and movement,
as stated in the third book of De Anima.
Since then God's will is perfect, it lacks not the power of communicating his being to a thing by way of likeness,
and thus he will be the cause of its being.
Further, the more perfect the principle of a thing's action is,
to so many more and further distant things can it extend its action.
Thus fire, if weak, heats only that which is nigh,
but if strong heats even distant things.
Now pure act which is God is more perfect than act mingled with potentiality as it is with us.
But act is the principle of action.
Since then, by the act which is in us, we are able to proceed not only to actions that abide in us,
such as intelligence and volition, but also to actions that pass on to outward things.
and through which certain things are made by us.
Much more can God, in that he is in act,
not only understand and will, but also produce an effect.
And thus he can be the cause of being to other things.
Hence it is said in Job chapter 5 verse 9,
Who doth great things and unsearchable, things without number?
End of chapter 6, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 7 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation, by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province.
This Librevox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 7. That in God there is active power.
It follows from this that God is powerful, and that active power is fittingly ascribed to him.
For active power is,
the principle of acting on another as such, according to the fourth book of metaphysics,
chapter 12, paragraphs 110 and 11, and the eighth book of metaphysics, chapter 2, paragraph 1.
Now it becomes God to be the principle of being to other things, therefore it becomes him to be powerful.
Moreover, just as passive potentiality is consequent upon being impotentiality,
so active potency is consequent upon being in act.
For, a thing is active because it is an act,
and passive because it is in potentiality,
according to the third book of physics,
Chapter 3, paragraph 1.
Now it becomes God to be in act.
Therefore active power is becoming to him.
Again, the divine perfection includes the perfection of all things,
as was proved in the first book.
Now, act of power belongs to the perfection of a thing,
since a thing is found to be the more perfect in proportion
as it is more powerful.
Therefore, God cannot be devoid of act of power.
Further, whatever acts has the power to act,
since that which is not the power to act cannot possibly act.
And what cannot possibly act of necessity does not act.
Now God acts and moves as was proved above,
therefore he has the power to act.
And active but not passive potency is fittingly ascribed to him.
Hence it is said in the Psalm 88 verse 9,
Thou art mighty potens, O Lord, and elsewhere in Psalm 70 versus 18 and 19.
Thy power and thy justice, O God,
even to the highest great things thou hast done.
End of Chapter 7.
Read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 8 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation, by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province.
This Librevox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 8.
That God's power is His Substance.
We may also conclude from this.
that the divine power is God's very substance.
For act of power becomes a thing according as this is an act.
Now God is very act, nor is he being an act by some act that is not himself,
since in him there is no potentiality, as we have proved in the first book.
Therefore, he is his own power.
Again, whatever is powerful,
and is not its own power, is powerful by participating another's power.
But nothing can be ascribed to God by participation, for he is his own being, as we proved in the first book.
Therefore, he is his own power.
Moreover, active power belongs to a thing's perfection, as stated above.
Now every perfection of God is contained in his very being, as was shown in the first book.
Therefore, the divine power is not other than His very being.
Now God is His own being, as we proved in the first book.
Therefore, he is his own power.
Again, in those things whose powers are not their substance, their powers are accidents.
Hence, natural power is placed in the second species of accident.
But in God, there can be no accident.
as was proved in the first book.
Therefore, God is his own power.
Further,
whatever is by another
is reduced to that which is by its very self,
being thus reduced to that which is first.
Now other agents are reduced to God as first agent,
therefore he is agent by his very self.
But that which acts by its very self
acts by its essence, and that by which a thing acts is its active power.
Therefore, God's very essence is his active power.
End of Chapter 8, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 9 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province.
This Librevox recording is in the public table.
domain.
Chapter 9.
That God's power is His action.
From this we can show that God's power is not other than his action.
For things that are identical with one and the same thing are identical with one another,
as stated in the Sophistical Refutations, 6-8.
Now, God's power is his substance as we have proved,
and his action is also his substance as we showed in.
the first book with regard to his intellectual operation, for this applies equally to his other
operations. Therefore, in God, power is not distinct from action. Again, the action of a thing
is a complement of its power, for it is compared to power as a second act to first. Now the divine power
is not completed by another than himself, since it is God's very essence.
Therefore, in God, power is not distinct from action.
Moreover, just as active power is something acting, so is its essence something being.
Now God's power is his essence as we have proved.
Therefore, his action is his being.
But his being is his substance.
Therefore God's action is his substance, and so the same conclusion follows as before.
Further, an action that is not the substance of the agent is in the agent as an accident in its subject.
Wherefore, action is reckoned among the nine predicaments of accident.
Now there can be nothing accidental in God.
Therefore, God's substance is not other than his power.
End of Chapter 9, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation, by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province.
This Librevox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 10
In what way power is ascribed to God?
Since, however, nothing is its own principle,
and God's action is not other than his power.
It is clear from the foregoing that power is ascribed to God,
to God, not as the principle of action, but as the principle of the thing made. And since power
implies relation to something else other than the aspect of principle thereof, for active power
is the principle of acting on something else, according to the philosopher in the fifth
book of metaphysics. It is evident that power is ascribed to God in relation to things
made, according to reality, and not in relation to action, except according to our way of understanding,
for as much as our intellect considers both the divine power and action to wit by different concepts.
Wherefore, if certain actions are becoming to God, which do not pass into something made but remain
in the agent, power is not ascribed to God in their respect, except according to our manner of understanding
and not according to reality.
Such actions are intelligence and volition.
Accordingly, God's power, properly speaking,
does not regard such like actions, but only their effects.
Consequently, intellect and will are in God not as powers, but only as actions.
It is also clear from the foregoing that the manifold actions ascribe to God
as intelligence, volition, the production of things,
and the like, are not so many different things, since each of these actions in God is his own
very being, which is one and the same thing. How one thing may remain true, while having many
significations, may be clearly seen from what has been shown in the first book.
End of Chapter 10, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C. Chapter 11 of Summa Contragentiles,
second book on Creation by St. Thomas Aquinas, translated by the fathers of the English
Dominican province. This Librevox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 11 That something is said of God in relation to creatures.
Now, as power is becoming to God in relation to his effects, and as power conveys the notion
of a principle, as we have stated, and since principle denotes relationship to that which proceeds
from it, it is evident that something can be said of God relatively in relation to his effects.
Again, it is inconceivable that one thing be referred to another unless conversely the latter be
referred to it. Now we speak of other things in relation to God, for example, as regards their being
which they have from God, as already proved, they are dependent upon him. Therefore conversely,
we may speak of God in relation to creatures.
Further, likeness is a kind of relation.
Now God, even as other agents, produces something like himself.
Therefore something is said of him relatively.
Moreover, knowledge denotes relation to the thing known.
Now God has knowledge not only of himself, but also of other things.
Therefore, something is said of God in relation to other things.
Again, mover implies relation to the thing moved, and agent to thing done.
Now God is an agent and an unmoved mover as already proved.
Therefore, relations are predicated of him.
Again, first implies some kind of relation, and so does supreme.
Now, it was proved in the first book that he is the first being and the supreme good.
It is therefore evident that many things are said of God relatively.
End of Chapter 11, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 12 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province.
This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 12
That relations said of God in reference to creatures
are not really in God.
These relations, however, which refer to his effects,
cannot possibly be in God.
For they cannot be in him as accidents in a subject,
since no accident is in him, as we proved in the first book.
Neither can they be God's very substance.
because, since relative terms, are those which essentially refer somehow to something else,
as the philosopher says in the predicament.
It would follow that God's substance is essentially referred to something else.
Now, that which is essentially referred to another depends in some way thereon,
since it can neither exist nor be understood without it.
Hence it would follow that God's substance is dependent on something else outside it,
and thus it would be not of itself necessary being, as we have proved in the first book.
Therefore, such like relations are not really in God.
Again, it was proved in the first book that God is the first measure of all beings.
Therefore, God is compared to other beings as knowable things to our knowledge,
since opinion or speech is true or false according as a thing is or is not,
according to the philosopher in the predicaments.
Now though a thing is said to be knowable in relation to knowledge,
the relation is not really in the knowable, but only in the knowledge.
Wherefore, according to the philosopher in the fifth book of metaphysics,
the knowable is so-called relatively,
not because it is itself related, but because something else is related to it.
Therefore, the said relations are not really in God.
Further, the aforesaid relations are said of God not only with respect to those things that are actual,
but also with respect to those that are in potentiality,
because he both has knowledge of them, and in reference to them, is called the first being and the sovereign good.
But that which is actual has no real relation to that which is not actual but potential.
Else would follow that there are actually
an infinite number of relations in the same subject,
since potentially infinite numbers are greater than the number two,
which is prior to them all.
Now God is not related to actual things
otherwise than to potential things,
for he is not changed by the fact that he produces certain things.
Therefore he is not related to other things
by relation really existing in him.
Moreover, whatever receives something anew,
must needs be changed either essentially or accidentally.
Now certain relations are said of God anew.
For instance, that he is Lord or governor of a thing which begins anew to exist.
Wherefore, if a relation were predicated of God as really existing in him,
it would follow that something accrues to God anew and consequently that he has changed
either essentially or accidentally, the contrary of which was proved in the first book.
End of Chapter 12, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 13 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book, On Creation, by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province.
This Librevox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 13. How the aforesaid relations are predicated
of God. Nevertheless, it cannot be said that the aforesaid relations exist extraneously as something
outside God. For since God is the first being and sovereign good, it would be necessary to consider
yet other relations of God to those relations that are realities. And if these also are realities,
we shall again have to find third relations, and so on indefinitely. Therefore, the relations
by which God is referred to other things are not really existing outside God.
Again, a thing is predicated denominatively in two ways, for a thing may be denominated from
that which is outside it, for instance, from place a person is said to be somewhere, and
from time, some when, and a thing may be denominated from that which is in it as a person is
denominated white from whiteness. On the other hand, a thing is not found to be denominated from a
relation as extraneous, but as inherent. For a man is not denominated a father, except from fatherhood
which is in him. Therefore, it is impossible for the relations whereby God is referred to creatures
to be realities outside him. Since then, it has been proved that they are not really in him,
and yet are predicated of him.
It remains that they are ascribed to him
according only to our way of understanding
from the fact that other things are referred to him.
For our intellect, in understanding one thing to be referred to another,
understands at the same time that the latter is related to the former,
although sometimes it is not really related at all.
Wherefore it is also evident that the aforesaid relations
are not said of God in the same way as other things are predetermined.
of God. For all other things, as wisdom, will, predicate his essence, whereas the aforesaid
relations do not by any means, but solely according to our way of understanding. And yet our
understanding is not false, because from the very fact that our intellect understands that the relations
of the divine effects terminate in God himself, it predicate certain things of him relatively.
Even so we understand and express the knowable
relatively from the fact that our knowledge is referred to it.
End of Chapter 13
Read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 14 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation
by St. Thomas Aquinas, translated by the fathers of the English-Dominican province.
This Librevox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 14.
how the aforesaid relations are predicated of God continued.
It is also clear from the foregoing that it is not prejudicial to God's simplicity
if many relations are predicated of him, although they do not signify his essence,
because they are consequent upon our way of understanding.
For nothing hinders our intellect understanding many things,
and being referred in many ways to that which is in itself simple,
so as to thus consider the simple thing under a manifold relationship.
And the more simple a thing is, the greater its virtue,
and of so many more things is it a principle,
and consequently it is understood and related in so many more ways.
Thus a point is a principle of more things than a line is,
and a line of more things than a surface.
Wherefore the very fact that many things are,
said of God relatively, bears witness to his supreme simplicity.
End of Chapter 14, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 15 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province.
This Librevox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 15, That God is to all things the cause of
being. Now, since we have proved that God is the source of being to some things, we must further
show that everything besides himself is from him. For whatever belongs to a thing otherwise than as such
belongs to it through some cause, as white to a man, because that which has no cause is something
first and immediate, wherefore it must needs belong to the thing essentially and as such. Now it is
impossible for any one thing to belong to two and to both of them as such. For that which is said of a
thing as such does not go beyond that thing, for instance, to have three angles equal to two right
angles, does not go beyond a triangle. Accordingly, if something belongs to two things,
it will not belong to both as such. Wherefore, it is impossible for any one thing to be predicated
of two, so as to be said of neither by reason of a cause. But it is necessary that either the one
be the cause of the other, for instance, fire is the cause of heat in a mixed body, and yet each
is called hot. Or else, some third thing must be cause of both. For instance, fire is the cause
of two candles giving light. Now, being is said of everything that is, wherefore it is impossible
that there be two things, neither of which has a cause of its being,
but either both the things in question must have their being through a cause,
or else the one must be the cause of being to the other.
Hence, everything that, in any way whatever is,
must needs be from that to which nothing is a cause of being.
Now we have proved above that God is this being to which nothing is a cause of its being.
therefore from him is everything that, in any way whatever, is.
If, however, it be said that being is not a univocal predicate,
the above conclusion follows nonetheless,
for it is not said of many equivocally, but analogically,
and thus it is necessary to be brought back to one thing.
Moreover, that which belongs to a thing by its nature,
and not by some other cause, cannot be diminished and deficient therein.
For if something essential be subtracted from or added to a nature,
there will be at once another nature,
even as it happens in numbers,
where the addition or subtraction of unity changes the species.
And if the nature or quiddity of a thing remain entire,
although something is found to be diminished,
it is clear that this does not depend simply on that nature, but on something else,
through the absence of which it is diminished.
Wherefore that which belongs to one thing less than to others,
belongs to it not through its nature alone, but through some other cause.
Consequently, that thing will be the cause of all in a certain genus,
to which thing the predication of that genus belongs above all.
Hence that which is most hot is seen to be the cause of heat in all things hot,
and that which is most light is the cause of all things that have light.
Now God is being above all, as we have proved in the first book.
Therefore, he is the cause of all which being is predicated.
Further, the order of causes must needs correspond to the order of effects.
since effects are proportionate to their causes.
Wherefore, as proper effects are reduced to their proper causes,
so that which is common in proper effects must needs be reduced to some common cause.
Even so, above the particular causes of the generation of this or that thing,
is the sun the universal cause of generation,
and the king is the universal cause of government in his kingdom,
above the wardens of the kingdom and of each city.
Now being is common to all.
Therefore, above all causes,
there must be a cause to which it belongs to give, being.
But God is the first cause as shown above.
Therefore it follows that all things that are are from God.
Again, that which is said to be essentially so and so
is the cause of all that are so by participation.
Thus fire is the cause of all things ignited as such.
Now God is being by his essence,
because he is being itself,
whereas everything else is being by participation,
for there can be but one being that is its own being,
as was proved in the first book.
Therefore, God is the cause of being to all other things.
Further, everything that is possible to be and not to be has a cause.
Because considered in itself, it is indifferent to either, so that there must needs be something
else that determines it to one. Wherefore, since we cannot proceed to infinity,
there must needs be some necessary thing that is the cause of all things that it is possible to be
and not to be. Now there is a necessary thing that has a cause of.
of its necessity, and here again we cannot proceed to infinity, so that we must needs come to something
that is of itself necessary to be. And this can be but one, as we showed in the first book,
and this is God. Therefore, everything other than him must be reduced to him as the cause of its being.
Moreover, God is the maker of a thing
inasmuch as he is in act as we have proved above.
Now by his actuality and perfection,
he contains all the perfections of things
as we have shown in the first book,
and thus he is virtually all things.
Therefore he is the maker of all.
But this would not be
if something else were of a nature to be otherwise than from him.
for nothing is of a nature to be from another and not to be from another,
since if it be of a nature not to be from another,
it is of itself necessary to be and thus can never be from another.
Therefore, nothing can be except from God.
Again, the imperfect originate from the perfect as seed from an animal.
Now God is the most perfect being and the sovereign good as was shown in the first book.
Therefore, he is to all things the cause of their being, especially since it was proved
that there can be but one such thing.
This is confirmed by divine authority, for it is said in the Psalm 145 verse 6,
who made heaven and earth, the sea and all the things that are in them,
and in John chapter 1 verse 3
All things were made by him
and without him was made nothing
And in Romans chapter 11 verse 36
Of him and by him and in him are all things
To him be glory forever
This sets aside the error of the ancient physicists
Who asserted that certain bodies had no cause of their being
Likewise of some who say that God is not the cause of the substance of heaven
but only of its movement.
End of Chapter 15.
Read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 16 of Summa Contra Gentiles,
second book on Creation by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English-Dominican province.
This Librevox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 16.
That God brought things into being out of nothing.
From this it is clear that God brought things into being out of no pre-existing thing as matter.
For if a thing is an effect of God, either something exists before it or not.
If not, our point is proved, namely that God produces an effect from no pre-existing thing.
If, however, something exists before it, we must either go on to infinity,
which is impossible in natural causes, as the philosopher proves, in the second book of metaphysics,
or we must come to some first thing that presupposes no other.
And this can only be God.
For it was shown in the first book that he is not the matter of anything,
nor can there be anything other than God, the being of which is not caused by God as we have proved.
It follows, therefore, that God, in producing his effects,
requires no pre-jacent matter out of which to produce his work.
Further, every matter is constricted to some particular species
by the form with which it is super-indued.
Hence, to produce an effect out of pre-jacent matter
by induing it with a form in any way
belongs to an agent that aims at some particular species.
Now a like agent is a particular agent,
since causes are proportionate to their effects.
Therefore, an agent that requires of necessity,
pre-jacent matter out of which to work its effect,
is a particular agent.
But God is an agent as being the universal cause of being,
as was proved above.
Therefore, he needs no pre-jacent matter in his action.
Again, the more universal an effect,
the higher its proper cause,
because the higher the cause, to so many more things does its virtue extend.
Now, to be is more universal than to be moved.
Since some beings are immovable, as also philosophers teach, for instance, stones and the like.
It follows, therefore, that above the cause which acts only by causing movement and change,
there is that cause which is the first principle of being,
and we have proved that this is God.
Therefore God does not act merely by causing movement and change.
Now everything that cannot bring things into being,
save from pre-jacent matter,
acts only by causing movement and change,
since to make aught out of matter
is the result of movement or change of some kind.
Consequently, it is not impossible to bring things into being
without pre-jacent matter.
Therefore, God brings things into being
without pre-jacent matter.
Again, that which acts
only by movement and change
is inconsistent with the universal cause of being.
Since by movement and change,
a being is not made from absolute non-being,
but this being from this non-being.
Now, God is the universal cause,
of being as we have proved. Therefore, it is not becoming to him to act only by movement or change.
Neither then is it becoming to him to need pre-existing matter in order to make something.
Moreover, every agent produces something like itself in some way. Now every agent acts
according as it is actually. Consequently, to produce an effect by causing a
in some way a form inherent to matter will belong to that agent, which is actualized by a form
inherent to it, and not by its whole substance. Hence the philosopher proves in the seventh book of
metaphysics that material things, which have forms in matter, are engendered by material agents that
have forms in matter, and not by per se existing forms. Now, God is actual being not by a
form inherent to him, but by his whole substance, as we have proved above.
Therefore, the proper mode of his action is to produce a whole subsistent thing, and not merely an
inherent thing, namely a form in matter. And every agent that requires no matter for its action
acts in this way. Therefore, God requires no pre-existing matter.
in his action.
Further, matter is compared to an agent as the recipient of the action proceeding from the agent.
For the action which is the agents as proceeding therefrom is the patience as residing therein.
Wherefore matter is required by an agent that it may receive the agent's action.
Since the agent's action received in the patient is the patient's
act and form, or some beginning of a form therein.
Now God does not act by an action that requires to be received in a patient,
because his action is his substance, as already proved.
Therefore, he requires no pre-jacent matter in order to produce an effect.
Further, every agent that requires pre-jacent matter in acting
has a matter proportionate to its action, so that whatever is in the potency of the agent is all
in the potentiality of the matter. Otherwise, it could not bring into act all that are in its active power,
and thus would have that power with regard to such things to no purpose.
Now matter has no such proportion to God, for matter is not in potentiality to any particular quantity
as the philosopher declares in the third book of physics.
Whereas the divine power is simply infinite, as we proved in the first book.
Therefore, God requires no pre-jacent matter as necessary for his action.
Again, of different things, there are different matters.
For the matter of spiritual things is not the same as that of corporeal things,
nor that of heavenly bodies the same as that of corruptible bodies.
This is evident from the fact that receptivity, which is a property of matter, is not of the same kind in the aforesaid.
For receptivity and spiritual things is intelligible, thus the intellect receives the species of intelligible objects, but not according to their material being.
While heavenly bodies receive newness of situation, but not newness of being as lower bodies do.
Therefore, there is not one matter that is in potentiality to universal being.
But God's activity regards all being universally.
Therefore, no matter corresponds proportionately to him.
Therefore, he requires not matter of necessity.
Moreover, wherever in the universe certain things are in mutual proportion and order,
one of them must proceed from the other,
or both from some one.
For order must be founded in one
by its corresponding with another.
Else order or proportion
would be the result of chance
which is inadmissible in the first principles of things
because it would follow yet more
that all else are from chance.
If then there be any matter proportionate
to the divine action,
it follows that either the one is from the other
or both from a third.
But since God is the first being and the first cause,
he cannot be the effect of matter,
nor can he be from any third cause.
Therefore it follows that if there be matter proportionate to God's action,
he is the cause thereof.
Again, that which is the first of beings
must needs be the cause of the things that are,
for if they were not caused,
they would not be set in order thereby, as we have already proved.
Now between act and potentiality, there is this order that, although in the one and same thing,
which is sometimes in potentiality and sometimes in act, potentiality precedes act in point of time,
whereas act precedes by nature.
Nevertheless, speaking simply, act must needs precede potentiality,
which is evidenced by the fact
that potentiality is not reduced to act
save by a being in act.
But matter is a being in potentiality.
Therefore God, who is pure act,
must needs be simply prior to matter,
and consequently the cause thereof.
Therefore matter is not necessarily presupposed for his action.
Again, primary
matter is in some way, for it is a being in potentiality. Now God is the cause of all things that are,
as we have proved. Therefore God is the cause of primary matter, to which nothing is pre-existent.
Therefore the divine action needs no pre-existing nature. Divine scripture confirms this
truth saying in Genesis 1, verse 1, in the beginning, God created heaven and heaven.
earth. For to create is nothing else than to bring something into being without pre-jacent
matter. Hereby is refuted the error of the ancient philosophers who asserted that matter has no cause
whatever, because they observed that in the actions of particular agents something is always
pre-jacent to action. Whence they drew the opinion common to all that, from nothing not is made.
This is true in particular agents, but they had not yet arrived at the knowledge of the universal
agent, which is the active cause of all being, and of necessity presupposes nothing for his action.
End of Chapter 16, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C. Chapter 17 of Summa Contragentiles,
second book on Creation by St. Thomas Aquinas, translated by the Fathers of the Fathers of
English-Dominican province. This Librevox recording is in the public domain. Chapter 17,
That creation is neither movement nor change. Having proved the foregoing, it is evident that God's
action, which is without pre-jacent matter, and is called creation, is neither movement nor change,
properly speaking. For all movement or change is the action of that which is in potentiality
as such, according to the third book of physics, chapter 1, paragraph 6.
Now, in this action, there pre-exists nothing in potentiality to receive the action as we have
proved. Therefore, it is neither movement nor change. Again, the extremes of a movement or change
are included in the same order, either because they come under one genus as contraries,
for instance in the movement of growth and alteration
and when a thing is carried from one place to another,
or because they have one potentiality of matter in common,
as privation and form in generation and corruption.
But neither of these applies to creation,
for it admits of no potentiality,
nor of anything of the same genus
that may be presupposed to creation as we have proved.
Therefore, there is a very much of the same genus,
is neither movement nor change therein. Further. In every change or movement, there must be
something that is conditioned otherwise now and before, since the very name of change shows this,
according to the fifth book of physics, Chapter 1, paragraph 7. But when the whole substance
of a thing is brought into being, there can be no same thing that is conditioned in one way
and in another, for it would not be produced, but presupposed to production.
Therefore, creation is not a change.
Further, movement and change must needs precede that which is made by change or movement,
because, having been made, is the beginning of rest and the term of movement.
Wherefore, all change must be movement or the term of a movement that is,
is successive. For this reason, what is being made is not. For as long as movement lasts,
something is being made and is not. Whereas in the term itself of movement, wherein rest begins,
no longer is a thing being made, but it has been made. Now in creation, this is impossible.
for if creation preceded as movement or change,
it would necessarily presuppose a subject,
and this is contrary to the nature of creation.
Therefore, creation is neither movement nor change.
End of Chapter 17, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 18 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation
by St. Thomas Aquinas, translated by the Fathers of the Ivers of the Imbuds
of the English-Dominican province.
This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 18.
How to solve the objections against creation.
From this we may see the vacuity of those who gain, say, creation by arguments taken
from the nature of movement and change, such as that creation must needs, like other movements
and changes, take place in some subject, and that it implies the transmutation of
non-being into being, like that of fire into air.
For creation is not a change, but the very dependence of created being on the principle
whereby it is produced. Hence, it is a kind of relation, wherefore nothing prevents its being
in the creature as its subject. Nevertheless, creation would seem to be a kind of change
according only to our way of understanding, insofar to wit, as our intellect grasps one and the same
thing as previously non-existent and as afterwards existing. It is clear, however, that if creation
is a relation, it is a thing, and neither is it uncreated, nor is it created by another
relation. For since a created effect depends really on its creator,
this relation must needs be some thing.
Now everything is brought into being by God.
Therefore it receives its being from God.
And yet, it is not created by a different creation
from the first creature which is stated to be created thereby.
Because accidents and forms, just as they are not per se,
so neither are they created per se,
since creation is the production of a being,
but just as they are in another,
so are they created when other things are created.
Moreover,
a relation is not referred through another relation,
for in that case one would go on to infinity,
but is referred by itself because it is essentially a relation.
Therefore, there is no need for another creation whereby creation itself is created,
so that one would go on to infinity.
End of Chapter 18
Read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 19 of Summa Contra Gentiles,
second book on Creation
by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English-Dominican province.
This Librevox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 19
That in Creation There is No Succession.
It is also clear from the foregoing
that all creation is without succession.
For succession is proper to movement,
while creation is not a movement nor the term of a movement as changes.
Therefore, there is no succession therein.
Again, in every successive movement,
there is some mean between its extremes.
For, a mean is that which a continuously moved thing reaches first
before reaching the term,
according to the fifth book of physics chapter three paragraph two now between being and non-being
which are as the extremes of creation no mean is possible therefore there is no succession therein
moreover in every making wherein there is succession a thing is becoming before it has been
made as is proved in the sixth book of physics now this is
cannot happen in creation, because the becoming which would precede being made would need a subject,
and this cannot be the creature itself whose creation is in question, since it is not before it is made.
Nor would it be in the maker, because to be moved is the act not of the mover, but of the thing moved.
It follows that becoming would have for its subject some pre-existing matter of the thing made,
but this is incompatible with creation.
Therefore, there can be no succession in creation.
Further, every making that proceeds by succession must needs take time,
since before and after in movement are reckoned by time.
Now time, movement, and the thing subject to movement
are all simultaneously divided.
This is evident in local movement,
for that which is moved with regularity
passes through half a magnitude in half the time.
Now the division informs that corresponds to division of time
is according to intensity and remissness.
Thus, if a thing is heated to such a degree in so much time,
it is heated to a less degree and less time.
accordingly, succession in any movement or making is possible, according as the thing in respect of which
there is motion is divisible, either according to quantity, as in local movement and increase,
or according to intensity and remission, as in alteration.
Now the latter occurs in two ways.
first, because the form, which is the term of movement, is divisible in respect of intensity and remission,
as when a thing in motion towards whiteness.
Secondly, because such a division happens in dispositions to such a form,
thus the becoming of fire is successive on account of the previous alteration as regards the dispositions to the form.
But the substantial being itself of a creature is not divisible in this way,
for substance cannot be more or less, according to categories 320.
Nor do any dispositions precede creation,
since there is no pre-existing matter,
for disposition is on the part of matter.
It follows, therefore, that there cannot be succession in creation.
Further, succession in the making of things results from a defect of the matter
that is not suitably disposed from the beginning for the reception of the form.
Wherefore, when the matter is already perfectly disposed for the form, it receives it in an instant.
For this reason, since a diaphanous body is always in the last disposition for light,
it is actually illumined as soon as the luminous body is present.
Nor does any movement precede on the part of the illuminable body,
but only local movement on the part of the Illuminant, which becomes present.
But in creation, nothing is required beforehand on the part of matter,
nor does the agent lack anything for his action
that may afterwards accrue to him through movement,
since he is utterly immovable, as we have shown in the first book of this work.
It follows, therefore, that creation is instantaneous.
Hence, in the same instant, a thing is being created and is created, just as in the same instant
a thing is being illumined and is illumined.
Hence divine scripture declares that the creation of things took place in an indivisible
instant when it says, In the beginning, God created heaven and earth, which beginning,
Basil expounds as the beginning of time, and the beginning of time.
and thus must be indivisible, as is proved in the sixth book of physics.
End of Chapter 19, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 20 of Summa Contra Gentile's second book on Creation by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province.
This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 20, That No Body Can Create.
Hence it is evident that no body can produce anything by creation.
For no body acts unless it be moved, since agent and patient must be together as also
maker and that which is made.
And those things are together which are in the same place, as stated in the sixth book of physics.
And a body does not acquire a place except by movement.
but nobody is moved except in time.
Wherefore, whatever is done by the action of a body is done successively,
whereas creation, as we have proved, is without succession.
Therefore nothing can be produced by way of creation by anybody whatever.
Further, every agent that acts through being moved
of necessity moves that on which it acts.
for the thing made and the thing patient are consequent upon the disposition of maker and agent
since every agent produces its like.
Hence, if the agent, while varying in disposition, acts in as much as it is changed by movement,
it follows that also in the patient and the thing made, there is a succession of dispositions
which is impossible without movement.
Now no body moves unless it be moved, as we have proved.
Therefore nothing results from the action of a body, except by the movement or change of the thing made.
But creation is neither change nor movement as proved above.
Therefore no body can cause a thing by creating it.
Again, since agent and effect must needs be like each other.
A thing cannot produce the whole substance of the effect
unless it act by its entire substance.
Thus the philosopher proves conversely,
in the seventh book of metaphysics,
that if a form without matter acts by its whole self,
it cannot be the proximate cause of generation
wherein the form alone is brought into act.
Now nobody acts by its whole substance,
although the whole of it acts.
For since every agent,
acts by the form whereby it is actual. That alone is able to act by its whole substance,
the whole of whose substance is a form. And this can be said of no body, because every body has matter,
since every body is changeable. Therefore, nobody can produce a thing as to the whole substance of
that thing, and this is essential to creation. Further, to create belongs exclusively to an
for an agent's power is so much the greater, according as it is able to bring into act a potentiality more distant from act.
For instance, that which can produce fire from water, in comparison with that which can produce it from air.
Hence, where pre-existing potentiality is altogether removed, all proportion to a determinate distance is surpassed,
and thus the power of an agent that produces something without any pre-existing potentiality
must surpass all conceivable proportion to the power of an agent that produces something out of matter.
But no power of a body is infinite, as the philosopher proves in the eighth book of physics.
Therefore no body can create a thing for this is to make something out of nothing.
Moreover, mover and moved, maker and made, must be together as proved in the seventh book of physics.
Now a bodily agent cannot be present to its effect except by contact, whereby the extremes of contiguous things come together, according to the fifth book of physics, chapter three, paragraph eight.
wherefore it is impossible for a body to act save by contact.
But contact is of one thing in relation to another.
Hence, where there is nothing pre-existent besides the agent,
as happens in creation, there can be no contact.
Therefore no body can act by creating.
Thus we may see the falseness of the position of those who say
that the substance of the heavenly bodies causes the matter of the matter of
the elements, since matter can have no cause except that which acts by creating, because matter is the
first subject of movement and change. End of Chapter 20, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert,
L.C. Chapter 21 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province. This Librevox recording is in the
public domain.
Chapter 21, that it belongs to God alone to create.
It can also be shown from the foregoing that creation is an action proper to God,
and that he alone can create.
For since the order of actions is according to the order of agents, because the more
excellent the agent, the more excellent the action, it follows that the first action is proper
to the first agent.
Now creation is the first action, since it presupposes no other, while all others presuppose it.
Therefore, creation is the proper action of God alone, who is the first agent.
Again, it was proved that God creates things from the fact that there can be nothing besides
himself that is not created by him. Now this cannot be said of anything else,
because nothing else is the universal cause of being. To God alone, there is a
Therefore, does creation belong as his proper action.
Further, effects correspond proportionately to their causes, so that, to wit, we ascribe actual
effects to actual causes and potential effects to potential causes, and in like manner
particular effects to particular causes, and universal effects to universal causes, as the
philosopher teaches in the second book of physics.
Now being is the first effect, and this is evident by reason of its universality, wherefore
the proper cause of being is the first and universal agent, which is God.
Whereas other agents are the causes not of being simply, but of being this, for example,
of being a man or of being white.
But being simply is caused by creation which presupposes nothing, since nothing can
pre-exist outside being simply. By other makings, this or such a being is made, because this or such a
being is made from an already existing being. Therefore, creation is God's proper action.
Moreover, whatever is caused with respect to some particular nature cannot be the first cause of that nature,
but only a second and instrumental cause.
For Socrates, since he has a cause of his humanity,
cannot be the first cause of human nature,
because seeing that his human nature is caused by someone,
it would follow that he is the cause of himself,
since he is what he is by human nature.
Consequently, a univocal generator must be like an instrumental agent
in relation to that which is the primary cause of the whole thing.
species. Hence it is that all the lower active causes must be compared to the higher causes as
instrumental to primary causes. Now every substance other than God has being caused by another,
as was proved above. Wherefore it is impossible for it to be a cause of being otherwise than as
instrumental and as acting by virtue of another. But an instrument is never employed
save in order to cause something by the way of movement,
for the very notion of an instrument is that it is a mover moved.
Creation, however, is not movement, as we have proved.
Therefore, no substance besides God can create anything.
Again, an instrument is employed on account of its being adapted to the effect,
that it may be a medium between the first cause and the effect,
and be in contact with both, and thus the influence of the first reaches the effect through the instrument.
Hence there must be something that receives the influence of the first in that which is caused by the instrument.
But this is contrary to the nature of creation, since it presupposes nothing.
It follows, therefore, that nothing besides God can create, neither as a principal agent nor as an instrument.
Further, every instrumental agent carries out the action of the principal agent by some action
proper and connatural to itself. Thus natural heat produces flesh by dissolving and digesting,
and a saw works for the completion of a bench by cutting. Accordingly, if there is a creature
that works for the purpose of creating as an instrument of the first creator, it must do so by some
action due and proper to its own nature. Now, the effect corresponding to the instrument's proper
action precedes in the order of generation, the effect which corresponds to the principal agent,
whence it is that the ultimate end corresponds to the first agent. For the cutting of the wood
precedes the form of the bench, and digestion of food precedes the generation of flesh.
consequently, there must be affected by the proper operation of the creating instrument
something which, in the order of generation, precedes being, which is the effect corresponding
to the action of the first creator.
But this is impossible, because the more common a thing is, the more does it precede
in the order of generation.
Thus animal precedes man in the generation of a man, as the philosopher says in his book
on the generation of animals.
Therefore, it is impossible for a creature to create,
whether as principal or as instrumental agent.
Again, that which is caused in respect of some nature
cannot be the cause of that nature simply,
for it would be its own cause,
whereas it can be the cause of that nature in this individual.
Thus Plato is the cause of human nature in Socrates,
but not simply, since he is himself caused in respect of human nature.
Now that which is the cause of something in this individual
communicates the common nature to some particular thing
whereby that nature is specified or individualized.
But this cannot be by creation,
which presupposes nothing to which something can be communicated by an action.
Therefore, it is impossible for anything created
to be the cause of something else by creation.
Moreover, since every agent acts insofar as it is actual,
it follows that the mode of action must follow the mode of a thing's actuality,
wherefore, the hot thing which is more actually hot, gives greater heat.
Consequently, anything whose actuality is determined to genus, species, and accident,
must have a power determined to effects like the agent as such,
since every agent produces its like.
Now nothing that has determinate being
can be like another of the same genus or species,
except in the point of genus or species,
because insofar as it is this particular thing,
one particular thing is distinct from another.
Nothing, therefore, that has finite being
can by its action be the cause of another.
except as regards its having genus or species,
not as regards its subsisting as distinct from others.
Therefore, every finite agent postulates before its action
that whereby its effect subsists as an individual.
Therefore, it does not create,
and this belongs exclusively to an agent whose being is infinite,
and which contains in itself the likeness of all beings,
as we have proved above.
Again, since whatever is made is made that it may be, if a thing is said to be made that was before,
it follows that it is not made per se, but accidentally, whereas that is made per se which was not before.
Thus, if from white a thing is made black, a black thing is made and a colored thing is made,
but black per se because it is made from non-black
and colored accidentally since it was colored before.
Accordingly, when a being is made, such as a man or a stone,
a man is made per se because he is made from not man,
but a being is made accidentally, since he is not made from not being simply,
but from this particular not-being, as the philosopher says, in the first book of physics.
When, therefore, a thing is made from not being simply, a being is made per se.
Therefore it follows that it is made by that which is per se the cause of being,
since effects are referred to their proportionate causes.
Now this is the first being alone, which is the cause of a being as such,
while other things are causes of being accidentally
and of this particular being per se
since then to produce a being from no pre-existing being is to create
it follows that it belongs to God alone to create
the authority of Holy writ bears witness to this truth
for it declares that God created all things
in Genesis chapter 1 verse 1
In the beginning God created heaven and earth
and Damascene says in the second part of his book
on the Orthodox faith
Chapter 2 paragraph 3
All those who say that the angels are creators
of any substance whatsoever
are children of their father the devil
for those who are creatures
are not creators
Hereby is refuted the error of certain philosophers
who said that God created the first
separate substance
by whom the second was created
and so on in a certain order
to the last
End of Chapter 21, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 22 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province.
This Libre Vox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 22, That God Can Do All Things
Hence it is clear that the divine power is,
is not determined to one particular effect.
For if it belongs to God alone to create,
it follows that what things soever cannot be produced by their cause
save by way of creation must be immediately produced by him.
Now the like are all separate substances,
which are not composed of matter and form,
and the existence of which we will suppose for the present,
and likewise all corporeal matter.
These things, then, being distinct from one another,
are the immediate effect of the aforesaid power.
Now no power that produces immediately a number of effects,
otherwise than from matter, is determined to one effect.
I say immediately, for if it produced them through intermediaries,
the diversity might be owing to the intermediary causes.
And I say, otherwise than from matter, because the same agent, by the same action,
causes different effects according to the diversity of matter.
Thus the heat of fire hardens clay and melts wax.
Therefore God's power is not determined to one effect.
Again, every perfect power extends to all those things to which it's per se and proper effect
can extend. Thus the art of building, if perfect, extends to whatever can have the nature of a house.
Now God's power is the per se cause of being, and being is its proper effect, as stated above.
Therefore it extends to all that is not incompatible with the notion of being. For if his power
were confined to one effect alone, it would be the cause of a being, not as such, but as this
particular being. Now the opposite of being, which is non-being, is incompatible with the notion of being,
wherefore God can do all things but those which include the notion of non-being. And such are those
that imply a contradiction. It follows, therefore, that God can do whatever does not imply a
contradiction. Again, every agent acts insofar as it is actual.
wherefore the mode of an agent's power in acting follows its mode of actuality.
For man begets man, and fire begets fire.
Now God is perfect act, possessing in himself the perfections of all things as was proved above.
Therefore his active power is perfect, and extends to all things whatsoever that are not incompatible with the notion of actuality.
But these are only those which imply a contradiction.
Therefore, God can do all accept these things.
Moreover, to every passive potentiality, there corresponds an act of potentiality,
since potentiality is for the sake of act as matter for the sake of form.
Now a being in potentiality cannot come to be an act, save by the power of something in act,
wherefore potentiality would be without purpose
were there no active power of an agent that could reduce it to act
and yet nothing in the things of nature is void of purpose.
Thus we find that all things that are in the potentiality of matter
in things subject to generation and corruption
can be reduced to act by the act of power which is in the heavenly body
which is the first act of force in nature.
Now, just as the heavenly body is the first agent in regard to lower bodies,
so God is the first agent in respect of all created being.
Wherefore God can do by his active power,
all whatsoever is in the potentiality of created being.
And all that is not incompatible with created being
is in the potentiality of created being,
just as whatever destroys not human nature
is in the potentiality of human nature.
Therefore, God can do all things.
Further, that some particular effect is not subject to the power of some particular agent
may be due to three things.
First, because it has no affinity or likeness to the agent,
for every agent produces its like in some way.
Hence the power in human seed cannot produce a brute animal or a plant,
and yet it can produce a man who surpasses the things mentioned.
Secondly, on account of the excellence of the effect,
which surpasses the capacity of the act of power.
Thus the active power of a body cannot produce a separate substance.
Thirdly, because the effect requires a particular matter
on which the agent cannot act.
Thus a carpenter cannot make a saw because his art
does not enable him to act on iron out of which a saw is made.
Now, in none of these ways can any effect be withheld from the divine power.
For neither on account of unlikeness in the effect can anything be impossible to him,
since everything, insofar as it has being, is like him, as we have proved above.
Nor again on account of the excellence of the effect, since it has been proved,
that God is above all beings in goodness and perfection,
nor again on account of a defect in matter,
since he is the cause of matter,
which cannot be caused except by creation.
Moreover, in acting, he needs no matter,
since he brings a thing into being without anything pre-existent.
Wherefore, lack of matter cannot hinder his action from producing its effect.
It remains, therefore, that God's power is not confined to any particular effect,
but is able to do simply all things.
And this means that he is Almighty.
Hence also divine scripture teaches this as a matter of faith,
for it is said in Genesis chapter 17 verse 1 in the person of God,
I am the Almighty God, walk before me and be perfect.
and in Job chapter 42 verse 2
I know that thou canst do all things
and in Luke chapter 1 verse 37 in the person of the angel
no word shall be impossible with God
Hereby is refuted the error of certain philosophers who asserted
that only one effect was immediately produced by God
as though his power were confined to the production thereof
and that God cannot do otherwise than act according to the course of natural things,
of which it is said in Job chapter 22, verse 17,
who looked upon the Almighty as if he could do nothing.
End of chapter 22, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 23 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation,
by St. Thomas Aquinas, translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province.
This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 23
That God does not act of natural necessity.
From this it may be proved that God acts among creatures
not by necessity of his nature, but by the judgment of his will.
For the power of every agent that acts of natural necessity
is confined to one effect.
The consequence is that all natural things
things always happen in the same way, unless there be an obstacle, whereas voluntary things do not.
Now, the divine power is not directed to only one effect, as we have proved above.
Therefore, God acts, not of natural necessity, but by his will. Again, whatever implies no contradiction,
is subject to the divine power as we have proved. Now many things are not among those created,
which, nevertheless, if they were, would not imply a contradiction.
As is evident chiefly with regard to number,
the quantities and distances of the stars and other bodies,
wherein if the order of things were different,
no contradiction would be implied.
Wherefore, many things are subject to the divine power
that are not found to exist actually.
Now, whoever does some of the things that he can do,
and does not others,
acts by choice of his will
and not by necessity of his nature.
Therefore God acts not of natural necessity,
but by his will.
Again, every agent acts
according as the likeness of its effect is in it,
for every agent produces its like.
Now whatever is in something else
is in it according to the mode of the thing in which it is.
Since then, God is intelligent by his essence, as we have proved.
It follows that the likeness of his effect is in him in an intelligible way.
Therefore, he acts by his intellect.
Now the intellect does not produce an effect except by means of the will,
the object whereof is a good understood which moves the agent as his end.
Therefore God works by his will and not by a necessity of his nature.
Moreover, according to the philosopher in the ninth book of metaphysics, action is twofold,
one which remains in the agent and is its perfection, for instance, to see, the other which passes
into outward things and is a perfection of the thing done as to burn in the case of fire.
Now, God's action cannot belong to the kind of actions which are not in the agent.
since his action is his substance as already proved.
Therefore, it must be of that kind of actions which are in the agent
and are as a perfection thereof.
But the like are only the actions of one who has knowledge and appetite.
Therefore, God works by knowing and willing,
and consequently not by a necessity of his nature,
but by the judgment of his will.
Further, that God works,
for an end can be evident from the fact that the universe is not the result of chance,
but is directed to a good, as stated by the philosopher, in the second book of metaphysics.
Now, the first agent for an end must be an agent by intellect and will.
Because things devoid of intellect work for an end as directed to the end by another.
This is evident in things done by art.
For the flight of the arrow is directed
towards a definite mark by the aim of the archer,
and so likewise must it be in the works of nature.
For an order that a thing be rightly directed to a due end,
it is necessary that one know the end itself,
and the means to that end,
as also the due proportion between both,
and this belongs only to an intelligent being.
Since, therefore, God is the first agent,
he works not by a necessity of his nature, but by his intellect and will.
Moreover, that which acts by itself precedes that which acts by another,
because whatever is by another must be reduced to that which is by itself, lest we proceed to
infinity.
Now that which is not master of its own action does not act by itself,
since it acts as directed by another and not as directing itself.
Therefore the first agent must act in such a way that it is master of its own action.
But one is not master of one's own action except by the will.
Therefore it follows that God, who is the first agent, acts by his will and not by a necessity of his nature.
Again, the first action belongs to the first agent as the first movement to the first movable.
Now the action of the will naturally precedes the action of nature.
Because the more perfect is naturally first, although in some particular thing it may be
last in time.
Now the action of a voluntary agent is more perfect, a proof of which is that among us,
agents which act by will
are more perfect than those
which act by natural necessity
therefore to God
who is the first agent
that action is due
which is by the will
further
the same is evident from the fact
that where both actions are united
the power which acts by will
is above that which acts by nature
and uses the latter as an instrument
for in man the intellect which acts by the will
is higher than the vegetative soul
which acts by a necessity of its nature.
Now the divine power is above all beings.
Therefore it acts on all things by will,
not by natural necessity.
Again, the will has for its object a good considered as a good,
whereas nature does not compass the idea of good,
in general, but the particular good which is its perfection. Since then, every agent acts for as much as it intends a good,
because the end moves the agent. It follows that the agent by will is compared to the agent by natural
necessity as universal to a particular agent. Now the particular agent is compared to the universal
agent as posterior thereto and as its instrument. Therefore the first agent must be voluntary
and not an agent by natural necessity. Divine scripture teaches us this truth, for it is said
in the Psalm, 134 verse 6, whatsoever the Lord pleased he hath done, and in Ephesians, chapter 1,
verse 11, who worketh all things according to the counsel of his will.
Hillary also in his book De Sinoides says,
God's will gave substance to all creatures.
And further on, all things were created such as God willed them to be.
Hereby also is refuted the error of certain philosophers
who asserted that God works by natural necessity.
End of chapter 23.
read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C. Chapter 24 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation by St. Thomas Aquinas, translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province. This Librevox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 24 That God Works According to His Wisdom
From the foregoing, it is clear that God produces his effects according to his wisdom. From the foregoing it is clear that God produces his effects according to his wisdom.
wisdom. For the will is moved to act by some kind of apprehension, since the apprehended good is the
object of the will. Now God is a voluntary agent as we have proved. Since then in God there is none
but intellectual apprehension, and since he understands nothing except by understanding himself,
to understand whom is to be wise, it follows that God works according to his wisdom.
Again, every agent produces its like, hence it follows that every agent works by that according to which it bears a likeness to its effect.
Thus fire heats according to the mode of its heat.
Now in every voluntary agent as such, the likeness to his effect is in respect of the apprehension of his intellect.
For if the likeness to his effect were in a voluntary agent according only to the disposition of his name,
nature, he would only produce one effect, since the natural reason of one is only one.
Therefore, every voluntary agent produces an effect according to the reason of his intellect.
Now God works by his will as already proved.
Therefore, he brings things into being by the wisdom of his intellect.
Moreover, according to the philosopher in the first book of metaphysics, it belongs to a
man to set things in order, because the ordering of things cannot be done except by the
knowledge of the things ordered as to their relation and proportion, both to one another and to something
higher which is their end, since the mutual order of certain things is on account of their order
to the end. Now knowledge of the mutual relations and proportions of certain things belongs only to one
who has an intellect, while it belongs to wisdom to judge of certain things by the highest cause.
Wherefore it follows, that all ordering is done by the wisdom of an intelligent being.
Thus, in mechanics, those who direct the order of buildings are called the wise men of the building
craft. Now the things produced by God have a mutual order which is not casual,
as it is the same always or for the most part.
Hence it is evident that God brought things into being by ordering them.
Therefore God brought things into being by his wisdom.
Further, things that proceed from the will are either things that may be done,
such as acts of virtue, which are the perfections of the doer,
or they pass into outward matter and are things that can be done,
be made.
Wherefore it is clear that created things proceed from God as made.
Now, the reason about things to be made is art, as the philosopher says, in the sixth book
of Ethics, Chapter 4.
Therefore, all created things are compared to God as products of art to the craftsman.
But the craftsman brings his handiwork into being by the ordering of his wisdom and intellect.
Therefore God also made all creatures by the ordering of his intellect.
This is confirmed by divine authority, for it is said in the Psalm 103, verse 24, thou hast made all things in wisdom.
And in Proverbs chapter 3 verse 19, The Lord by wisdom hath founded the earth.
Hereby has set aside the error of some who said that all things depend on God's simple will without any reason.
End of Chapter 24, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 25 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book, On Creation, by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province.
This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 25, How the Almighty is said to be unable to do certain things.
from the foregoing we may gather that though God is almighty
he is nevertheless said to be unable to do certain things
for it was shown above that in God there is active potentiality
while it had already been proved in the first book
that there is no passive potentiality in him
whereas we are said to be able in respect of either potentiality
wherefore God is unable to do those things, the possibility of which belongs to passive potentiality.
What such like things are must be the subject of our inquiry.
In the first place, then, active potentiality is directed to action,
while passive potentiality is directed to being.
Consequently, potentiality to being is in those things only which
have matter subject to contrariety. Since therefore passive potentiality is not in God, he is
unable as regards anything that appertains to his being. Therefore God cannot be a body and so forth.
Again, the act of this passive potentiality is movement, wherefore God, to whom passive potentiality
is unbecoming, cannot be changed.
It may be further concluded that he cannot be changed in respect of each kind of movement.
For instance, that he cannot be increased, nor diminished, nor altered, nor generated,
nor corrupted.
Moreover, since to fail is a kind of corruption, it follows that he is unable to fail in
anything.
Further,
Every failing is in respect of some privation,
but the subject of privation is the potentiality of matter.
Therefore, he can nowise fail.
Again, since weariness results from defect of power
and forgetfulness from defect of knowledge,
it is clear that he can neither be weary nor forget.
Moreover, nor can he be overcome or suffer violence.
for these things happen only to those things that are of a movable nature.
Likewise, neither can he repent, nor be angry or sorrowful,
since all these denote passion and defect.
Again, since the object and effect of an active potentiality is something made,
and since no potentiality is operative,
if the ratio of object be lacking, thus the sight,
sees not if the actually visible be lacking.
It follows that God is unable to do whatever is contrary to the ratio of being as being,
or of being made as made.
What these things are, we must inquire.
In the first place, that which destroys the ratio of being is contrary to the ratio of being.
Now the ratio of being is destroyed by the opposite of being.
as the ratio of man is destroyed by the opposite of man or of his parts.
Now the opposite of being is not being.
Consequently, God is unable to do this
so as to make the one and same thing to be and not to be at the same time,
which is for contradictories to be simultaneous.
Again, contradiction is included in contraries and privative opposites.
for to be white and black is to be white and not white,
and to be seeing and blind is to be seeing and not seeing.
Hence it amounts to the same that God is unable to make opposites
to be simultaneously in the same subject and in the same respect.
Moreover, the removal of an essential principle of a thing
implies the removal of the thing itself.
If then, God cannot make it.
a thing at the same time to be and not to be, neither can he make a thing to lack any of its
essential principles while the thing itself remains. For instance, that a man have no soul.
Further, since the principles of certain sciences, for instance of logic, geometry, and arithmetic,
are taken only from the formal principles of things, on which the essence of those things
depends, it follows that God cannot make the contraries of these principles. For instance,
that genus be not predicable of species, or that lines drawn from center to circumference
be not equal, or that the three angles of a rectilinear triangle be not equal to two right
angles. Hence, it is also evident that God cannot make the past not to have been, because this also
includes a contradiction, since it is equally necessary for a thing to be while it is, and to have
been while it was. There are also some things which are incompatible with the ratio of a thing
made as made. These also God cannot do, since whatever God makes must be something made.
Hence it is evident that God cannot make God, for it belongs to the ratio,
of thing made, that its being depends on another cause. And this is contrary to the ratio of that
which we call God, as is evident from the foregoing. For the same reason, God cannot make a thing
equal to himself, because a thing whose being depends not on another is greater in being and other
excellencies than that which depends on another, which belongs to the ratio of a thing made.
likewise God cannot make a thing to be preserved in being without himself
for the preservation of a thing in being depends on its cause
wherefore if the cause be removed
the effect must needs be removed
consequently if there could be a thing that is not preserved in being by God
it would not be his effect
again since he is an agent by will
he cannot do those things which he cannot will.
Now we may realize what he cannot will
if we consider how it is possible for necessity to be in the divine will.
Since what is of necessity is impossible not to be
and what is impossible to be necessarily is not.
It is therefore evident that God cannot make himself not to be
or not to be good or happy.
because he necessarily wills himself to be, and to be good and happy as we proved in the first book.
Again, it was shown above that God cannot will anything evil, therefore it is evident that God cannot sin.
Likewise it was proved above that God's will cannot be changeable, and consequently it cannot make that which is willed by him not to be fulfilled.
It must, however, be observed that he is said to be unable to do this in a different sense
from that in which he is said to be unable to do the things mentioned before,
because God is simply unable either to will or to make the foregoing,
whereas God can do or will these if we consider his power or will absolutely,
but not if we presuppose him to will the opposite,
for the divine will in respective creatures has no necessity except on a supposition as we proved in the first book.
Hence all these statements, God cannot do the contrary of what he has decreed to do,
and any like sayings are to be understood in the composite sense,
for thus they imply a supposition of the divine will with regard to the opposite.
it. But if they be understood in the divided sense, they are false, because they refer to God's
power and will absolutely. And as God acts by will, so also does he act by intellect and knowledge,
as we have proved. Hence, he cannot do what he has foreseen that he will not do, or omit to do
what he has foreseen that he will do, for the same reason that he cannot do what he wills not to do,
or omit to do what he wills.
Also, each assertion is conceded and denied in the same sense,
namely that he be said to be unable to do these things,
not indeed absolutely, but on a certain condition or supposition.
End of Chapter 25, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 26 of Summa Contra Gentiles,
second book on Creation, by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English-Dominican province.
This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 26
That the divine intellect is not confined to certain determined effects.
Forasmuch as it has been proved,
that the divine power is not limited to certain determined effects,
and this because he acts, not by a necessity of his nature,
but by his intellect and will,
lest someone perhaps should think that his intellect or knowledge can only reach to certain effects
and that consequently he acts by a necessity of his knowledge, although not by a necessity of his nature.
It remains to be shown that his knowledge or intellect is not confined to any limits in its effects.
For it was proved above that God comprehends all other things that can proceed from him
by understanding his essence, in which all such things must necessarily exist by a kind of likeness,
even as effects are virtually in their causes. If then the divine power is not confined to certain
definite effects, as we have shown above, it is necessary to pronounce a like opinion on his
intellect. Further, we have already proved the infinity of the divine intellect. Now, no matter
how many finite things we add together, even though there were an infinite number of finite
things, we cannot equal the infinite, for it infinitely exceeds the finite, however great.
Now, it is clear that nothing outside God is infinite in its essence, since all else
are by the very nature of their essence included under certain definite genera in species.
consequently, however many and however great divine effects be taken, it is always in the divine essence
to exceed them, and so it can be the ratio of none. Wherefore, the divine intellect which
knows the divine essence perfectly, as we have shown above, surpasses all finitude of effects.
Therefore, it is not necessarily confined to these or those effects.
Again, it was shown above that the divine intellect knows an infinite number of things.
Now God brings things into being by the knowledge of his intellect.
Therefore, the causality of the divine intellect is not confined to a finite number of effects.
Moreover, if the causality of the divine intellect were confined to certain effects,
as though it produced them of necessity,
this would be in reference to the things which it brings into being.
But this is impossible,
for it was shown above that God understands even those things that never are,
nor shall be, nor have been.
Therefore God does not work by necessity of his intellect or knowledge.
Further, God's knowledge is compared to things produced by him,
as the knowledge of the craftsman to his sandy work.
Now every art extends to all the things that can be comprised under the genus subject to that art.
Thus the art of building extends to all houses.
Now the genus subject to the divine art is being,
since God by his intellect is the universal principle of being as we have proved.
Therefore, the divine intellect extends its causality to whatever is not incompatible with the notion of
for all such things, considered in themselves, are of a nature to be contained under being.
Therefore, the divine intellect is not confined to certain determined effects.
Hence, it is said in the Psalm 146 verse 5,
Great is the Lord, and great is his power, and of his wisdom there is no number.
Hereby we set aside the opinion of certain philosophers who say that from the
very fact that God understands himself, this particular disposition of things flows from him
necessarily, as though he did not give each thing its limits, and all things their disposition
by his own counsel, as the Catholic faith declares.
It is to be observed, however, that although God's intellect is not confined to certain effects,
yet he decides on certain determinate effects with a view to producing them ordinately
by his wisdom.
Thus it is said in Wisdom, Chapter 11, verse 21,
Lord, thou hast ordered all things in number, weight, and measure.
End of Chapter 26, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 27 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation,
by St. Thomas Aquinas, translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province.
This Librevox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 27 That the divine will is not confined to certain effects.
It may also be proved from the foregoing that neither is his will by which he works
necessitated to produce certain determinate effects, for it behooves the will to be
proportionate to its object. Now the object of the intellect is a good understood as stated
above. Hence, the will has a natural aptitude to extend to whatever the intellect can propose to it
under the aspect of good. If, then, the divine intellect is not confined to certain effects,
as we have shown, it follows that neither does the divine will produce certain determinate
effects of necessity. Further, nothing acting by will produces a thing without willing. Now it was
proved above that God wills nothing other than himself of absolute necessity. Therefore
effects proceed from the divine will, not of necessity, but by its free ordinance. End of chapter 27,
read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C. Chapter 28 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on
creation by St. Thomas Aquinas, translated by the fathers of the English-Dominican province.
This Libravox recording is in the public domain
Chapter 28
How there is anything due in the production of things
Again
From what has been said it may be shown
that God in the creation of things
did not work of necessity
as though he brought things into being as a debt of justice
For justice
according to the philosopher in the fifth book of ethics
is towards another person to whom it renders his due.
But nothing, to which anything may be due,
is presupposed to the universal production of things.
Therefore the universal production of things
could not result from a debt of justice.
Again, since the act of justice is
to render to each one that which is his own,
the act by which a thing becomes one's own
precedes the act of justice, as appears in human affairs.
For a man by working has a right to call his own that which, as an act of justice,
is rendered to him by the person who pays him.
Therefore, the act whereby a person first acquires something of his own cannot be an act of justice.
Now a created thing begins to have something of its own by creation.
Therefore, creation does not proceed from a debt of justice.
Further, no one owes something to another, except from the fact that in some way he depends on him
or receives something either from him or from a third, on whose account he owes something to the
other, for thus a son is a debtor to his father because he receives being from him,
a master to his servant because he receives from him the service he requires,
and every man is a debtor to his neighbor for God's sake from whom we have received all good things.
But God is dependent on no one, nor needs he to receive anything from another,
as is manifestly clear from what has been said.
Therefore it was not on account of a debt of justice that God brought things into being.
Moreover, in every genus, that which is on account of itself precedes that which is on account of another.
Consequently, that which is simply first of all causes, is a cause on its own account only,
or is that which acts by reason of a debt of justice does not act on its own account only,
for it acts on account of the thing to which the debt is due.
therefore God, since he is the first cause and the first agent, did not bring things into being
from the debt of justice. Hence it is said in Romans chapter 11 verses 35 and 36, Who hath first given to him
and recompense shall be made him? For if him and by him and in him are all things. And in Job
chapter 41 verse 2, Who hath given me before that I should repay him?
him, all things that are under heaven are mine.
Hereby is refuted the error of some who strive to prove that God cannot do, save what he does,
because he cannot do except what he ought to do, or he does not produce things from a
debt of justice as we have proved.
Nevertheless, although nothing to which anything can be due precedes the universal creation
of things, something uncreated precedes it, and this is the thing.
the principle of creation. This may be considered in two ways. For the divine goodness
precedes as the end and first motive of creation, according to Augustine who says,
Because God is good, we exist. Also his knowledge and will proceed, as by them things are brought
into being. Accordingly, if we consider the divine goodness absolutely, we find nothing due
in the creation of things.
For in one way, a thing is said
to be due to someone on account of
another person being referred to him,
in that it is his duty to refer
to himself that which he has received
from that person.
Thus it is due to a benefactor
that he be thanked for his kindness,
inasmuch as he who has received
the kindness owes this to him.
But this kind of due has no place
in the creation of things,
since there is nothing pre-existent
to which it can be competent to owe anything to God,
nor does any favour of His pre-exist.
In another way, something is said to be due to a thing in itself,
since that which is required for a thing's perfection
is necessarily due to it.
Thus it is due to a man to have hands or strength,
since without these he cannot be perfect.
Now God's goodness needs nothing outside him for its perfection,
Therefore the production of creatures is not due to him by way of necessity.
Again, God brings things into being by his will as we have shown above.
Now it is not necessary, if God wills his own goodness to be,
that he should will other things than himself to be produced,
because the antecedent of this conditional proposition is necessary,
but not the consequent.
for it was shown in the first book
that God necessarily wills his own goodness to be
but does not necessarily will other things
therefore the production of creatures
is not necessarily due to the divine goodness
moreover
it has been proved that God brings things into being
neither by necessity of his nature
nor by necessity of his knowledge
nor by necessity of his will
nor by necessity of his justice.
Therefore, by no manner of necessity
is it due to the divine goodness
that things be brought into being.
It may be said, however,
that it is due to him by way of a certain becomingness,
but justice, properly speaking,
requires a debt of necessity,
since what is rendered to someone out of justice
is due to him by a necessity of right.
Accordingly,
It cannot be said that the production of creatures arose either from a debt of justice
whereby God is the creature's debtor, or from a debt of justice whereby he is a debtor
to his goodness, if justice be taken in the proper sense.
But if justice be taken in a broad sense, we may speak of justice in the creation of things
insofar as the creation is becoming to the divine goodness.
If, however, we consider the divine ordinance, whereby God decided by his intellect and will to bring things into being,
then the production of things proceeds from the necessity of the divine ordinance.
For it is impossible that God should decide to do a certain thing which afterwards he did not.
Otherwise his decision would be either changeable or weak.
it is therefore necessarily due to his ordinance that it be fulfilled.
And yet this due is not enough for the notion of justice properly so called in the creation of things,
wherein we can consider nothing but the action of God in creating.
And there is no justice properly speaking between one same person and himself,
as the philosopher says in the fifth book of ethics.
Therefore, it cannot be said properly that God
brought things into being from a debt of justice, for the reason that he ordained by his knowledge
and will to produce them. End of Chapter 28, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C. Chapter 29 of Summa
Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation, by St. Thomas Aquinas, translated by the fathers of the
English Dominican province. This Librevox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 29
How there is anything due in the production of things, continued.
If, however, we consider the production of a particular creature,
it will be possible to find therein a dead of justice
by comparing a subsequent creature to a preceding one.
And I say preceding, not only in time, but also in nature.
Accordingly, in those divine effects which were to be produced,
first, we find no due, but in the subsequent production we find a due, yet in a different
order. For if those things that are first naturally are also first in being, those which
follow become due on account of those which precede. For given the causes, it is due that they
should have actions whereby to produce their effects. On the other hand, if those which are first
naturally are subsequent in being, than those which are first become due on account of those which
come afterwards. Thus it is due that medicine precede in order that health may follow. And in either case,
there is this in common, that what is due or necessary is claimed by that which is naturally first
from that which is naturally subsequent. Now the necessity that arises from that thing which is
subsequent in being, and yet is first by nature, is not absolute but conditional necessity,
namely, if this must be done, then that must precede. Accordingly, with regard to this necessity,
a dew is found in the production of creatures in three ways. First, so that the conditional dew is on
the part of the whole universe of things in relation to each part thereof that is necessary for
the perfection of the universe.
For if God willed such a universe to be made,
it was due that he should make the sun and moon
and such like things without which the universe cannot be.
Secondly, so that the conditional
due be in one creature in relation to another.
For instance, if God willed the existence of plants and animals,
it was due that he should make the heavenly bodies
whereby those things are preserved.
And if he willed the existence of man,
it behooved him to make plants and animals and the like,
which man needs for perfect existence,
although God made both these and other things of his mere will.
Thirdly, so that the conditional due
be in each creature in relation to its parts,
properties and accidents on which the creature depends
either for its being or for some one of its perfections.
Thus, given that God willed to make man, it was due on this supposition that he should
unite in him soul and body, and furnish him with senses and other like aids both within
and without.
In all of which, if we consider the matter rightly, God is said to be a debtor, not to the
creature, but to the fulfillment of his purpose.
There is also in the universe another kind of necessity whereby a thing is said to be necessary
absolutely.
This necessity depends on causes which precede in being, for instance, on essential principles
and on efficient or moving causes.
But this kind of necessity cannot find place in the first creation of things as regards efficient
causes.
For their God alone was the efficient cause, since to create belongs to him alone.
as we have proved above. While in creating, he works not by a necessity of his nature,
but by his will, as we have shown above. And those things which are done by the will cannot
be necessitated except only by the supposition of the end, on account of which supposition it is
due to the end that those things should be whereby the end is obtained. On the other hand,
with regard to formal and material causes, nothing hinders
us from finding absolute necessity even in the first creation of things. For from the very fact
that certain bodies were composed of the elements, it was necessary for them to be hot or cold,
and from the very fact that a superficius was drawn in the shape of a triangle, it was necessary
that it should have three angles equal to two right angles. Now this necessity results from
the relation of an effect to its material or formal cause.
Wherefore on this account, God cannot be said to be a debtor,
but rather does the debt of necessity affect the creature.
But in the propagation of things,
where the creature is already an efficient cause,
an absolute necessity can arise from the created efficient cause.
Thus the lower bodies are necessarily influenced by the movement of the sun.
Accordingly, from the aforesaid kinds of dew,
Natural justice is found in things both as regards the creation of things
and as regards their propagation.
Wherefore God is said to have produced and to govern all things justly and reasonably.
Wherefore, by what we have said, we remove a two-fold error.
Of those, namely, who, setting limits to the divine power,
said that God cannot make except what he makes, because he is bound so to make,
and of those who assert that all things result from his simple will, without any other reason,
either to be sought in things or to be assigned.
End of Chapter 29, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 30 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book, On Creation, by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province.
This Librevox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 30 How there can be absolute necessity in created things.
Now though all things depend on God's will as their first cause,
which is not necessitated in operating except by the supposition of his purpose,
nevertheless absolute necessity is not therefore excluded from things,
so that we be obliged to assert that all things are contingent,
which someone might think to be the case for the reason that they have arisen from their cause,
not of absolute necessity, since in things a contingent effect is want to be one that does not
necessarily result from a cause. Because there are some created things which it is simply and absolutely
necessary must be. For it is simply and absolutely necessary that those things be in which there is no
possibility of not being. Now some things are so brought by God into being that there is in their nature a
potentiality to non-being. This happens through their matter being in potentiality to another form.
Wherefore those things wherein either there is no matter, or if there is, it has not the
possibility of receiving another form, have not a potentiality to non-being. Hence, it is simply
and absolutely necessary for them to be. If, however, it be said that things which are from nothing,
so far as they are concerned tend to nothing,
and that in consequence there is in all creatures a potentiality to non-being,
it is clear that this does not follow.
For created things are said to tend to nothing in the sense as they are from nothing,
and this is not otherwise than according to the power of the agent.
Wherefore in created things there is not a potentiality to non-being,
but there is in the creator the nature,
power to give them being or to cease pouring forth being into them.
Since he works in producing things, not by a necessity of his nature, but by his will as we have
proved.
Again, since created things come into being through the divine will, it follows that they
are such as God willed them to be.
Now the fact that God is said to have brought things into being by his will and not of necessity
not exclude his having willed certain things to be which are of necessity, and others which are
contingently, so that there may be an ordinate diversity in things. Nothing, therefore, prevents
certain things produced by the divine will being necessary. Further, it belongs to God's perfection
that he bestowed his likeness on created things except as regards those things with which created
being is incompatible, since it belongs to a perfect agent to produce its like as far as possible.
Now to be simply necessary is not incompatible with the notion of created being.
For nothing prevents a thing being necessary which nevertheless has a cause of its necessity.
For instance, the conclusions of demonstrations.
Therefore nothing prevents a certain thing being so produced by God that nevertheless is,
is simply necessary for it to be. In fact, this is a proof of the divine perfection.
Moreover, the further distant a thing is from that which is being of itself, namely God,
the nearer is it to non-being. Wherefore, the nearer a thing is to God, the further is it removed
from non-being. Now, things that already are are near to non-being,
through having a potentiality to non-being.
Consequently, those things which are nearest to God,
and for that reason most remote from non-being,
must be such that there is no potentiality to non-being in them
so that the order in things be complete,
and the like are necessary absolutely.
Therefore, some created things have being necessarily.
Accordingly, it must be observed
that if the universe of created beings be considered as coming from their first principle,
we find that they depend on the will, not on a necessity of their principle,
except on a necessity of supposition as already stated.
If, however, they be considered in relation to their proximate principles,
they are found to have absolute necessity.
For nothing prevents certain principles being produced, not of necessity,
and yet these being supposed
such and such an effect follows of necessity.
Thus the death of this animal
has absolute necessity from the very fact
that it is composed of contraries,
although it was not absolutely necessary
for it to be composed of contraries.
In like manner,
that such and such natures were produced by God
was voluntary,
and yet, once they are so constituted,
something results
or happens that has absolute necessity.
In created things, however,
necessity is to be taken in various ways
in relation to various causes.
For since a thing cannot be without its essential principles
which are matter and form,
that which belongs to a thing by reason
of its essential principles
must needs have absolute necessity in all things.
Now from these principles,
insofar as they are principles of being,
a three-fold absolute necessity is found in things.
First, in relation to the being of the thing of which they are the principles,
and since matter, as regards what it is, is being in potentiality,
and since what can be can also not be,
in relation to their matter, certain things are necessarily corruptible.
For instance, an animal, through being composed of contraries,
and fire, through its matter being susceptible of contraries.
But form, as regards what it is, is act, and by it things exist actually.
Wherefore, from it, there results necessity in some things.
This happens either because those things are forms without matter,
and thus there is no potentiality to non-being in them,
but by their forms they are always in the act of being, as in the case of separate substances,
or because their forms are so perfect as to equal the whole potentiality of their matter,
wherefore there remains no potentiality to another form, nor in consequence to non-being,
as in the case of heavenly bodies.
But in those things wherein the form does not fulfill the whole potentiality of matter,
there still remains a potentiality to another form.
Wherefore, in them there is not necessity of being,
but the act of being is, in them,
the result of form overcoming matter,
as in the case of the elements and things composed of them.
Because the form of an element does not reach matter in its whole potentiality,
for matter does not receive the form of one element,
except by being subjected to the one of one of,
of two contraries, while the form of a mixed body reaches matter as disposed by a
determinate mode of mixture. Now there must be one same subject of contraries, and of all
intermediaries resulting from the mixture of the extremes. Wherefore it is evident that all
things which either have contraries, or are composed of contraries, are corruptible, and things
which are not so are everlasting.
unless they be corrupted accidentally, as forms which are not subsistent,
and have being through being in matter.
In another way, there is absolute necessity in things from their essential principles,
by relation to the parts of their matter or form,
if it happens that in certain things these principles are not simple.
For since the proper matter of man is a mixed body,
with a certain temperament and endowed with organs,
it is absolutely necessary that a man should have in himself each of the elements,
humors and principal organs.
Likewise, if man is a rational mortal animal,
and this is the nature or form of a man,
it is necessary for him to be both animal and rational.
Thirdly, there is absolute necessity and things
through the relations of their essential principles
to the properties consequent upon their matter or form.
Thus, it is necessary that a saw be hard, since it is a viren, and that a man be capable of learning.
But necessity of the agent may regard either the action itself or the consequent effect.
The former kind of necessity is like the necessity of an accident which it owes to the essential principles.
For just as other accidents result from the necessity of essential principles,
so does action from the necessity of the form whereby the agent actually is,
since it acts so far as it is actual.
Yet this happens differently in the action which remains in the agent,
such as to understand and to will,
and in the action which passes into something else, such as to heat.
For in the former kind of action,
the form by which the agent becomes actual causes necessity,
in the action itself, since for its being nothing extrinsic is required as term of the action.
Because when the sense is made actual by the sensible species,
it is necessary for it to perceive, and in like manner,
when the intellect is made actual by the intelligible species.
But in the second kind of action, necessity of action results from the form
as regards the power to act.
For if fire is hot, it is necessary that it have the power to heat,
although it is not necessary that it heat,
since it may be hindered by something extrinsic.
Nor does it affect the pointed issue,
whether by its form one agent be sufficient alone for the action,
or whether it be necessary to have an assemblage of many agents
in order to do the one action.
For instance, many men to rule,
row a boat, since all are as one agent who is made actual by their being united together in one
action. The necessity which results from an efficient or moving cause in the effect or thing
moved depends not only on the agent, but also on a condition of the thing moved and of the recipient
of the agent's action. Which recipient either is no wise in potentiality to receive the effect
of such an action, as wool to be made into a saw, or else its potentiality is hindered by contrary
agents, or by contrary dispositions inherent to the movable, or by contrary forms, offering an
obstacle that is stronger than the power of the agent in acting. Thus iron is not melted by a feeble
heat. Hence, in order that the effect follow, it is necessary that there be in the patient
potentiality to receive and in the agent conquest of the patient, so that it be able to transform
it to a contrary disposition. And if the effect resulting in the patient through its conquest
by the agent be contrary to the natural disposition of the patient, there will be necessity of
violence, as when a stone is thrown upwards. But if it be not contrary to the natural disposition
of the subject, there will be necessity not of violence but of the natural order, as in the movement
of the heavens, which results from an extrinsic active principle, and nevertheless is not contrary
to the natural disposition of the movable subject, wherefore it is not a violent but a natural
movement. It is the same in the alteration of lower bodies by the heavenly bodies, for there is a
natural inclination in the lower bodies to receive the influence of the higher bodies. It is also thus
in the generation of the elements, since the form to be introduced by generation is not contrary to
primary matter, which is the subject of generation, although it is contrary to the form to be cast aside,
because matter under a contrary form
is not the subject of generation.
Accordingly, it is clear from what we have said
that the necessity resulting from an efficient cause depends
in some things on the disposition of the agent alone,
but in others on the disposition of both agent and patient.
If then this disposition, by reason of which the effect follows of necessity,
be absolutely necessary in both agent and patient,
there will be absolute necessity in the efficient cause,
as in those things which act necessarily and always.
On the other hand, if it be not absolutely necessary,
but may be removed,
no necessity will result from the efficient cause
except on the supposition that both have the disposition
required for action.
As, for instance, in those things
which are sometimes hindered in their operation,
either through defective power
or through the violence of a contrary.
Wherefore, they do not act always and necessarily,
but in the majority of cases.
From a final cause,
there results necessity and things in two ways.
In one way, for as much as it is first in the intention of the agent.
In this respect,
necessity results from the end
in the same way as from the agent.
Since the agent acts insofar as it intends the end,
both in natural and involuntary actions.
For in natural things,
the intention of the end belongs to the agent
according to the latter's form
whereby the end is becoming to it,
wherefore the natural thing must needs
tend to the end according to the virtue of its form.
Thus, a heavy body tends towards the center according to the measure of its gravity.
And in voluntary matters, the will inclines to act for the sake of an end for as much as it intends that end.
Although it is not always inclined to do this or that, which are unaccount of the end, as much as it desires the end.
When the end can be obtained not by this or that alone, but in several,
several ways. In another way, necessity results from the end according as this is posterior
in being. This is not absolute, but conditional necessity. Thus we say that it will be necessary
for a saw to be made of iron if it is to do the work of a saw. End of Chapter 30, read by Michael
Shane Craig Lambert, L.C. Chapter 31 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on creation.
by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English-Dominican province.
This Librevox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 31
That It is not necessary for creatures to have been always.
It remains for us to prove from the foregoing
that it is not necessary for created things to have been from eternity.
Because if it be necessary for the universe of creatures,
or any particular creature whatsoever to be,
it must have this necessity either of itself or from another.
But it cannot have it of itself,
for it was proved above that every being must be from the first being.
Now that which has being, not from itself,
cannot possibly have necessity of being from itself,
since what must necessarily be cannot possibly not be.
and consequently that which of itself has necessary being has of itself the impossibility of not being,
and therefore it follows that it is not a non-being, wherefore it is a being.
If, however, this necessity of a creature is from something else, it must be from a cause that is extrinsic,
because whatever we may take that is within the creature has being from another.
Now, an extrinsic cause is either efficient or final.
From the efficient cause, however, it follows that the effect is necessarily
when it is necessary for the agent to act, for it is through the agent's action
that the effect depends on the efficient cause.
accordingly, if it is not necessary for the agent to act in order that the effect be produced,
neither is it absolutely necessary for the effect to be.
Now God does not act of necessity in producing creatures as we have proved above,
wherefore it is not absolutely necessary for the creature to be,
as regards necessity dependent on the efficient cause.
Likewise, neither is it necessary as regards the necessity that depends on the final cause.
For things directed to an end do not derive necessity from the end, except insofar as without them,
the end either cannot be, as preservation of life without food, or cannot be so well as a journey
without a horse.
Now the end of God's will, from which things came into being,
can be nothing else but His goodness, as we proved in the first book.
And this does not depend on creatures, neither as to its being,
since it is, per se, necessary being, nor as to well-being,
since it is by itself good simply, all of which were proved above.
Therefore, it is not absolutely necessary for the creature to be.
be, and consequently neither is it necessary to suppose that the creature has been always.
Again, that which proceeds from a will is not absolutely necessary, except perhaps when it is necessary
for the will to will it. Now God, as proved above, brought things into being not by a necessity
of his nature, but by his will. Nor does he necessarily will creatures to be,
as we proved in the first book.
Therefore it is not absolutely necessary for the creature to be,
and therefore neither is it necessary that it should have been always.
Moreover, it has been proved above
that God does not act by an action that is outside himself,
as though it went out from him and terminated in a creature,
like heating which goes out from fire and terminates in wood.
but his will is his action
and things are in the way in which God wills them to be.
Now it is not necessary that God will the creature always to have been
since neither is it necessary that God will a thing to be at all
as we proved in the first book.
Therefore it is not necessary that creatures should have been always.
Again, a thing does not proceed necessarily from a voice.
voluntary agent, except by reason of something due. But God does not produce the creature by reason
of any debt, if we consider the production of all creatures absolutely, as we have shown above.
Therefore, God does not necessarily produce the creature. Neither, therefore, is it necessary
because God is eternal, that he should have produced the creature from eternity.
Further, it has been proved that absolute necessity in created things results,
not from a relation to a principle that is of itself necessary to be, namely God,
but from a relation to other causes which are not of themselves necessary to be.
Now the necessity resulting from a relation which is not of itself necessary to be
does not necessitate that something should have been always.
For if something runs, it follows that it is in motion,
but it is not necessary for it to have always been in motion,
because the running itself is not necessary.
Therefore, nothing necessitates that creatures should always have been.
End of Chapter 31, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 32 of Summa Contra Gentiles
Second Book on Creation
by St. Thomas Aquinas
translated by the fathers of the English
Dominican province.
This Librevox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 32
Arguments of those who wish to prove
the eternity of the world from God's side of the question.
Since, however, many have held
that the world has been always and of necessity
and have endeavored to prove this,
it remains for us to give their arguments
so as to show that they do not necessarily prove the eternity of the world.
In the first place,
we shall set forth the arguments that are taken from God's side.
Secondly, those which are taken from the side of creatures.
Thirdly, those which are taken from the manner of their making,
on account of which they are said to begin to be anew.
On the part of God,
the following arguments are produced
in order to prove the eternity of the world
Every agent that acts not always
is moved either per se or accidentally
Per se as fire which was not always burning
begins to burn
either because it is newly lit
or because it is newly transferred
so as to be near the fuel
accidentally
as the mover of an animal
begins anew to move the animal with
some movement made in its regard, either from within as an animal begins to be moved when it awakes
after its digestion is complete, or from without, as when there newly arise actions that lead
to the beginning of a new action. Now God is not moved, neither per se, nor accidentally,
as we proved in the first book. Therefore, God always acts in the same way. But created things
are established in being by his action. Therefore, creatures always have been. Again, the effect
proceeds from the act of cause by the latter's action. But God's action is eternal, else he would
become an actual agent from being an agent in potentiality. And it would be necessary for him to be
reduced to actuality by some previous agent, which is impossible. Therefore, the things created by
God have been from eternity. Moreover, given a sufficient cause, its effect must necessarily be
granted. For if, given the cause, it were still unnecessary to grant its effect, it would be therefore
possible that, given the cause, the effect would be or not be.
Therefore, the sequence of the effect to its cause would only be possible,
and what is possible requires something to reduce it to actuality.
Hence it will be necessary to suppose some cause whereby it comes about
that the effect is made actual, and thus the first cause was not sufficient.
But God is the sufficient cause of creatures being produced,
else he would not be a cause,
rather would he be in potentiality to a cause
since he would become a cause by the addition of something
which is impossible
therefore it would seem necessary
since God is from eternity
that the creature was also from eternity
again
a voluntary agent does not delay to carry out his purpose
of making a thing
except on account of something expected
and not yet present
and this latter is either
sometimes in the agent himself, as where one awaits perfect capability to do something,
or the removal of an obstacle to one's capability, and sometimes it is outside the agent,
as when one awaits the presence of a person in whose presence the action is to be done,
or at least when one awaits the presence of a suitable time, which is not yet arrived.
For if the will be complete, the power follows suit at once, unless they,
be a fault therein. Thus at the command of the will, the movement of a limb follows at once,
unless there be a fault in the mode of power which carries out the movement. Hence it is clear that,
when one wills to do a thing and it is not done at once, it must be either that this is owing
to a fault in the power, of which fault one awaits the removal, or else the will to do it
is not complete. And by the will being complete, I mean that it wills to do this thing absolutely,
and from every point of view, whereas the will is incomplete, when one does not will absolutely to do
this thing, but on a certain condition that does not yet obtain, or when one does not will it,
except a present obstacle be removed. Now it is evident that whatever God now wills to be, he has willed from
eternity to be, for a new movement of the will cannot accrue to him.
Neither could any fault or obstacle affect his power, nor could anything else be awaited for
the universal production of creatures, since nothing besides him is uncreated, as we have proved above.
Therefore, it is seemingly evident that he produced the creature from eternity.
Further, an intellectual agent does not choose one thing rather than another
except on account of the one preponderating over the other.
But where there is no difference, there can be no preponderance.
Hence where there is no difference, there is no choice of the one rather than of the other.
And for this reason, there will be no action of an agent equally indifferent to both of the two
alternatives, as neither is there of matter.
For such a potentiality is like the potentiality of matter.
Now there can be no difference between non-being and non-being.
Therefore, one non-being is not more eligible than another non-being.
But besides the whole universe of creatures, there is nothing but the eternity of God.
And in nothingness, it is impossible to assign any difference of moments
so that it be more fitting to make a certain thing in one moment than in another.
Nor, again, in eternity,
the whole of which is uniform and simple, as we proved in the first book.
It follows, therefore, that God's will is indifferent to produce creatures through the whole of eternity.
Consequently, his will is either that the creature should never be produced in his eternity,
or that it should always have been produced,
but it is clear that his will is not that the creature should never be made in his eternity,
since it is evident that creatures were formed by his will.
Therefore it remains that, necessarily, as it seems, the creature has been always.
Again, things directed to an end take their necessity from the end,
especially in those that are done voluntarily.
Hence it follows, that as long as there is no change,
in the end. Things directed to the end suffer no change or are produced invariably,
unless there arise some new relation between them and the end.
Now the end of creatures that proceed from the divine will is the divine goodness,
which alone can be the end of the divine will.
Wherefore, since the divine goodness is unchangeable, both in itself and in relation to the divine will throughout all eternity,
It would seem that creatures are brought into being by the divine will in the same way through the whole of eternity.
For it cannot be said that any new relation to the end accrued to them,
if it be supposed that they were utterly non-existent before a particular time,
from which they are supposed to have begun their existence.
Further, since the divine goodness is most perfect,
when we say that all things came from God on account of his goodness,
the sense is not that anything accrued to him from creatures,
but that it belongs to goodness to communicate itself to others as far as possible,
and it is by doing so that goodness makes itself known.
Now, since all things partake of God's goodness insofar as they have being,
the more lasting they are, the more they participate the goodness of God.
wherefore the everlasting being of a species is called a divine being,
according to the second book of De Anima, chapter four, paragraph two.
But the divine goodness is infinite.
Consequently, it belongs thereto to communicate itself in an infinite manner,
and not only at a particular time.
Therefore, it would seem to belong to the divine goodness
that some creatures should have existed from eternity.
Accordingly, these are the arguments taken from God's side,
which would seem to show that creatures have been always.
End of Chapter 32, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 33 of Summa Contra Gentiles,
second book on Creation, by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province.
This Libravox recording is in the public domain
Chapter 33
Arguments of those who would prove the eternity of the world
from the point of view of creatures
There are also other arguments
taken from the point of view of creatures
that would seem to prove the same conclusion
For things which have no potentiality to non-being
cannot possibly not be
Now there are some creatures in which there is no potentiality to non-being,
for there cannot be potentiality to non-being, except in those things which have matter subject to
contrariety. Since potentiality to being and to non-being is a potentiality to privation and form
of which matter is the subject. And privation is always connected with the opposite form,
since it is impossible for matter to be without any form at all.
But there are certain creatures in which the matter is not subject to contrariety,
either because they are entirely devoid of matter,
for instance, intellectual substances, as we shall show further on,
or because they have no contrary, as heavenly bodies,
and this is proved by their movement, which has no contrary.
Therefore it is impossible for certain creatures not to exist,
and consequently it is necessary that they exist always.
Again, a thing's endurance in being is in proportion to its power of being, except accidentally,
as in those which are corrupted by violence.
But there are certain creatures in which there is a power of being not for any definite time,
but forever.
For instance, the heavenly bodies and intellectual substances,
because they are incorruptible through having no contrary.
It follows then that it is competent to them to be always.
But that which begins to exist is not always.
Therefore, it is not becoming to them that they begin to exist.
Further, whenever a thing begins to be moved anew,
the mover, or the moved, or both,
must be conditioned otherwise now while the movement is,
than before when there was no movement.
For there is a certain habitude or relation in the mover to the thing moved,
for as much as it moves actually.
And the new relation does not begin without a change either in both,
or at least in one or other of the extremes.
Now that which is conditioned otherwise now and heretofore is moved.
Therefore, before the movement that begins anew,
there must be a previous movement either in the movable or in the mover.
It follows, in consequence, that every movement is either eternal
or has another movement preceding it.
Therefore movement always has been, and consequently movable also.
Therefore, there have always been creatures,
since God is utterly immovable as we proved in the first book.
Further, every agent that engenders its like
intends to preserve perpetual being in the species,
for it cannot be preserved perpetually in the individual.
But it is impossible for the desire of nature to be frustrated.
Therefore it follows, but the species of general things are everlasting.
Again, if time is everlasting,
movement must be everlasting, since it is the reckoning of movement, according to the fourth
book of physics, Chapter 11. And consequently, movables must be everlasting, since movement is the act
of a movable, according to the third book of physics, Chapter 2, paragraph 5. Now, time must needs
be perpetual, for time is inconceivable without a now.
even as a line is inconceivable without a point.
But now is always in the end of the past and the beginning of the future,
for this is the definition of the now,
according to the fourth book of physics, chapter 13, paragraph 1.
Wherefore, every given now has time preceding it and following it,
and consequently, no now can be either first or last.
It follows, therefore, that movables which are created substances are from eternity.
Again, one must either affirm or deny.
If, therefore, by denying a thing we suppose its existence, that thing must needs be always.
Now time is a thing of this kind.
For if time was not always, we can conceive it as not being previously to being.
and in like manner, if it will not be always, its non-being must follow its being.
Now there can be no before and after in duration unless there be time,
since the reckoning of before and after is time, according to the fourth book of physics,
Chapter 11, paragraph 5.
Consequently, time must have been before it began to be and will be after it has ceased to be,
and therefore time is eternal.
But time is an accident,
and an accident cannot be without a subject,
and its subject is not God, who is above time,
since he is utterly immovable, as we proved in the first book.
Therefore it follows that some created substance is eternal.
Moreover, many propositions are such
that to deny them is to affirm them.
For instance,
whoso denies that truth exists
supposes the existence of truth,
for he supposes that the denial which he utters is true.
It is the same with the one who denies this principle
that,
contradictories are not simultaneous,
since by denying this,
he asserts that the negative which he utters is true
and that the opposite affirmative is false.
and thus that both are not true about the same thing.
Accordingly if, as we have proved,
a thing through which being denied has to be admitted must be always.
It follows that the aforesaid propositions
and all that result from them are everlasting.
But such propositions are not God.
Therefore, something beside God must be eternal.
These then, and similar arguments may be taken
from the standpoint of creatures to prove that creatures have been always.
End of Chapter 33, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 34 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation, by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province.
This Librevox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 34
Arguments to prove the eternity of the world from the point.
point of view of the making. Again, other arguments may be taken from the point of view of the
making in order to prove the same conclusion. For what is asserted by all in common cannot
possibly be entirely false, because a false opinion is a weakness of the understanding, even as a
false judgment about its proper sensible, results from a weakness of the sense. Now defects are
accidental, since they are beside the intention of nature. And what is accidental cannot be always
and in everything. For instance, the judgment given by all tastes about savers cannot be false.
Consequently, the judgment given by all about a truth cannot be erroneous. Now,
it is the common opinion of all philosophers that from nothing not is made, according to the first book of
Physics, Chapter 4, Paragraph 2.
Wherefore, this must be true.
Hence, if a thing is made, it must be made from something.
And if this also is made, it must also be made from something.
But this cannot go on indefinitely, for then no generation would be completed,
since it is not possible to go through an infinite number of things.
Therefore, we must come to some first thing that was not made.
Now everything that has not always been must have been made.
Therefore the thing from which all things were first made must be eternal.
But this is not God, since he cannot be the matter of a thing as we proved in the first book.
Therefore it follows that something beside God is eternal, namely primary matter.
Moreover, if a thing is not in the same state now and before, it must be, in some way, changed,
for to be moved is not to be in the same state now as before, according to the fifth book of
physics, chapter one paragraph seven.
Now everything that begins to be anew is not in the same state now as before.
Therefore, this must result from some movement or change.
But every movement or change is in a subject, for it is the act of a movable, according to the third book of physics, chapter 2, paragraph 5.
Now, since movement precedes that which is made by movement, for movement terminates therein,
it follows that before anything made there pre-exists a movable subject.
And since this cannot go on indefinitely, we must necessarily come to some first subject that begins,
not anew, but always has been.
Again, whatever begins to be anew,
it was possible before it was that it would be.
For if not, it was impossible for it to be
and necessarily for it not to be.
And so it would have always been a non-being
and it never would have begun to be.
Now that for which it is possible to be
is a subject potentially a being.
according to the seventh book of metaphysics, chapter two paragraph one.
Therefore, before everything that begins to be anew,
there must pre-exist a subject which is a potential being.
And since this cannot go on indefinitely,
we must suppose some first subject which did not begin to be anew.
Again, no permanent substance is while it is being made,
for it is made in order that it may be,
wherefore it would not have to be made if it were already.
But while it is being made,
there must be something that is the subject of the making.
Since a making, seeing that it is an accident,
cannot be without a subject.
Therefore, whatever is made has a pre-existing subject.
And since this cannot go on indefinitely,
it follows that the first subject was not made but is eternal.
Whence it also follows, that something beside God is eternal
because he cannot be the subject of making or movement.
Accordingly, these are the arguments,
through clinging to which as though they were demonstrations,
some people say that things created have necessarily been always,
wherein they contradict the Catholic faith,
which affirms that nothing beside God has always,
has been and that all things have begun to be, save the one eternal God.
End of Chapter 34, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 35 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province.
This Librevox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 35.
solution to the foregoing arguments, and first of those that were taken from the standpoint of God.
We must, accordingly, show that the foregoing reasons do not necessarily conclude,
and first, those that are produced on the part of the agent.
For it does not follow that God is moved either per se or accidentally,
if his effect begin to be anew, as the first argument pretended.
because newness of effect may argue change of the agent insofar as it proves newness of action,
since it is impossible for a new action to be in the agent, unless the latter be in some way moved,
at least from inaction to action.
But newness of effect does not prove newness of action in God,
since his action is his essence as we have proved above.
Neither therefore can newness of effect argue change.
in God the agent. And yet it does not follow if the action of the first agent is eternal,
that his effect is eternal, as the second argument inferred. For it has been shown above that in producing
things God acts voluntarily. Not however, as though there were an intermediate action of his,
as in us the action of the mode of power intervenes between the act of the will and the effect,
as we have proved in a foregoing chapter.
But his act of understanding and willing
must be his act of making.
Now the effect follows from the intellect and the will
according to the determination of the intellect
and the command of the will.
And just as every other condition of the thing made
is determined by the intellect,
so is time appointed to it.
For art determines not only that this thing is to be such and such,
but that it is to be at this particular time,
even as a physician determines that a draft is to be taken at such and such a time.
Wherefore, if his willing were, per se, efficacious for producing the effect,
the effect would follow anew from his former will without any new action on his part.
Therefore nothing prevents our saying that God's action was from eternity,
whereas his effect was not from eternity.
but then when from eternity he appointed.
Hence it is also clear that,
although God is the sufficient cause of bringing things into being,
it is not necessary to suppose that because he is eternal,
his effect is eternal, as the third argument contended.
For if we suppose a sufficient cause, we suppose its effect,
but not an effect outside the cause.
For this would be through insufficiency of the cause,
as if, for instance, a hot thing failed to give heat.
Now the proper effect of the will
is for that thing to be which the will wills.
And if something else were to be,
then what the wills,
this would be an effect that is not proper to the cause
but foreign thereto.
But just as the will, as we have said,
wills this thing to be such and such,
so does it will it to be at such and such a time.
wherefore, for the will to be a sufficient cause,
it is not necessary for the effect to be when the will is,
but when the will has appointed the effect to be.
On the other hand,
it is different with things which proceed from a cause acting naturally,
because the action of nature is according as nature is,
wherefore the effect must necessarily follow if the cause exists.
Whereas the will act,
not according to the mode of its being, but according to the mode of its purpose.
And consequently, just as the effect of a natural agent follows the being of the agent,
so the effect of a voluntary agent follows the mode of his purpose.
From the foregoing it is again clear that the effect of the divine will is not delayed,
although it was not always, whereas it was always willed, as the fourth reason argued.
Because the object of the divine will is not only the existence of the effect, but also the time of its existence.
Wherefore the thing willed, namely, that a creature should exist at such and such a time, is not delayed,
because the creature began to exist at the time appointed by God from eternity.
Nor can we conceive a diversity of parts of any duration before the beginning of the whole creature,
as was supposed in the fifth argument.
For nothingness has neither measure nor duration.
And the duration of God which is eternity has no parts,
but is utterly simple,
having no before and after,
since God is immovable, as stated in the first book.
Wherefore, there is no comparison
between the beginning of the whole creature
and any various signate parts of an already existing measure,
to which parts the beginning of creatures can be related
in a like or unlike manner,
so that there need be a reason in the agent
why he should have produced the creature
at this particular point of that duration,
and not at some particular or subsequent point.
Such a reason would be necessary
if there were some duration divisible into parts,
beside the whole creature produced,
as happens in particular agents,
who produce their effect in time,
but do not produce time itself.
But God brought in the nature,
to being both the creature and time together. Hence in this matter, we have not to consider
the reason why he produced them now and not before, but only why not always. This may be made
clear by a comparison with place. For particular bodies are produced not only at a determined
time, but also in a determined place. And since time and place by which they are contained are
extraneous to them, there must needs be a reason why they are produced in this place and time
rather than in another.
Whereas in the whole heaven, outside which there is no place, and together with which the
entire place of all things is produced, we have not to consider the reason why it is produced
here and not there.
And through thinking that this reason ought to be a matter of consideration, some have fallen
into error, so as to place the infinite in bodies. In like manner, in the production of the entire
creature, outside which there is no time, and together with which time is produced simultaneously,
we have not to consider the reason why it was produced now and not before, so that we be led
to grant the infinity of time, but only why it was not always produced, or why, after non-being,
so as to imply a beginning.
For the purpose of inquiring into this question,
the sixth argument was adduced on the part of the end
which alone can bring about necessity
in those things which are done voluntarily.
Now the end of God's will can only be his goodness.
And he does not act in order to bring this end into being
as a craftsman works in order to produce his handiwork.
Since his goodness is eternal and unchanging,
so that nothing can accrue thereto.
Nor could it be said that God works for his betterment.
Nor again does he act in order to obtain this end for himself
as a king fights in order to obtain possession of a city.
For he is his own goodness.
It remains, therefore, that he acts for an end
by producing an effect so that it participate his end.
accordingly, in thus producing an effect on account of an end,
the uniform relation of the end to the agent
is not to be taken as a reason for his work being eternal.
But rather, we should consider the relation of the end
to the effect which is made on account of the end
so that the effect be produced in such a way
as to be most fittingly directed to the end.
Consequently, from the fact that the end is uniformly related to the agent,
we cannot conclude that the effect is eternal.
Nor is it necessary that the divine effect should have been always,
because thus it is more fittingly directed to the end,
as the seventh argument seemed to infer.
But it is more fittingly directed to the end by the fact that it was not always.
For every agent that produces an effect in participation of his own form
intends to produce his likeness therein,
wherefore it was becoming to God's will to produce the creature in participation of his goodness
so that it might reflect the divine goodness by its likeness.
But this reflection cannot be by way of equality, as a univocal effect reflects its cause,
so that it be necessary for eternal effects to be produced by the divine goodness.
But it is after the manner in which the transcendent is reflected by that which is
transcended. Now the transcendence of the divine goodness over the creature is especially manifested
by the fact that creatures have not been always. For thereby it is manifest that all else
beside him has him as the author of its being, and that his power is not constrained to produce
these effects, as nature is to natural effects. And consequently, that he is a voluntary and
intelligent agent, the opposite of which, some have affirmed, through maintaining the eternity of
creatures. Accordingly, on the part of the agent, there is nothing to oblige us to hold the eternity of
creatures. End of Chapter 35, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C. Chapter 36 of Summa Contragent
Tiles, second book, on Creation, by St. Thomas Aquinas, translated by the Fathers of
English-Dominican province. This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 36, solution of the arguments produced on the part of the things made.
In like manner again, neither is there, on the part of creatures, anything to induce us to
assert their eternity. For the necessity of being that we find in creatures, from which the first
argument is taken, is a necessity of order, as was shown above. And a necessity of order does not
compel the subject of a like necessity to have been always, as we proved above. For although the
substance of heaven, through being devoid of potentiality to non-being, has a potentiality to being,
yet this necessity follows its substance. Wherefore, its substance, once brought into being,
this necessity involves the impossibility of not being.
But it does not make it impossible for the heaven not to be
from the point of view where we consider the production of its very substance.
Likewise the power to be always,
from which the second argument proceeded,
presupposes the production of the substance.
Hence, where the production of the heaven's substance is in question,
this power cannot be a sufficient argument
for that substance's eternity.
Again, the argument adduced in sequence
does not compel us to admit the eternity of movement,
for it has been made clear that without any change in God, the agent,
it is possible for him to do something new that is not eternal.
And if it is possible for something to be done by him anew,
it is evident that something can also be moved by him anew,
since newness of movement is consequent upon the ordinance of the eternal will to the effect
that movement be not always. Likewise the intention which natural agents have of perpetuating
the species, which was the starting point of the fourth argument, presupposes that natural
agents are already in being. Wherefore this argument has no place, save in natural things,
already brought into being, but not when it is a question of the first,
production of things. The question as to whether it is necessary to admit that generation
will go on forever will be discussed in the sequel. Also the fifth argument,
taken from time, presupposes rather than proves the eternity of movement. For since
before and after and continuity of time are consequent upon before and after and continuity
of movement, according to the teaching of Aristotle, in the fourth book of physics, chapter 11
paragraph 5. It is clear that the same instant is the beginning of the future and the end of the
past, because in movement there is something assignable that is the beginning and end of the various
parts of movement. Wherefore it will not be necessary for each instant to be thus, unless
every assignable instant that we conceive in time be between before and after in movement,
and this is to suppose that movement is eternal.
but he who supposes that movement is not eternal,
we say that the first instant of time is the beginning of the future
and the end of no past.
Nor is it incompatible with the succession of time
if we place therein a now that is a beginning and not an end
because a line in which we place a point that is a beginning and not an end
is stationary and not transitory.
since even in a particular movement which also is not stationary but transitory,
it is possible to designate something as only a beginning and not an end of movement,
for otherwise all movement would be perpetual, which is impossible.
That we suppose the non-being of time to precede its being, if time began,
does not compel us to say that time is if we suppose that it is not,
as the sixth argument inferred.
For the before that we speak of as being before time was,
not simply any part of time in reality,
but only in our imagination.
Because when we say that time has being after non-being,
we mean that there was no part of time before this signet now.
Thus, when we say that,
there is nothing above the heaven,
we do not mean that there is a place
outside the heaven which can be said to be above in relation to the heaven,
but that there is no place above it.
In either case, the imagination can apply a measure to the already existing thing,
and just as this measure is no reason for admitting infinite quantity in a body,
as stated in the third book of physics.
So neither is it a reason for supposing that time is eternal.
The truth of propositions which one has to grant,
even if one denies them, and from which the seventh argument proceeded, has the necessity of that
relation which is between predicate and subject.
Wherefore it does not compel a thing to be always, except perhaps, as understood by the divine
intellect in which all truth is rooted, as we showed in the first book.
Hence it is clear that the arguments taken from creatures do not compel one to assert the eternity
of the world. End of Chapter 36, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C. Chapter 37 of Summa Contra Gentiles,
second book, On Creation, by St. Thomas Aquinas, translated by the fathers of the English-Dominican
province. This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 37, solution of the arguments taken from the making of things. It remains for us to show that neither
does any argument taken from the point of view of the making of things compel us to draw the aforesaid
conclusion? The common opinion of the philosophers who asserted that, from nothing not is made,
on which the first argument was based, holds good for that particular making which they had
under consideration. For since all our knowledge begins from the senses which are about
singular, human speculations proceeded from particular to universal considerations,
where for those who sought the principle of things considered only the particular making of beings,
and inquired in what manner this particular fire or this particular stone was made.
At first, considering the making of things more from an outward point of view than it behooved
them to do, they stated that a thing is made only in respect of certain accidental dispositions,
such as rarity, density, and so forth.
And they said in consequence that,
to be made,
was nothing else than to be altered,
for the reason that they understood everything to be made
from an actual being.
Later on, they considered the making of things more inwardly
and made a step forward to the making of things
in regard to their substance.
For they asserted that a thing does not need to be made
except accidentally, from an actual being, and that it is made per se from a being in potentiality.
But this making, which is of a being from any being whatsoever, is the making of a particular
being, which is made for as much as it is this being, for instance, a man or a fire,
but not for as much as it is considered universally. For there was previously a being which
is transformed into this being. Entering still more deeply into the origin of things,
they considered at last the procession of all created being from one first cause,
as appears from the arguments given above which prove this. In this procession of all being
from God, it is not possible for anything to be made from something already existing,
since it would not be the making of all created being.
The early natural philosophers had no conception of such a making, for it was their common opinion
that, from nothing not is made, or if any of them conceived the idea, they did not consider that
the name of making was applicable there to, since the word making implies movement or change,
whereas in this origin of all being from one first being, the transformation of one being into another
is inconceivable, as we have proved.
For which reason,
neither does it belong to the natural philosophers
to consider this same origin of things,
but to the metaphysician,
who considers universal being
and things that are devoid of movement.
We, however, by a kind of metaphor,
transfer the name making,
even to that origin,
so that we say that anything whatsoever is made
if its essence or nature originates from something else.
Wherefore it is clear that neither is the second argument cogent, which was taken from the nature of movement.
For creation cannot be described as a change, save metaphorically, insofar as the created thing be considered to have being after non-being,
in which way one thing is said to be made out of another, even in those things where the one is not changed into the other,
for the sole reason that one succeeds the other as day out of night.
Nor does the nature of movement that is brought into the argument justify the conclusion,
since what no-wise exists is not in any particular state,
that when it begins to exist, it is in a different state now and before.
Hence again, it is evident that there is no need for a passive potentiality
to precede the existence of all created being, as the third argument inferred.
for this is necessary in those things which take their origin of being from movement,
since movement is the act of a potential being,
according to the third book of physics, chapter one, paragraph six.
But before a created thing was, it was possible for it to be,
through the power of the agent by which power also it began to be,
or it was possible on account of the habitude of the terms,
in which no incompatibility is found,
which kind of possibility is said to be
in respect of no potentiality,
as the philosopher says in the fifth book of metaphysics.
For this predicate being is not incompatible
with this subject world or man,
as measurable is incompatible with diameter.
And thus it follows that it is not impossible for it to be,
and consequently that before it was,
it was possible for it to be apart from all potentiality.
But in those things which are made by movement,
it is necessary that they be previously possible
in respect of a passive potentiality,
and it is with regard to these
that the philosopher employs this argument
in the seventh book of metaphysics.
From this, it is also clear
that neither is the fourth argument conclusive
for the purpose. For in things made by movement, to be made and to be are not simultaneous,
because succession is found in their making, whereas in things that are not made by movement,
their making is not before their being. It is therefore evident that nothing prevents our
asserting that the world has not been always, and this is affirmed by the Catholic faith in Genesis
chapter 1 verse 1. In the beginning, God created heaven and earth. And in Proverbs, chapter 8
verse 22, it is said of God, before he made anything from the beginning, etc.
End of chapter 37, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C. Chapter 38 of Sumacontagantile's
second book on creation by St. Thomas Aquinas, translated by the fathers of the English
Dominican province. This Libravox recording is in the public domain. Chapter 38. Arguments by which some
endeavor to prove that the world is not eternal. Now there are some arguments brought forward by certain
people to prove that the world was not always. They are taken from the following, for it has been
proved that God is the cause of all things. But a cause must precede in duration the things made by its
Again, since all being is created by God, it cannot be said to be made from some being, so that it must be made from nothing, and consequently has being after non-being.
Also, because it is not possible to pass by an infinite number of things.
Now, if the world were always, an infinite number of things would have now been passed by, since what is past, it is a
is passed by, and if the world was always, there is an infinite number of days or an infinite
number of solar revolutions.
Further, it follows that an addition is made to the infinite, since every day something
is added to the past days or revolutions.
Moreover, it follows that it is possible to go on to infinity in efficient causes if there
was always generation.
And we are bound to admit this latter if the world was always,
because the son's cause is his father,
and another man is the latter's father, and so on indefinitely.
Again, it will follow that there is an infinite number of things,
namely the immortal souls of an infinite number of men.
Now, since these arguments do not conclude of absolute necessity,
although they are not devoid of probability,
it is enough merely to touch upon them
lest the Catholic faith seem to be founded on empty reasonings
and not, as it is, on the most solid teaching of God.
Wherefore it seems right that we should indicate
how those arguments are met by those who asserted the eternity of the world.
For the first statement that an agent
necessarily precedes the effect brought about by its operation
is true of those things which act by movement,
because the effect is not until the movement is ended,
and the agent must necessarily exist even when the movement begins.
On the other hand, in those things which act instantaneously,
this is not necessary.
Thus, as soon as the sun reaches the point of the east,
it enlightens our hemisphere.
Also, that which is said in the second place is of no avail.
For in order to contradict the statement,
something is made from something,
if this be not granted,
we must say,
something is not made from something,
and not,
something is made from nothing,
except in the sense of the former.
Whence, we cannot conclude
that it is made after not being.
Again, the third argument is not cogent,
for though the infinite in act be impossible,
It is not impossible in succession, since any given infinite taken in this sense is finite.
Hence each of the preceding revolutions could be passed by since it was finite.
But in all of them together, if the world had been always, there would be no first revolution.
Wherefore, there would be no passing through them, because this always requires to extremes.
Again, the fourth argument put forward is weak, for nothing hinders the infinite receiving an addition
on the side of which it is finite. Now supposing time to be eternal, it follows that it is infinite
anteriorly, but finite posteriorly, since the present is the term of the past. Nor is the argument
cogent which is given in the fifth place. For it is impossible,
according to philosophers, to have an infinite number of active causes which act together simultaneously,
because the effect would have to depend on an infinite number of simultaneous actions.
Such are causes that are per se infinite,
because their infinity is required for their effect.
On the other hand, in causes that do not act simultaneously,
this is not impossible, according to those who assert that generation has always been.
And this infinity is accidental to the causes, for it is accidental to the Father of Socrates
that he is another man's son or not. Whereas it is not accidental to the stick for as much as it
moves the stone, that it be moved by the hand, since it moves for as much as it is moved.
The objection taken from souls is more difficult, and yet the argument is not of much use,
since it takes many things for granted.
For some of those who maintained the eternity of the world
asserted that human souls do not survive the body.
Some said that of all souls there survives only the separate intellect,
or the active intellect according to some,
or even the passive intellect according to others.
Some have held a kind of rotation in souls
saying that the same souls after several centuries returned to bodies.
and some do not consider it incongruous that there should be things actually infinite in those which have no order.
Nevertheless, one may proceed to prove this more efficiently from the end of the divine will, as we have indicated above.
For the end of God's will in the production of things is His goodness, as manifested in his effects.
Now God's might and goodness are especially made manifest in that things other than Himself,
were not always. For the fact that they have not always been clearly shows that other things
beside himself have their being from him. It also shows that he does not act by a necessity of his nature,
and that his power is infinite in acting. Therefore, it was most becoming to the goodness of God
that he should give his creatures a beginning of their duration. From what has been said,
we are able to avoid the various errors of the pagan philosophers,
some of whom asserted the eternity of the world,
others asserted that the matter of the world is eternal,
out of which at a certain time the world began to be formed,
either by chance or by some intellect,
or else by attraction and repulsion.
For all these suppose something eternal beside God,
which is incompatible with the Catholic faith,
End of Chapter 38
Read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 39 of Summa Contra Gentiles,
Second Book on Creation
by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English-Dominican province.
This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 39,
That the distinction of things is not from chance.
Having disposed of those matters which related
to the production of things. It remains for us to treat of those which call for our consideration
as regards the distinction of things. Of these, the first that we have to prove is that the
distinction of things is not from chance. For chance occurs only in those things which it is
possible to be otherwise, since we do not ascribe to chance those that are necessarily and always.
Now it was shown above that certain things have been created in whose nature there is no possibility of not being,
such as immaterial substances and those which are not composed of contraries.
Wherefore it is impossible that their substances be from chance.
But it is by their substances that they are mutually distinct.
Therefore, their distinction is not from chance.
Moreover, since chance is only in those things,
that are possibly otherwise, and since the principle of this possibility is matter and not their
form, which in fact determines the possibility of matter to one, it follows that those things
which are distinct by their forms are not distinct by chance, but perhaps those things are
whose distinction is from matter. But the distinction of species is from the form, and the
distinction of singular in the same species is from matter.
Wherefore the specific distinction of things cannot be from chance, but perhaps chance causes
the distinction of certain individuals.
Also, since matter is the principle and cause of causal things, as we have shown, there
may be chance in the making of things produced from matter.
But it was proved above that the first production of things into being was not from matter,
wherefore there is no place for chance in them.
the first production of things must needs have included their distinction, since there are many
created things which are neither produced from one another, nor from something common, because
they do not agree in matter.
Therefore it is impossible for the distinction of things to be from chance.
Again, a per se cause is before an accidental cause.
Hence, if later things are from a determinate, per se, cause,
it is unfitting to say that the first things are from an undeterminate accidental cause.
Now, the distinction of things naturally precedes their movements and operations,
since determinate movements and operations belong to things determinate and distinct.
But movements and operations of things are from per se and determinate causes,
since we find that they proceed from their causes in the same way
either always or for the most part.
Therefore, the distinction of things is also from a, per se,
determinate cause and not from chance,
which is an indeterminate accidental cause.
Moreover, the form of anything that proceeds
from an intellectual voluntary agent is intended by the agent.
Now the universe of creatures has for its author God
who is an agent by his will and intellect as proved above.
Nor can there be any defect in his power
so that he fail of his intention
since his power is infinite as was proved above.
It follows, therefore, that the form of the universe
is intended and willed by God.
Therefore, it is not from chance.
for we ascribe to chance those things which are beside the intention of the agent.
Now the form of the universe consists in the distinction and order of its parts.
Therefore, the distinction of things is not from chance.
Further, that which is good and best in the effect is the end of its production.
But the good and the best in the universe consists in the mutual order of its parts,
which is impossible without distinction.
Since by this order the universe is established as one whole,
and this is its best.
Therefore, the order of the parts of the universe
and their distinction is the end of the production of the universe.
Therefore, the distinction of things is not from chance.
Holy writ bears witness to this truth as is clear from Genesis
chapter 1 verse 1,
where after the words,
in the beginning God created heaven and earth, the text continues in verse 4.
God divided the light from darkness and so on,
so that not only the creation of things,
but also their distinction is shown to be from God and not from chance,
but as the good and the best of the universe.
Wherefore it is added in verse 31,
God saw all the things he had made and they were very good.
Hereby is excluded the opinion of the ancient natural philosophers who affirmed that there was only a material cause
and no other, from which all things were made by expansion and cohesion. For these are compelled
to say that the distinction of things which we observe in the universe resulted, not from the
intentional ordinance of one, but from the chance movement of matter. Likewise is excluded the opinion
of Democritus and Lauchippus, who postulated an infinite number of material principles,
namely indivisible bodies of the same nature, but differing in shape, order, and position
to whose convergence, which must needs be fortuitous, since they denied the existence of an active
cause, they ascribed the diversity among things, on account of the three or four said
differences of atoms, to wit, of shape, order, and position. Wherefore it followed that the
distinction of things was by chance. And from what has been said, this is clearly false.
End of Chapter 39, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C. Chapter 40 of Summa Contra Gentile's
second book, on Creation, by St. Thomas Aquinas, translated by the fathers of the
English Dominican province.
Brevox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 40
That matter is not the first cause of the distinction of things.
Furthermore, it is evident from the foregoing
that the distinction of things is not on account
of a diversity of matter as its first cause.
For nothing determinate can proceed from matter
except by chance, because matter is in potentiality
to many things, of which, if only one were
to result. It must needs be that this happens in the minority of cases, and such is that
which happens by chance, especially if we remove the intention of an agent. Now it was proved
that the distinction of things is not from chance. It follows, therefore, that it is not
on account of a diversity of matter as its first cause. Again, those things which result
from the intention of an agent, are not on account of matter as their first cause.
For an active cause precedes matter in acting,
because matter does not become an actual cause,
except insofar as it is moved by an agent.
Wherefore, if an effect is consequent upon a disposition of matter and the intention of an agent,
it does not result from matter as its first cause.
For this reason, we find that those things which are,
referable to matter as their first cause are beside the intention of the agent, for instance,
monsters and other mischances of nature. But the form results from the intention of the agent. This is proved
thus. The agent produces its like, according to its form, and if sometimes this fails, it is from
chance on account of a defect in the matter. Therefore forms do not result from a disposition of matter
as their first cause.
On the contrary,
matters are disposed in such a way
that such may be their forms.
Now, the specific distinction of things
is according to their forms.
Therefore, the distinction of things
is not on account of the diversity of matter
as its first cause.
Moreover,
the distinction of things cannot result from matter
except in those which are made from pre-existing matter.
Now many things are distinguished from one another, which cannot be made from pre-existing matter.
For instance, the celestial bodies which have no contrary, as their movement shows.
Therefore, the diversity of matter cannot be the first cause of the distinction of things.
Again, whatever things having a cause of their being are distinct from one another,
have a cause of their distinction.
because a thing is made a being according as it is made one, undivided in itself and distinct from others.
Now if matter, by its diversity, is the cause of the distinction of things,
we must suppose that matters are in themselves distinct.
Moreover, it is evident that every matter has being from something else,
since it was proved above that everything, that is, in any way whatsoever, is from God.
Therefore, something else is the cause of distinction in matters, and consequently the first cause of the distinction of things cannot be a diversity of matter.
Again, since every intellect acts for the sake of good, it does not produce a better thing for the sake of an inferior thing.
And it is the same with nature.
Now all things proceed from God who acts by his intellect as stated above.
therefore inferior things proceed from God for the sake of better things and not vice versa.
But form is more noble than matter, since it is its perfection and act.
Therefore, he does not produce such and such forms for the sake of such and such matters,
but rather he produced such and such matters that there might be such and such forms.
Therefore, the specific distinction in things, which is according to their form, is not on account
of their matter, but on the contrary, matters were created diverse that they might be suitable
for diverse forms.
Hereby is excluded the opinion of Anaxagoras, who postulated an infinite number of material
principles, which at first were mixed together in one confused mass, but which an interest
collect subsequently separated, thus establishing a distinction among things.
As well as the opinions of any who held the distinction of things to be the result of various
material principles. End of Chapter 40, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 41 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province. This Libravox
recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 41
That the distinction of things is not on account of a contrariety of agents.
From the above, we may also prove that the cause of distinction among things is not
a diversity or even a contrariety of agents.
For if the diverse agents who cause the diversity among things are ordered to one another,
there must be some cause of this order.
since many are not united together save by some one.
And thus the principle of this order will be the first and sole cause of the distinction of things.
If on the other hand, these various agents are not ordered to one another,
their convergence to the effect of producing the diversity of things will be accidental,
wherefore the distinction of things will be by chance,
the contrary of which has been proved above.
Again, ordered effects do not proceed from diverse causes having no order, except perhaps
accidentally, for diverse things as such do not produce one.
Now things mutually distinct are found to have a mutual order, and this is not by chance,
since for the most part one is helped by another.
Wherefore it is impossible that the distinction among things thus ordered be on account of a diversing
of agents without order.
Moreover, things that have a cause of their distinction
cannot be the first cause of the distinction of things.
Now, if we take several coordinate agents,
they must needs have a cause of their distinction,
because they have a cause of their being,
since all beings are from one first being as was shown above.
And the cause of a thing's being is the same as the cause of its
distinction from others, as we have proved. Therefore, diversity of agents cannot be the first
cause of distinction among things. Again, if the diversity of things comes of the diversity
or contrariety of various agents, this would seem especially to apply, as many maintain,
to the contrariety of good and evil, so that all good things proceed from a good principle
and evil things from an evil principle.
For good and evil are in every genus.
But there cannot be one first principle of all evil things,
for, since those things that are through another
are reduced to those that are of themselves,
it would follow that the first active cause of evils
is evil of itself.
Now a thing is said to be such of itself,
if it is such by its essence.
Therefore its essence will not be good.
But this is impossible, for everything that is must of necessity be good insofar as it is a being.
Because everything loves its being and desires it to be preserved,
a sign of which is that everything resists its own corruption.
And good is what all desire, according to Aristotle in the first book of Ethics 1-1.
Therefore, distinction among things cannot proceed from two contrary principles,
the one good and the other evil.
Further, every agent acts inasmuch as it is actual.
And in as much as it is an act, everything is perfect.
And everything that is perfect, as such, is said to be good.
Therefore, every agent as such is good.
wherefore, if a thing is essentially evil, it cannot be an agent.
But if it is the first principle of evils, it must be essentially evil as we have proved.
Therefore, it is impossible that the distinction among things proceed from two principles,
good and evil.
Moreover, if every being as such is good, it follows that evil as such is a non-being,
Now, no efficient cause can be assigned to non-being as such, since every agent acts for
as much as it is an actual being, and every agent produces its like.
Therefore, no, per se, efficient cause can be assigned to evil as such.
Therefore, evils cannot be reduced to one first cause that is of itself the cause
of all evils.
Further, that which results besides the intention of the agent has no per se cause, but befalls
accidentally.
For instance, when a man finds a treasure while digging to plant.
Now evil cannot result in an effect except beside the intention of the agent for every agent
intends a good, since the good is what all desire, according to the fact.
to the first book of ethics 1-1.
Therefore, evil has not a per se cause,
but befalls accidentally in the effects of causes.
Therefore, we cannot assign one first principle to all evils.
Further, contrary agents have contrary actions.
Therefore, we must not assign contrary principles to things that result from one action.
Now good and evil are produced by the same action.
Thus by the same action, water is corrupted and air-generated.
Therefore, the difference of good and evil that we find in things
is no reason for affirming contrary principles.
Moreover, that which altogether is not is neither good nor evil.
Now that which is, for as much as it is, is good as proved
above. Therefore, a thing is evil for as much as it is a non-being. But this is a being with a
privation. Wherefore, evil as such is a being with a privation, and the evil itself is this
very privation. Now, privation has no per se efficient cause, since every agent acts
inasmuch as it has a form. Wherefore, the per se effect of an agent
must be something having that form, because an agent produces its like, except accidentally.
It follows, then, that evil has no per se efficient cause, but befalls accidentally in the effects of causes
which are effective per se. Consequently, there is not one per se principle of evil,
but the first principle of all things is one first good, in whose effects evil is an accidental consequence.
Hence it is said in Isaiah chapter 45 verses 6 and 7,
I am the Lord and there is none other God.
I form the light and create darkness.
I make peace and create evil.
I am the Lord that do all these things.
And in Ecclesiasticus, chapter 11 verse 14,
Good things and evil, life and death,
poverty and riches are from God.
And in the same book, Chapter 33, verse 15,
Good is set against evil, so also is the sinner against a just man.
And so look upon all the works of the most high.
Two and two and one against another.
God is said to make or create evils,
insofar as he creates things that are good in themselves
and yet hurtful to others.
For instance, the wolf, although in his first,
species, he is a good of nature. He is nevertheless evil to the sheep, and likewise fire to water,
inasmuch as it is corruptive thereof. In like manner, he causes in men those evils which are called
penal. Wherefore it is said in Amos 3.6, shall there be evil in a city which the Lord hath not done?
In this sense, Gregory says, in his morals 3-9,
Even evils which have no natural subsistence of their own are created by the Lord,
but he is said to create evils when he employs creatures that are good in themselves
to punish us who do evil.
Hereby is excluded the error of those who asserted contrary first principles.
This error began with Empedocles, for he held that there are two first acts.
active principles, attraction and repulsion, of which he asserted that attraction is the cause
of generation and repulsion the cause of corruption.
Wherefore it would seem, as Aristotle says in the first book of metaphysics, that he was
the first to assert two contrary principles, good and evil.
Pythagoras asserted two primaries, good and evil, as formal, however, and not as active
principles. For he stated that these two are the genera under which all other things are
comprised, as the philosopher declares, in the first book of metaphysics. Now, though these errors
of the earlier philosophers were refuted by those of later times, certain men of perverted
sense have presumed to combine them with Christian doctrine. The first of these was Marquius,
from whom the Marcians take their name, who under the guise of a Christian founded a her
holding the existence of two contrary principles.
He was followed by the Sardonians, afterwards by the Marcianists,
and lastly by the Maniches, who especially spread this error abroad.
End of Chapter 41, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 42 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation,
by St. Thomas Aquinas, translated by the fathers of the English-Dominican province.
Librevox recording is in the public domain. Chapter 42. That the first cause of the distinction
of things is not the order of secondary agents. We may also prove from the same premises
that the distinction of things is not caused by the order of secondary agents, as those maintained
who held that God, since he is one and simple, produces but one effect, which is the first
created substance. And that this, because it cannot equal the simplicity of the first cause,
not being pure act, but having a certain admixture of potentiality, has a certain multiplicity,
so that it is able to produce some kind of plurality. And that in this way affects ever-failing
of the simplicity of their causes, the multiplication of effects results in the diversity
of the things whereof the universe consists.
Accordingly, this opinion does not assign one cause to the entire diversity of things,
but a different cause to each particular effect,
and the entire diversity of things it describes to the concurrence of all causes.
Now, we say that those things happen by chance,
which result from the concurrence of various causes and not from one determinate cause,
wherefore the distinction of things and the order of the universe would be the
result of chance. Moreover, that which is best in things caused is reduced as to its first cause
to that which is best in causes, for effects must be proportionate to their causes.
Now the best among all things caused is the order of the universe, wherein the good of the universe
consists, even as in human affairs, the good of the nation is more godlike than the good
of the individual, according to Aristotle in the first book of Ethics, 2.8.
Hence we must reduce the order of the universe to God as its proper cause,
whom we have proved above to be the sovereign good.
Therefore, the distinction of things, wherein consists the order of the universe,
is the result not of secondary causes, but rather simplicity of the first cause.
Further, it seems absurd to assign a defect in things as a cause of that which is best in things.
Now, the best in things caused is their distinction and order as shown above.
Therefore, it is unreasonable to assert that this distinction is the result of secondary causes
failing of the simplicity of the first cause.
Again, in all ordered active causes, where action is directed to an end,
the ends of the secondary causes must be directed to the end of the first cause.
Thus the ends of the arts of war, horsemanship, and bridal-making
are directed to the end of the political art.
Now the origin of beings from the first being is by an action directed to an end,
since it is according to the intellect, as we have proved,
and every intellect acts for an end.
If, therefore, in the production of things,
there are any secondary causes, it follows that their ends and actions are directed to the end of the
first cause, and this is the last end in things caused. And this is the distinction and order of the
parts of the universe, which order is the ultimate form, so to speak. Therefore, the distinction and
order in things is not an account of the actions of secondary causes, but rather the actions
of secondary causes are an account of the order and distinction to be established in things.
Further, if the distinction of the parts of the universe and their order is the proper effect of the
first cause through being the ultimate form and the greatest good in the universe,
it follows that the distinction and order of things must be in the intellect of the first cause,
because in things that are made by an intellect, the form produced in the things made proceeds from a
like form in the intellect. For instance, the house which exists in matter proceeds from the house
which is in an intellect. Now the form of distinction in order cannot be in an active intellect
unless the forms of the things which are distinct and ordered be therein. Wherefore in the
divine intellect there are the forms of various things distinct and ordered, nor is this incompatible
with his simplicity as we have proved above.
Accordingly, if things that are outside the mind
proceed from forms that are in the intellect,
it will be possible, in things that are effected by an intellect,
for many and diverse things to be caused immediately by the first cause,
notwithstanding the divine simplicity,
on account of which some fell into the aforesaid opinion.
Again, the action of one who is,
who acts by intellect, terminates in the form which he understands, and not in another, except
accidentally and by chance. Now God is an agent by his intellect, as we have proved, nor can his
action be affected by chance, since he cannot fail of his action. It follows, therefore, that he
produces his effect for the very reason that he understands and intends that same effect. But by the same
idea that he understands one effect, he can understand many effects other than himself.
Wherefore, he can at once cause many things without any intermediary.
Moreover, as we have shown above, the power of God is not confined to one effect, and this is
befitting his simplicity.
Because the more a power is united, the nearer it approaches to infinity, being able to
to extend to so many more things.
But it does not follow that one thing only can be made by one,
except when the agent is determined to one effect.
Wherefore, we are not bound to conclude that,
because God is one and utterly simple,
therefore many things cannot proceed from him,
except by means of certain things that fail of his simplicity.
Further, it was shown above that God alone,
can create. Now there are many things which cannot come into being except by creation,
such as all those which are not composed of form and matter subject to contrariety,
because the like must needs be incapable of being generated since all generation is from a
contrary and from matter. Such are all intellectual substances, and all heavenly bodies,
and even primary matter itself.
We must therefore assert that all such things have taken the origin of their being from God immediately.
Hence it is said in Genesis 1-1.
In the beginning God created heaven and earth.
And in Job 3718, thou perhaps hast made the heavens with him,
which are most strong as if they were of molten brass.
By the foregoing, we exclude the opinion of Avicenna.
who says that God, by understanding himself, produced one first intelligence in which there is already potentiality and act.
That this, through understanding God, produces the second intelligence,
through understanding itself as being in act, produces the soul of the sphere,
and through understanding itself as being in potentiality, produces the substance of the first sphere.
And thus starting from this point, he explains the causing of the diversity of things by second.
secondary causes. We also exclude the opinion of certain early heretics who said that not God
but the angels created the world, of which error Simon Magus is said to have been the original author.
End of Chapter 42, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C. Chapter 43 of Summa Contra Gentiles,
second book on Creation by St. Thomas Aquinas, translated by the Fathers of the English
This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 43
That the distinction among things does not result from some secondary agent
introducing various forms into matter.
Certain modern heretics say that God created the matter of all things visible,
but that this was diversified by various forms by an angel.
The falseness of this opinion is evident.
For the heavenly bodies, wherein no contrariety is to be found, cannot have been formed
from any matter, since whatever is made from pre-existing matter must needs be made from a contrary.
Wherefore it is impossible that any angel should have formed the heavenly bodies from matter
previously created by God.
Moreover, the heavenly bodies either have no matter in common with the lower bodies, or they only
have primary matter in common with them. For the heaven neither is composed of elements nor is of an
elemental nature, which is proved by its movement which differs from that of all the elements.
And primary matter could not by itself precede all formed bodies, since it is nothing but
pure potentiality, and all actual being is from some form. Therefore it is impossible that an angel should
have formed all visible bodies for matter previously created by God.
Again, everything that is made is made to be, since making is the way to being.
To each thing caused, therefore, it is becoming to be made as it is becoming to be.
Now being is not becoming to form alone, nor to matter alone, but to the composite.
for matter is merely in potentiality, while form is whereby a thing is, since it is act.
Hence it follows that the composite, properly speaking, is, therefore it belongs to it alone
to be made, and not to matter without form.
Therefore, there is not one agent that creates matter only, and another that induces the form.
Again, the first induction of forms into matter cannot be from an agent acting by movement only,
for all movement towards a form, is from a determinate form towards a determinate form,
because matter cannot be without all form, wherefore some form is presupposed in matter.
But every agent intending a merely material form must needs be an agent by movement,
for since material forms are not subsistent of themselves,
and their being is to be in matter,
they cannot be brought into being
except either by the production of the whole composite
or by the transmutation of matter to this or that form.
Therefore, it is impossible that the first induction of forms into matter
be from someone creating the form only,
but it must be from him who is the creator of the whole composite.
it. Further, movement towards a form comes naturally after local movement, for it is the act of that
which is more imperfect, as the philosopher proves. Now in the natural order, things that
come afterwards are caused by those which come before, wherefore movement towards a form is caused
by local movement. But the first local movement is the movement of the heaven. Therefore, all
movement towards a form takes place through the means of the heavenly movement. Hence those things
that cannot be made through the means of the heavenly movement cannot be made by an agent that cannot act
except by movement, and such must be the agent that cannot act except by inducing form into matter
as we have proved. Now many sensible forms cannot be produced by the heavenly movement except by means
of certain presupposed determinate principles.
Thus certain animals are not made except from seed.
Therefore the original production of these forms,
for producing which the heavenly movement is not sufficient
without the pre-existence of those forms in the species,
must needs proceed from the creator alone.
Again, just as local movement of part and whole are the same
like that of the whole earth and of one clod, according to the third book of physics, 514,
so the change of generation is the same in the part and in the whole.
Now the parts of those things that are subject to generation and corruption
are generated by acquiring actual forms from forms in matter
and not from forms existing outside matter,
since the generator must be like the thing generated,
as the philosopher proves in the seventh book of metaphysics.
Neither, therefore, can the total acquisition of forms by matter
be affected by any separate substance, such as an angel.
But this must be done either by means of a corporeal agent
or by a creative agent acting without movement.
Further, even as being is first among effects,
so does it correspond to the first cause as its proper effect.
Now being is by form and not by matter.
Therefore the first causation of forms is to be ascribed especially to the first cause.
Moreover, since every agent produces its like, the effect obtains its form from that to which it is likened by the form it acquired,
even as the material house acquires its form from the art, which is the likeness of the house and the mind.
Now all things are like God who is pure act, inasmuch as they have forms whereby they become actual,
and inasmuch as they desire forms, they are said to desire the divine likeness.
Therefore, it is absurd to say that the formation of things belongs to another than God the creator of all.
Hence it is that in order to exclude this error, Moses after saying in Genesis 1-1 that God,
in the beginning created heaven and earth, added how he distinguished all things by forming them
in their respective species. Moreover, the Apostle says in Collosions 116 that,
In Christ were all things created in heaven and on earth, visible and invisible.
End of Chapter 43, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C. Chapter 44 of Summa Contra Gentiles,
second book, On Creation, by St. Thomas Aquinas, translated by the fathers of the English
Dominican province. This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 44, That distinction among things did not result from the diversity of merits or demerits.
It remains now for us to show that the distinction among things did not result from different movements of the free will of rational creatures as origin maintained in his periarchon,
for he wished to refute the objections and errors of the early heretics, who strove to prove that the different nature of good and evil in things is owing to contrary agents.
But on account of the great difference which he observed both in natural and in human things, which difference apparently,
is not preceded by any merits, for instance, that some bodies are lightsome, some dark,
that some are born of pagan, some of Christians.
He was compelled to assert that all differences to be found in things have proceeded from a
difference of merits in accordance with the justice of God.
For he says that God of his mere goodness first made all creatures equal, all of them being
spiritual and rational, and these, by their free will, were moved in diverse ways,
some adhering to God more and some less, some withdrawing from God more, and some less.
And in this way, there resulted, through divine justice, various grades in spiritual substances,
so that some were angels in their various orders, some human souls in their various states,
some demons in their various states. And on account of the diversity,
among rational creatures. He said that God had established diversity among corporeal creatures,
so that the more noble spiritual substances were united to the more noble bodies. And thus the
corporeal creature would minister in all other various ways to the diversity of spiritual substances.
But this opinion is clearly convicted of falsehood, for among effects, the better a thing is,
the more does it obtain precedence in the intention of the agent.
Now, the greatest good in things created is the perfection of the universe,
consisting in the order of distinct things,
because in all things, the perfection of the whole takes precedence of the perfection of each part.
Wherefore, the diversity of things results from the principal intention of the first agent,
and not from a diversity of merits.
Again, if all rational creatures were created equal from the beginning,
we must say that one of them does not depend on another in its action.
Now that which results from the concurrence of various causes,
one of which does not depend on another, is casual.
Therefore, according to the aforesaid opinion,
this distinction and order of things is casual.
And this is impossible, as proved above.
Moreover, that which is natural to a person is not acquired by him by his will.
For the movement of the will or free will presupposes the existence of the willer, and for
this his nature is required.
Accordingly, if the various grades of rational creatures were derived from a movement
of the free will, all rational creatures would have their respective grade not naturally but
accidentally. But this is impossible. For since the specific difference is natural to each thing,
it would follow that all created rational substances are of one species, namely angels, demons,
human souls and the souls of the heavenly bodies, which origins supposed to be animated.
That this is false is proved by the diversity of natural actions,
because the mode by which the human intellect naturally understands
is not the same as that which sense and imagination
or the angelic intellect and the soul of the sun demand
unless perhaps we picture the angels and heavenly bodies
with flesh and bones and like parts
so that they may have organs of sense which is absurd.
It follows, therefore,
that the diversity of intellectual substances
is not the result of a diversity of a diversity of sense.
merits which are according to movements of the free will.
Again, if things that are natural are not acquired by a movement of the free will,
whereas the union of a rational soul with such a body is acquired by the soul on account of
preceding merit or demerit, according to the movement of the free will,
it would follow that the union of this soul with this body is not natural.
Therefore, neither is the composite,
yet man and the sun and the stars, according to origin, are composed of rational substances
and such and such bodies. Therefore all these things which are the noblest of corporeal substances
are unnatural. Again, if the union of this rational substance with this body is becoming to this
rational substance not as such a substance but as having so merited, its union with this body is not
an essential but an accidental union.
Now a species does not result from things united accidentally,
because from such a union there does not result a thing essentially one.
For white man or clothed man is not a species.
It would follow, therefore, that man is not a species,
nor yet the sun, nor the moon, nor anything of the kind.
Moreover, those things which result from merit may be changed for better or for worse,
because merits and demerits may increase or diminish, especially according to Origin,
who said that the free will of every creature is always flexible to either side.
Wherefore, if a rational soul has been allotted this body on account of preceding merit or demerit,
it will follow that it can be united again to another body,
and not only that the human soul takes another human body,
but also that it may sometimes take a sidereal body,
which is in accordance with the Pythagorean fable,
that any soul enters any body,
according to Aristotle in the first book of De Anima 323.
This is both erroneous, according to philosophy,
which teaches that determinate matters and movables
are allotted to determinate forms and movers.
and heretical according to faith, which declares that in the resurrection the soul
resumes the same body which it has left.
Further, since there can be no multitude without distinction, if from the beginning rational
creatures were formed in any number, they must have had some diversity.
Therefore one of them had something which another had not, and if this was not the result
of a difference in merit, for the same reason neither was it necessary for the difference of
grades to result from a difference of merits.
Again, every distinction is either according to a division of quantity, which is only in bodies,
wherefore, according to origin, it could not be in the bodies first created, or according to formal
division.
But this latter cannot be without distinction of grades, since such a distinction is reduced to
to that of privation and form.
And thus one of the condivided forms
must needs be better and the other less good.
Hence, according to the philosopher,
the species of things are like numbers,
one of which is in addition to or in subtraction from the other.
Accordingly, if there were many rational substances
created from the beginning,
there must have been a distinction of grades among them.
Again, if rational creatures can subsist without bodies,
there was no need to set up a distinction in the corporeal nature
on account of the various merits of rational creatures.
Since even without a diversity of bodies,
it was possible to find various grades in rational substances.
And if rational substances cannot subsist without bodies,
it follows that the corporeal creature
also was formed from the beginning together with the rational substances.
creature. Now, the corporeal creature is further removed from the spiritual, than spiritual creatures
are from one another. If, therefore, God from the beginning established such a great distance
among his creatures without any previous merits, there was no need for a difference of merits
to precede in order that rational creatures should be established in different grades. Further,
if the diversity of corporeal creatures corresponds to the diversity of spiritual creatures.
For the same reason, the uniformity of corporeal nature would correspond to the uniformity of rational creatures.
Therefore, the corporeal nature would have been created even if the preceding merits of the rational creature had been not different but uniform.
Hence primary matter would have been created, which is common to all bodies, but under one form only.
But in it there are many forms in potentiality.
Wherefore, it would have remained imperfect, its one form alone being reduced to act,
and this is unbefitting the divine goodness.
Again, if the diversity of the corporeal creature results from the different movement,
movements of the rational creature's free will, we shall have to say that the reason why there
is only one son in the world is because only one rational creature was moved by its free will
in such a way as to merit to be united to such a body.
Now it was by chance that only one sinned thus, therefore it is by chance that there is only one
sun in the world and not for the need of corporeal nature.
Further, since the spiritual creature does not merit to be degraded except for sin,
yet it is degraded from its height, wherein it is invisible, through being united to visible bodies.
It would seem to follow that visible bodies are joined to spiritual creatures on account of sin,
and this would seem to approach to the error of the manichies who said that these visible things proceeded from the evil principle.
The authority of Holy Writ is in evident contradiction with this error.
For in each making of visible creatures, Moses speaks in terms such as these,
in Genesis chapter 1.
God saw that it was good, etc.
And afterwards, in reference to all he adds,
God saw all the things that he had made and they were very good.
Hence we are clearly given to understand that the,
the corporeal and visible creatures were made because it is good for them to be, and this is
in keeping with the divine goodness and not on account of any merits or sins of rational creatures.
Origin seems not to have taken into consideration that, when we give a thing not as a
do but as a free gift, it is not contrary to justice if we give unequal things, without weighing
the difference of merits, since payment is due to those who merit. Now, God, as stated above,
brought things into being not as though it were due to them, but out of mere bounty. Therefore,
the diversity of creatures does not presuppose diversity of merits. Again, since the good of the
whole is better than the good of each part, it does not befit the best maker to let,
lessen the good of the whole in order to increase the good of some of the parts.
Thus a builder does not give to the foundation the goodness which he gives to the roof,
lest he should make a crazy house.
Therefore God the maker of all would not make the whole universe to the best of its kind
if he made all the parts equal,
because many degrees of goodness would be wanting to the universe,
and thus it would be imperfect.
End of Chapter 44
Read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 45 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation
by St. Thomas Aquinas, translated by the fathers of the English-Dominican province.
This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 45
What is in truth the first cause of the distinction of things?
From what we have said it may be shown
what is truly the first cause of the distinction of things
Since every agent intends to induce its likeness into its effect
As far as the effect can admit of it
It does this the more perfectly according as it is more perfect itself
For it is clear that the hotter a thing is
The hotter it makes a thing
And the better the craftsman the more perfectly he induces the form of his
art into matter. Now God is the most perfect agent. Therefore it belonged to God to induce his likeness
into created things most perfectly as far as is befitting to a created nature. But created things
cannot come by a perfect likeness to God with respect to only one species of the creature,
because since the cause surpasses its effect, that which in the cause is simply and unitedly is found in the
effect to have a composite and multiple nature, unless the effect reached to the species of the
cause, which does not apply to the case and point, since the creature cannot be equal to God.
Therefore, there was need for multiplicity and variety in things created, in order that we might
find in them a perfect likeness to God according to their mode.
Moreover, just as things made of matter are in the passive potentiality of matter,
so things made by an agent must be in the act of potentiality of the agent.
Now the passive potentiality of matter would not be perfectly reduced to act
if one only of those things to which matter is in potentiality were reduced to act.
Therefore, if an agent, whose potentiality embraces several effects, were to make only one of them,
its potentiality would not be so perfectly reduced to act as when it makes several.
Now, by the act of potentiality being reduced to act, the effect receives the likeness of the agent.
Therefore, there would not be a perfect likeness of God in the universe if all things were of one degree.
for this reason, therefore, is their distinction in created things
in order that they may receive God's likeness more perfectly by multiplicity than by unity.
Further, a thing approaches the more perfectly to God's likeness
according as it is like him in more things.
Now in God is goodness, and the outpouring of that goodness into other things.
Therefore the creature approaches more perfectly to God's likeness
if it is not only good, but can also act for the goodness of other things
than if it were merely good in itself.
Even as that which both shines and enlightens
is more like the sun than that which only shines.
Now a creature would be unable to act for the goodness of another creature
unless in creatures there were plurality and inequality.
because the agent is distinct from, and more noble than the patient,
according to the third book De Anima 5-2.
Therefore, it was necessary that there be also different species of things,
and consequently different degrees and things.
Again, a plurality of goods is better than one finite good,
since they contain this and more besides.
Now all goodness of the creature is finite, for it fails of God's infinite goodness.
Therefore, the universe of creatures, if they are of many degrees,
is more perfect than if things were of but one degree.
But it becomes the sovereign good to make what is best.
Therefore, it was becoming that it should make many degrees of creatures.
Further, the goodness of the species surpasses.
the good of the individual, even as the formal exceeds that which is material.
Hence, multitude of species adds more to the goodness of the universe than multitude of individuals in one species.
Therefore, it concerns the perfection of the universe, that there be not only many individuals,
but that there also be different species of things, and consequently different degrees in things.
Again, whatever acts by intellect
reproduces the species of its intellect in the thing made
for thus an agent by art produces his like
Now God made the creature as an agent by intellect
and not by a necessity of his nature as we proved above
Therefore the species of God's intellect is reproduced in the creature made by him
but an intellect that understands many things
is not sufficiently reproduced in one only.
Since then, the divine intellect understands many things,
as was proved in the first book,
it reproduces itself more perfectly
if it produces many creatures of all degrees
than if it had produced one only.
Moreover, supreme perfection
should not be wanting to a work
made by the supremely good workman.
Now the good of order among diverse things
is better than any one of those things
that are ordered taken by itself.
For it is formal in respect of each,
as the perfection of the whole in respect of the parts.
Therefore it was unbecoming
that the good of order should be wanting to God's work.
Yet this good could not be
if there were no diversity and inequality of creatures.
Accordingly, there is diversity and inequality in things created, not by chance, not as a result of a diversity of matter, not on account of certain causes or merits intervening, but from God's own intention, and that he willed to give the creature such perfection as it was possible for it to have.
Hence it is said in Genesis 1131
God saw all the things that he had made
and they were very good
after it had been said of each
that they are good
for each one in its nature is good
but altogether are very good
on account of the order of the universe
which is the ultimate and noblest perfection in things
End of Chapter 45
Read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 46 of Summa Contra Gentiles
Second Book on Creation
by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English-Dominican province.
This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 46
That for the perfection of the universe,
it was necessary that there should be some intellectual creatures.
Such being the cause of diversity among things, it remains for us to inquire into the diverse
things, as far as this concerns the truth of faith.
For this was the third thing we proposed to do.
We shall show, first, that as a result of the divine ordinance allotting to creatures that
perfection which is best in keeping with their mode, certain creatures were made intellectual
so as to occupy the highest point in the universe.
for then is an effect most perfect when it returns to its source,
wherefore, of all figures, the circle, of all movements, the circular, are the most perfect,
because in them a return is made to the beginning.
Hence, in order that the universe of creatures may attain its ultimate perfection,
creatures must return to their principle.
Now each and every creature returns to this principle
insofar as it bears a likeness to its principle
in keeping with its being and nature
wherein it has a certain perfection
even as all effects are most perfect
when they are most like their effect of cause
as a house when it is most like art
and fire when it is most like its generator
since then God's intellect is the principle of the creature's
production, as we proved above, it was necessary for the creature's perfection that some creatures
should be intelligent. Moreover, second perfection in things adds to first perfection.
Now, as the being and nature of a thing is considered as pertaining to its first perfection,
so is operation considered as belonging to its second perfection. Wherefore, for the complete
perfection of the universe, there should be some creatures which return to God not only in likeness
of nature, but also by their operation. And this cannot be, save by the act of the intellect and will.
Since not even God himself has any other operation towards himself than these, therefore it was
necessary for the greatest perfection of the universe that there should be some intellectual creatures.
Further, in order that creatures might render perfectly a representation of the divine goodness,
it was necessary, as above stated, that things should not only be made good, but also that they
should operate for the goodness of others. Now a thing is perfectly likened to another in its
operation, when not only the action is of the same species, but also the mode of acting is the
same. Hence, it was necessary, for the highest perfection of things, that there should be some
creatures who act in the same way as God. But it has been proved above that God acts by intellect and
will. Therefore, it was necessary for some creatures to have intelligence and will. Moreover,
likeness of the effect to its efficient cause is considered on the part of the effect's form
which pre-exists in the agent.
For an agent produces its like as regards the form whereby it acts.
Now the form of the agent is received in the effect,
sometimes indeed, according to the same mode of being as it has in the agent,
thus the form of the fire generated has the same mode of being as the form of the generating fire,
and sometimes, according to another mode of being,
thus the form of the house which exists intelligibly in the craftsman's
mind, is received in the house that is outside the mind, according to a material manner.
And it is clear that the former likeness is more perfect than the latter.
Now, the perfection of the universe of creatures consists in a likeness to God,
just as the perfection of every effect consists in a likeness to its efficient cause.
Therefore, the highest perfection of the universe requires not only the second likeness of the
creature to God, but also the first as far as possible.
But the form whereby God produces the creature is an intelligible form in him,
since he is an agent by intellect as proved above.
Therefore, the highest perfection of the universe requires that there should be some
creatures in which the form of the divine intellect is reproduced according to an
intelligible mode of being.
And this means that there should be creatures of an intellectual nature.
Again, nothing but his goodness moves God to the production of creatures,
which goodness he wished to communicate to other things by way of likeness to himself as shown above.
Now likeness to another is found in a thing in two ways.
In one way, as regards natural being,
as the likeness of fiery heat is in the thing heated by fire.
in another way as regards knowledge,
as the likeness of fire is in sight or touch.
In order, therefore, that the likeness of God
might be in things in such ways as are possible,
it behooved that the divine goodness should be communicated by likeness
not only in being, but also in knowledge.
But an intellect alone is capable of knowing the divine goodness.
therefore it was necessary that there should be intellectual creatures.
Further, in all things becomingly ordered, the relation of second to last
imitates the order of first to all, both second and last, though sometimes defectively.
Now it has been proved that God comprises all creatures in himself,
and this is reproduced in corporeal creatures, although in a different
way. For the higher body is even found to comprise and contain the lower, yet according to quantitative
extension, whereas God contains all creatures in a simple manner, and not by extension of quantity.
Hence, in order that the imitation of God in this way also might not be lacking to creatures,
intellectual creatures were made that prize and contain the lower, yet according to quantitative
extension, but simply by way of intelligibility.
Since what is understood is in the intelligent subject and is grasped by his intellectual operation.
End of Chapter 46, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C. Chapter 47 of Summa Contra Gentiles,
second book, On Creation, by St. Thomas Aquinas, translated by the fathers of the English
Dominican province. This Libravox recording,
is in the public domain.
Chapter 47.
That intellectual substances are capable of willing.
Now these intellectual substances must needs be capable of willing.
For there is in all things a desire for good, since the good is what all desire, as philosophers
teach.
This desire in things devoid of knowledge is called natural appetite.
Thus a stone desires to be below.
In those which have sensitive knowledge, it is called animal appetite, which is divided into
concupisable and irascible.
In those which understand, it is called intellectual or rational appetite, which is the will.
Therefore intellectual substances have a will.
Again, that which is by another is reduced to
to that which is by itself as preceding it,
wherefore according to the philosopher in the eighth book of physics,
things moved by another are reduced to the first self-movers.
Also, in syllogisms,
the conclusions which are known from other things
are reduced to first principles which are self-evident.
Now, in created substances,
we find some which do not move themselves to act,
but are moved by force of nature.
For instance, inanimate things, plants and dumb animals,
for it is not in them to act or not to act.
Therefore, there must be a reduction to some first things
which move themselves to action.
But the first in created things are intellectual substances as shown above.
Therefore these substances move themselves to act.
Now this is proper to the will.
whereby a substance has the dominion of its action because it is in it to act and not to act.
Therefore, created intellectual substances have a will.
Moreover, the principle of every operation is the form whereby a thing is actual,
since every agent acts for as much as it is actual,
where for the mode of an operation consequent upon a form must be in a
accordance with that form. Hence a form that does not proceed from that which acts by that form
causes an operation over which the agent has no dominion. Whereas if there be a form that proceeds
from that which acts thereby, the agent will have dominion over the consequent operation.
Now natural forms, consequent upon which are natural movements and operations,
do not proceed from those things whose forms they are, but wholly from extrinsic agents,
since by a natural form a thing has being in its own nature and nothing can be cause of its own being.
Wherefore things that are moved naturally do not move themselves,
for a heavy body does not move itself downwards,
but its generator which gave it its form.
Again, in dumb animals, the fores,
forms, sensed or imagined, which result in movement, are not discovered by the dumb animals
themselves, but are received by them from exterior sensibles which act on their senses,
and judged of by their natural estimative faculty.
Hence, though they are said after a fashion to move themselves, insofar as one part of them
moves and another is moved, yet the actual moving is not from themselves, but partly from
external objects sensed and partly from nature. For insofar as their appetite moves their members,
they are said to move themselves, wherein they surpass inanimate beings and plants, insofar as the
act of their appetite is in them a necessary sequel to the forms received through their senses
and the judgment of their natural estimative power, they are not the cause of their own movement.
hence they have not dominion over their own action.
But the form understood, whereby the intellectual substance acts,
proceeds from the intellect itself,
being conceived and, after a fashion, thought out by it,
as may be seen in the form of art,
which the craftsman conceives and thinks out and whereby he works.
Accordingly, intellectual substances move themselves to act
as having dominion over their actions.
Therefore, they have a will.
Again, the active force should be proportionate to the patient
and mode of power to the movable.
Now, in things possessed of knowledge,
the apprehensive power is related to the appetitive
as the motive power to the movable,
since that which is apprehended by the sense, imagination, or intellect,
moves the intellectual or animal appetitive.
But intellective apprehension is not confined to certain objects, but is of all things.
Wherefore the philosopher says of the passive intellect, in the third book of De Anima,
that it is that whereby we become all things.
Hence the appetite of an intellectual substance has a habitude to all things.
Now it is proper to the will to have a habitude to all things.
Wherefore the philosopher says in the third book of ethics that it is of both the possible and the impossible.
Therefore, intellectual substances have a will.
End of Chapter 47, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 48 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province.
This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 48
That intellectual substances are of free will in acting.
From this it is clear that the aforesaid substances are of free will in acting.
That they act by judgment is clear,
since through their intellective knowledge they judge of things to be done.
And they must needs have freedom if, as proved,
they have dominion over their action.
Therefore, the aforesaid substances are of free will in acting.
Again, the free is that which is its own cause,
according to the first book of metaphysics, 2.9.
Wherefore, that which is not the cause of its own acting is not free in acting.
Now, whatever things are not moved, nor act except they be moved by others,
are not a cause of their own acting.
Therefore, self-movers alone have liberty in acting.
These alone act by judgment,
because the self-mover is divided into mover and moved,
and the mover is the appetite moved by intellect, imagination, or sense,
to which faculties judgment belongs.
Of these, then, those alone judge freely,
which in judging move themselves.
Now, no judging power moves itself to judge unless it reflect on its own action.
For if it moves itself to judge, it must needs no its own judgment, and this belongs to the intellect alone.
Hence, irrational animals have, in a sense, free movement or action, but not free judgment.
Whereas inanimate beings, which are moved only by others,
have not even free action or movement,
while intellectual beings have freedom not only of action,
but also of judgment,
and this is to have free will.
Further, the apprehended form is a moving principle
according as it is apprehended under the aspect of good or fittingness,
because the external action in self-movers
comes from the judgment whereby it is judged
that something is good or fitting through the aforesaid form.
Accordingly, if he who judges moves himself to judge, he must needs, by some higher form, move himself to judge.
And this form can be no other than the idea itself of good or fittingness, whereby one judges of any determinate good or fitting thing.
Wherefore those alone move themselves to judge who apprehend the common notion of goodness or fittingness, and these,
These are intellectual beings alone.
Therefore, intellectual beings alone move themselves not only to act, but also to judge.
Therefore, they alone are free in judging, and this is to have free will.
Moreover, movement and action do not follow from a universal concept, save through the
medium of a particular apprehension, because movement and action are about particular things.
Now, the intellect is naturally apprehensive of universals.
Wherefore, in order that movement and action of any kind follow from the apprehension of the intellect,
it is necessary for the universal concept of the intellect to be applied to particulars.
But the universal contains many particulars potentially.
Hence application of the intellectual concept may be made to many and diverse things.
diverse things. Consequently, the judgment of the intellect about matters of action is not
determined to one thing only. Therefore, all intellectual beings have free will. Further, certain
things lack liberty of judgment, either because they have no judgment at all as plants and stones,
or because they have a judgment determined by nature to one thing as irrational animals,
for the sheep, by its natural estimate, judges the wolf to be harmful to it,
and as a result of this judgment flies from the wolf.
And the same applies to others.
Whatever beings, therefore, have a judgment that is not determined to one thing by nature,
must needs have free will.
Now such are all intellectual beings.
for the intellect apprehends not only this or that good, but good itself in general.
Wherefore, since the intellect moves the will by the form apprehended,
and since in all things mover and moved must needs be mutually proportionate,
the will not be determined by nature otherwise than to the good in general.
Hence whatever be offered to it under the aspect of good, it is possible for the will to be inclined
thereto, since there is no natural determination to the contrary to prevent it.
Therefore, in all intellectual beings, the wills act resulting from the judgments of the intellect
is free, and this is to have free will, which is defined as the free judgment of reason.
End of Chapter 48, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C. Chapter 49 of Summa Contra Gentiles,
second book, On Creation, by St. Thomas Aquinas, translated by the fathers of the English-Dominican
province. This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 49. That the intellectual substance is not a body.
From the foregoing it is shown that no intellectual substance is a body,
for no body is found to contain anything except by quantitative commenseration,
wherefore also, if a thing contain a whole thing in the whole of itself,
each part will contain a part, the greater part a greater part,
and the lesser part a lesser part.
But an intellect does not contain a thing understood by quantitative commensual.
menstruation, because by its whole self it understands and comprehends both whole and part,
things both great and small in quantity. Therefore, no intelligent substance is a body.
Moreover, no body can receive the substantial form of another body unless it lose its own form
by corruption. But an intellect is not corrupted, but rather is it perfected by
receiving the forms of all bodies, since it is perfected by understanding and understands
by having in itself the forms of things understood. Therefore, no intellectual substance is a body.
Further, the principle of distinction between individuals of the same species is the division
of matter in respect of quantity, because the form of this fire differs not from the form of
that fire, except by the fact of its being in different parts into which matter is divided,
nor is this otherwise than by division of quantity, without which substance is indivisible.
Now that which is received into a body is received into it according to quantitative division.
Therefore a form is not received into a body except as individualized.
If, therefore, an intellect were a body,
the intelligible forms of things would not be received into it
except as individualized,
but the intellect understands things by their forms
which it has at its disposal.
Consequently, the intellect would not understand universals
but only particulars.
Now this is clearly false.
Therefore, no intellect is a body.
Again, nothing acts except in accordance with its species
because the form is the principle of action in everything.
If, therefore, an intellect be a body,
its action will not transcend the order of bodies.
Wherefore, you would understand nothing but bodies.
Now this is clearly false,
since we understand many things that are not bodies.
therefore the intellect is not a body.
Again, if an intelligent substance is a body, it is either finite or infinite.
Now, it is impossible for a body to be infinite actually, as is proved in the physics.
Therefore, it is a finite body if we suppose it to be a body at all.
But this is impossible, since in no body,
can there be infinite power as we have proved above.
Now the power of the intellect in understanding
is in a manner infinite.
For by it, it understands species of numbers to infinitude
and likewise species of figures and proportions.
Moreover, it knows the universal,
which is virtually infinite in its compass,
since it contains individuals which are potentially infinite.
Therefore, the intellect is not a body.
Moreover, it is impossible for two bodies to contain one another,
since the container exceeds the contained,
yet two intellects contain and comprehend one another
when one understands the other.
Therefore, the intellect is not a body.
Again, no body's action reflects on the agent,
for it is proved in the physics that no body is moved by itself except in respect of a part,
so that, namely, one of its parts be mover and the other moved.
Now the intellect by its action reflects on itself,
for it understands itself not only as to a part, but as to the whole.
Therefore, it is not a body.
Again, a body's action is not the object
of that body's action, nor is its movement the object of its movement, as proved in the physics.
But the action of the intellect is the object of its action, for just as the intellect understands
a thing, so does it understand that it understands and so on indefinitely.
Therefore, an intellectual substance is not a body.
Hence it is that Holy Rit calls intellectual substances spirits.
in which way it is want to name God who is incorporeal, according to John, chapter 4 verse 24,
God is a spirit.
And it is said in Wisdom, Chapter 7 verses 22 and 23, for in her, namely divine wisdom,
is the spirit of understanding containing all intelligible spirits.
Hereby is excluded the error of the early natural philosophy.
who held that there was none but corporeal substance,
wherefore they said that even the soul is a body,
either fire, air, or water, or something of the kind.
Which opinion some have endeavored to introduce into the Christian faith
by saying that the soul is the effigy of a body,
like a body outwardly imitated.
End of Chapter 49, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 50 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation, by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province.
This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 50, that intellectual substances are immaterial.
It follows from this that intellectual substances are immaterial.
For everything composed of matter and form is a body.
since matter cannot receive various forms except in respect of its various parts.
And this diversity of parts cannot be in matter except inasmuch as common matter is divided into several
by the dimensions existing in matter. For without quantity, substance is indivisible.
Now it has been proved that an intelligent substance is not a body.
It follows, therefore, that it is not composed of matter and form.
Moreover, just as man does not exist apart from this man,
so matter exists not apart from this matter.
Accordingly, whatever subsistent thing is composed of matter and form
is composed of individual form and matter.
Now, the intellect cannot be composed of
individual matter and form.
For the species of things understood becomes actually intelligible
through being abstracted from individual matter.
And according as they are actually intelligible,
they become one with the intellect.
Therefore, the intellect also must be without individual matter.
Therefore, the intelligent substance is not composed of matter and form.
Further, the action of anything composed of matter and form
belongs not to the form alone, nor to the matter alone, but to the composite,
because to act belongs to that which has being,
and being belongs to the composite through its form,
wherefore the composite also acts through its form.
Accordingly, if the intelligent substance be composed of matter and form,
to understand will be the act of the composite.
But action terminates in a thing like the agent,
wherefore the composite in generating produces not a form but a composite.
If, therefore, to understand be an action of the composite,
you would understand neither form nor matter, but only the composite.
Therefore, the intelligent substance is not composed of matter and form.
Again, the forms of sensible things have a more perfect being in the intellect than insensible things,
since they are more simple and extend to more objects.
For by the one intelligible form of man, the intellect knows all men.
Now a form existing perfectly in matter makes a thing to be actually such, for instance to be fire or to be colored,
and if it does not make a thing to be actually such,
it is in that thing imperfectly.
For instance, the form of heat in the air that carries it
and the power of the first agent in its instrument.
Consequently, were the intellect composed of matter and form,
the forms of the things understood would make the intellect
to be actually of the same nature as that which is understood.
And this leads to the error of Empedocles, who said that,
The soul knows fire by fire and earth by earth, and so on.
But this is clearly unreasonable.
Therefore, the intelligent substance is not composed of matter and form.
Further, whatever is in something is therein according to the mode of the recipient,
wherefore if the intellect be composed of matter and form,
the forms of things would be in the intellect materially,
just as they are outside the mind.
Consequently, just as outside the mind,
they are not actually intelligible.
Neither would they be when they are in the intellect.
Again, forms of contraries,
according to the being which they have in matter, are contrary.
hence they exclude one another.
But according as they are in the intellect, they are not contrary.
In fact, one contrary is the intelligible ratio of the other
since one is understood through the other.
Consequently, they have not a material being in the intellect.
Therefore, the intellect is not composed of matter and form.
Further.
Matter does not receive a fresh form except by movement or change.
But the intellect is not moved through receiving forms.
Rather, it is perfected and is at rest while understanding,
whereas its understanding is hindered by movement.
Consequently, forms are not received by the intellect
as by matter or a material thing.
Wherefore it is clear that intelligible substances are
immaterial as well as incorporeal.
Hence Dionysia says in On the Divine Names, Chapter 4,
On account of the rays of the divine goodness,
all intellectual substances are subsistent
and are known to be both incorporeal and immaterial.
End of Chapter 50, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 51 of Summa Contra Gentile's second book on Creation
by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English-Dominican province.
This Librevox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 51
That the intellectual substance is not a material form.
From the same premises,
it may be shown that intellectual natures are subsistent forms
and do not exist in matter as though they're being depended on matter.
Because forms dependent on matter,
as regards their being properly speaking,
have not being themselves,
but the composites through them.
Hence, if intellectual substances were forms of this kind,
it would follow that they have material being
just as they would if they were composed of matter and form.
Again, forms that subsist not of themselves
cannot act of themselves,
but the composites act through them.
If therefore intellectual natures were forms of this kind,
it would follow that they do not themselves understand
but the things composed of them and matter.
Consequently, an intelligent being would be composed of matter and form.
And this has been proved to be impossible.
Moreover, if the intellect were a form in matter and not self-subsistent,
it would follow that what is received into the individual,
intellect is received into matter, because such forms as have their being tied to matter,
do not receive anything without its being received into matter.
Since then, the reception of forms into the intellect is not a reception of forms into matter.
It is impossible that the intellect be a material form.
Further, to say that the intellect is a non-subsistent form and buried in
matter, is the same in reality as to say that the intellect is composed of matter and form,
and the difference is merely nominal. For in the former case, the intellect will be indicated
as the form of the composite, while in the latter, the intellect denotes the composite itself.
Wherefore, if it is false that the intellect be composed of matter and form, it will be
false that it is a non-subsistent and material form.
End of Chapter 51, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 52 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province.
This Librevox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 52, that in created intellectual substances, there is a
a difference between being and what is. Now although intellectual substances are
not corporeal, nor composed of matter and form, nor existing in matter as
material forms, we must not think that they equal the divine simplicity. For a
certain composition is to be found in them, for as much as in them being is not
the same as what is. For if being is
subsistent, nothing besides being is added there too. Because even in those things whose being
is not subsistent, that which is in an existing thing beside its being, is indeed united to the
existing thing, but it is not one with its being except accidentally, insofar as there is one
subject having being and that which is beside being. Thus it is clear that in Socrates,
his substantial being, there is white which is distinct from his substantial being,
since to be Socrates and to be white are not the same save accidentally.
Consequently, if being is not in a subject, there will remain no way in which that which is beside being
can be united to it. Now being, as being, cannot be diverse, but it can be
differentiated by something beside being. Thus the being of a stone is other than the being
of a man. Hence that which is subsistent being can be one only. Now it was shown above
that God is his own subsistent being, wherefore nothing beside him can be its own being.
Therefore, in every substance beside him, the substance itself must needs be distinct from
its being.
Moreover, a common nature, if considered in the abstract, can only be one, although those that
have that nature may be found to be many.
For if the nature of animal subsisted as separate by itself, it would not have the things
belonging to a man or to an ox.
Now if we remove the differences which constitute a species, there remains the nature
of the genus without division, since the same differences constitute the species which divide the
genus. Accordingly, if being itself is common like a genus, a separate self-subsistent being
can only be one. If, however, it be not divided by differences as genus is, but as it is in truth,
by the fact that it is the being of this or that,
it is yet more evident that what exists of itself can only be one.
It follows, therefore, since God is subsistent being,
that nothing beside him is its own being.
Again, there cannot possibly be a two-fold being absolutely infinite,
for being, that is absolutely infinite,
contains every perfection of being,
so that if two things had such an infinity,
there would be nothing in which they differed.
Now, subsistent being must needs be infinite
because it is not limited by any recipient.
Therefore, there cannot be any subsistent being outside the first.
Again, if there is a subsistent being,
nothing is applicable to it,
except that which belongs to a being as being.
Since what is said of a thing, not as such,
is not applicable there to accept accidentally,
by reason of the subject,
so that if we suppose it to be separated from that subject,
it is no wise applicable to it.
Now to be caused by another is not applicable to a being, as being.
Otherwise, every being would be caused by another,
and consequently we should have to proceed to infinity and causes which is impossible as shown above.
Therefore, that being which is subsistent must needs not be caused.
Therefore, no caused being is its own being.
Moreover, the substance of a thing appertains to it of itself and not by another.
Wherefore, to be actually lightsome is not of the erasite.
substance, since it comes to it from something else.
Now every created thing has being from another, else it would not be caused.
Therefore, in no created being is its being the same as its substance.
Again, since every agent acts insofar as it is actual,
it belongs to the first agent which is most perfect to be actual in the most perfect way.
Now a thing is the most perfectly actual, the more its actuality is posterior in the order of generation,
for actuality is posterior in time to the potentiality in the one and same subject which passes
from potentiality to actuality.
Also, act itself is more perfectly actual than that which has act, for the latter is actual
on account of the former.
accordingly, these premises being supposed,
it is clear from what has been already proved
that God alone is the first agent.
Therefore it belongs to him alone to be actual in the most perfect way,
to be, that is, the most perfect act.
Now this is being in which generation and all movement terminates,
since every form and act is in potentiality before it accorded.
being. Therefore, it belongs to God alone to be his own being, just as it belongs to him alone
to be the first agent. Moreover, being itself belongs to the first agent in respect of his proper
nature. For God's being is his substance, as we have proved above. Now that which belongs to a thing
in respect of its proper nature does not belong to others except by way of participation.
as heat to other bodies than fire.
Wherefore being itself belongs to all others,
except the first agent by a kind of participation.
But that which belongs to a thing by participation is not its substance.
Therefore, it is impossible that the substance of a thing other than the first agent
should be being itself.
Hence, in Exodus, chapter 3 verse 14,
the name proper to God is stated to be
who is, because it is proper to him alone
that his substance is not distinct from his being.
End of Chapter 52, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 53 of Summa Contra Gentiles,
second book on Creation by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province.
This Librevox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 53
That in created intellectual substances there is act and potentiality.
From the foregoing it is evident that in created intellectual substances there is composition
of act and potentiality.
For in whatever thing we find two, of which one is the complement of the other, the ratio of one
of them to the other is as the ratio of potentiality to act.
since nothing is completed save by its proper act.
Now in the created intellectual substance we find two things,
namely its substance and its being,
which is not its very substance as we have proved.
Now this very being is the complement of the existing substance,
since a thing is actual by the fact that it has being.
It follows, therefore,
that in each of the aforesaid substances,
there is composition of act and potentiality.
Moreover, that which is received by a thing from an agent must be an act,
since it belongs to an agent to make a thing actual.
Now it was proved above that all other substances have being from the first agent,
and it is through having being from another that the substances thus cause,
exist. Consequently, being is in the substances caused as an act of theirs, but that in which
there is act is a potentiality, since act as such refers to potentiality. Therefore, in every
created substance, there is potentiality and act. Again, whatsoever participates a thing is
compared to the thing participated as potentiality to act, since by that which is participated,
the participator is made to be actually such. Now it was shown above that God alone is essentially
being, and all other things participate being. Therefore, every created substance is compared
to its being as potentiality to act. Further, the likeness of the likeness of the likeness of
of a thing to its efficient cause results from act, because the agent produces its like insofar
as it is in act.
Now the likeness of every created substance to God is by being itself as shown above.
Therefore being is compared to all created substances as their act.
Hence it follows that in every created substance, there is composition of act and potentiality.
End of Chapter 53, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 54 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation, by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province.
This Librevox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 54.
that composition of substance and being is not the same as composition of matter and form.
Now, composition of matter and form is not of the same nature as composition of substance and being,
although both result from potentiality and act.
First, because matter is not the very substance of a thing,
else it would follow that all forms are accidental,
as the early natural philosophers maintained.
but matter is part of the substance.
Secondly, because being itself is the proper act,
not of matter, but of the whole substance.
For being is the act of that whereof we can say that it is.
Now being is said not of matter but of the whole.
Therefore we cannot say of matter that it is,
but the substance itself is that which is.
Thirdly, because neither is the form being itself,
but they are related as things in an order,
because form is compared to being as light to enlightening,
or whiteness to being white.
Also, because being itself is compared
as act even to the very form,
for in things composed of man,
matter and form, the form is said to be the principle of being for the reason that it is the complement of substance whose act being is.
Even as transparency is to the air the principle of being lightsome, in that it makes the air the proper subject of light.
Wherefore, in things composed of matter and form, neither matter nor form, nor even being itself, can be described as that which is.
Yet the form can be described as that whereby it is, for as much as it is the principle of being.
But the whole substance is what is, and being is that whereby the substance is called a being.
But in intellectual substances, which are not composed of matter and form as shown above,
and wherein the form itself is a subsistent substance.
The form is what is, and being is the act whereby it is.
Consequently, in them, there is but one composition of act and potentiality,
a composition namely of substance and being,
which by some is said to be of what is and being,
or of what is and whereby it is.
On the other hand, in things composed of matter and form, there is a two-fold composition of act and potentiality.
The first, of the substance itself which is composed of matter and form, the second of the already composed substance and being,
which composition can also be said to be of what is and being, or of what is and whereby it is.
It is therefore evident that composition of act and potentiality
covers more ground than composition of form and matter,
wherefore matter and form divide a natural substance,
while potentiality and act divide being in general.
For this reason, whatever is consequent upon potentiality and act, as such,
is common to created substances, whether material or immaterial,
for instance, to receive and to be received, to perfect and to be perfected.
Whereas whatsoever things are proper to matter and form, as such, for instance, to be generated
and to be corrupted and so forth, are proper to material substances and are no wise applicable
to created immaterial substances.
End of Chapter 54, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C. Chapter 55 of Summa Contra Gentiles,
second book, On Creation, by St. Thomas Aquinas, translated by the fathers of the English
Dominican province. This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 55, That Intellectual Substances Are Incorruptible
From the foregoing, it is clearly shown,
that every intellectual substance is incorruptible.
For all corruption consists in separation of form from matter,
simple corruption from separation of the substantial form,
relative corruption from separation of an accidental form.
Because so long as the form remains,
the thing must exist,
since by the form the substance is made the proper recipient of being.
But where there is not composition of form and matter, there can be no separation of the same,
wherefore neither can there be corruption.
Now it has been proved that no intellectual substance is composed of matter and form.
Therefore, no intellectual substance is corruptible.
Moreover, that which belongs to a thing per se is necessarily in it always and inseparably,
thus roundness is per se in a circle and accidentally in a coin,
wherefore it is possible for a coin to be made not round,
whereas it is impossible for a circle not to be round.
Now, being is a per se consequence of form,
for per se means according as it is such,
and a thing has being according as it has a form,
Hence, substances that are not themselves forms can be deprived of being insofar as they lose a form,
just as a coin is deprived of roundness according as it ceases to be round.
Whereas substances that are themselves forms can never be deprived of being.
Thus, if a substance were a circle, it could never be made not round.
Now, it was shown above that intellectual substances
are themselves subsistent forms, therefore they cannot possibly cease to exist,
and consequently they are incorruptible.
Further, in every corruption, potentiality remains after the removal of act,
for a thing is not corrupted into non-being,
just as neither is a thing generated from absolute non-being.
But in intellectual substances, as we have been,
proved, the act is being itself, while the substance is by way of potentiality.
Consequently, if an intellectual substance were corrupted, it will remain after its corruption,
which is utterly impossible. Therefore, every intellectual substance is incorruptible.
Again, in everything that is corrupted, there must be potentiality to non-being.
Wherefore, if there be a thing wherein there is not potentiality to non-being, such a thing is not corruptible.
Now there is no potentiality to non-being in an intellectual substance, for it is clear from what we have said that a complete substance is the proper recipient of being.
But the proper recipient of an act is compared as potentiality to that act in such a way that it is no wise in potentiality in potentiality.
to the opposite.
Thus fire is compared to heat
in such a way that it is no wise
in potentiality to cold.
Consequently,
neither incorruptible substances
is their potentiality to non-being
in the complete substance,
except by reason of the matter.
But there is no matter in intellectual substances,
for they are complete simple substances.
Hence, there is no potential substances.
potentiality to non-being in them. Therefore, they are incorruptible. Further,
in whatsoever things there is composition of potentiality and act, that which holds the place
of first potentiality, or of first subject, is incorruptible. Wherefore, even in corruptible
substances, primary matter is incorruptible. Now, in intellectual substance,
that which holds the place of first potentiality and subject,
is their complete substance.
Therefore, their substance is itself incorruptible.
But nothing is corruptible except through its substance being corruptible.
Therefore, all intellectual natures are corruptible.
Moreover, whatsoever is corrupted either per se or a
accidentally, but intellectual substances cannot be corrupted per se, because all corruption is by
a contrary. For an agent, since it acts according as it is an actual being, always bring
something into actual being by its action. Consequently, if by this same actual being
something is corrupted through ceasing from actual being, this must result from their mutual
since contraries are things which exclude one another, according to Aristotle in the Categories
8.6. Hence, whatsoever is corrupted per se must either have a contrary or be composed of contraries,
but neither of these can be said of intellectual substances. A sign of this is that in the intellect
things even of contrary nature cease to be contraries.
For white and black are not contraries in the intellect, since they do not exclude one another.
In fact, rather do they follow from one another, seeing that by understanding the one we understand the other.
Therefore, intellectual substances are not corruptible per se.
Moreover, neither are they corrupted accidentally, for thus accidents and non-subsistent forms are corrupted.
Now, it was shown above that intellectual substances are subsistent, therefore they are altogether incorruptible.
Further, corruption is a kind of change, and change must needs be the term of a movement,
as is proved in the physics.
Consequently, whatsoever is corrupted must be moved.
Now, it was proved in the physics that whatsoever is moved is a body.
Hence it follows that whatsoever is corrupted is moved, if it be corrupted per se, or else that it is a form or a bodily force dependent on a body, if it be corrupted accidentally.
But intellectual substances are neither bodies nor forces or forms dependent on a body.
Therefore, they are not corrupted either per se or accidentally, and consequently they are altogether
incorruptible.
Again, whatsoever is corrupted is corrupted through being passive to something, since to be
corrupted is itself to be passive.
Now no intellectual substance can be passive with such a passion as leads to corruption,
because to be passive is to be receptive, and that which is received into an intellectual
substance must needs be received according to the mode thereof.
namely intelligibly.
Now that which is thus received into an intellectual substance
perfects the intellectual substance and does not corrupt it,
since the intelligible is the perfection of the intelligent.
Therefore, an intelligent substance is incorruptible.
Further, just as the sensible is the object of sense,
so the intelligible is the object of the intellect.
But the sense is not corrupted by a proper corruption, except through being excelled by its object.
For instance, the sight by very brilliant objects, and the hearing by very loud sounds, and so on.
And I say by proper corruption, because the sense is corrupted also accidentally on account of its subject being corrupted.
This kind of corruption, however, cannot happen to the intellect
since it is not the act of any body as depending on the body as we have proved above.
And it is clear that it is not corrupted through being excelled by its object
because he who understands very intelligible things
understands things less intelligible, not less but more,
according to the third book of De Anima, 4.5.
Therefore, the intellect is no wise corruptible.
Moreover, the intelligible is the proper perfection of the intellect.
Hence, the intellect in act and the intelligible in act are one, according to the third book
of De Anima 412.
Accordingly, whatever is applicable to the intelligible as such must be applicable to the
intellect as such, since perfection and perfectable belong to the one gene.
Now the intelligible as such is necessary and incorruptible, for necessary things are perfectly
knowable by the intellect, whereas contingent things as such are only deficiently knowable,
because about them we have not science but opinion, so that the intellect has science about
corruptibles insofar as they are incorruptible, that is, according as they are universal.
Therefore it follows that the intellect is incorruptible.
Again, a thing is perfected according to the mode of its substance.
Consequently, we can gather the mode of a thing's substance from the mode of its perfection.
Now the intellect is not perfected by movement, but by the fact of its being outside movement.
For we are perfected as regards the intellective soul by science and prer,
when the movement both of the body and of the soul's passions are subdued, as the philosopher
states in the Seventh Book of Physics.
Hence the mode of an intelligent substance is that its being is superior to movement and
consequently superior to time, whereas the being of every corruptible thing is subject
to movement and time.
Therefore, it is impossible that an intelligent substance be corruptible.
Further, it is impossible for a natural desire to be vain,
since nature does nothing vainly, according to the second book on DeCelo 11.
Now every intelligent being naturally desires everlasting being,
and to be everlastingly, not merely in its species, but also in the individual,
This is proved as follows.
The natural appetite in some results from apprehension.
Thus the wolf naturally desires the slaying of the animals on which it feeds,
and man naturally desires happiness.
In some it results without apprehension from the sole inclination of the natural principles,
which inclination is in some called the natural appetite.
Thus, a heavy body desire.
to be below. In both ways, things have a natural desire for being, a sign of which is that not only things devoid of knowledge resist corruptives according to the power of their natural principles, but also those which have knowledge resist the same according to the mode of their knowledge. Consequently, those things lacking knowledge in whose principles there is a power of perpetuating their being so that they remain ever the same as so that they remain ever the same as so that they remain as so that they are not.
to individual identity, naturally desire to be perpetuated even in their individual identity.
Whereas those whose principles contain no such power, but only the power of perpetuating
their being in the same species, desire also to be perpetuated in this way.
Hence we must observe this same difference in those things which have a desire of being,
together with knowledge, so that, to wit, those who have no knowledge of being,
except as now, desire to be as now, but not to be always, because they do not apprehend
perpetual being. Yet they desire perpetuity of the species, albeit without knowledge,
because the generative power, which conduces to this effect, is a preamble and not a subject of
knowledge. Wherefore, those things which know and apprehend perpetual being, desire it with
the natural desire. Now this applies to all intelligent substances. Therefore all intelligent
substances, by their natural appetite, desire to be always, and consequently it is impossible
that they cease to be. Further, whatsoever things begin to be and cease have both through the same
potentiality, because the same potentiality regards being and not being. Now intelligent substances
could not begin to be except through the potentiality of the first agent, since they are not made
out of matter that could exist before them as we have proved. Consequently, there is no potentiality
in respect of their not being except in the first agent inasmuch as he is able not to pour being into
them. But nothing can be said to be corruptible by reason of this potentiality alone, both because
things are said to be necessary and contingent according to a potentiality that is in them,
and not according to God's potentiality as we proved above. And because God, the author of nature,
does not take from things that which is proper to the respective natures. And it was shown above
the perpetual being is a property of intellectual nature,
wherefore God will not take this from them.
Therefore, intellectual substances are in every way incorruptible.
Hence in the Psalm 148, praise ye the Lord from the heavens.
After mentioning together the angels and heavenly bodies, the text continues,
He hath established them forever and for ages of ages.
thus designating the perpetuity of the aforesaid.
Dionysius also, in On the Divine Names 4, says that,
On account of the rays of the divine goodness,
the intelligible and intellectual substances subsist, are, and live,
and their life never fails nor diminishes,
for they are free from the universal corruption,
knowing neither generation nor death,
and they are raised above restless and ever for.
flowing change.
End of Chapter 55.
Read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 56 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the Fathers of the English Dominican Province.
This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 56.
In what way it is possible for an intellectual substance to be united to the body?
Now since it has been shown that an intellectual substance is neither a body nor a force
dependent on a body, it remains for us to inquire whether an intellectual substance can be
united to the body.
In the first place it is clear that an intellectual substance cannot be united to the body
by way of a mixture, for things that are mixed together must needs be altered in relation
to one another. And this does not happen except in those things whose matter is the same
and which can be active and passive in relation to one another. But intellectual substances
have no matter in common with corporeal substances, since they are immaterial, as we have
proved above. Therefore, they cannot be mixed with bodies. Further, things that are mixed
remain not actually but only virtually after the mixture is made.
For were they to remain actually,
it would not be a mixture, but only an accumulation,
wherefore a body formed by a mixture of elements is no one of them.
But this cannot possibly happen to intellectual substances,
since they are incorruptible, as we have proved above.
Therefore, an intellectual substance cannot be united to the body by way of.
of a mixture.
It is likewise evident that an intellectual substance cannot be united to the body by way of
contact properly so called.
For contact is only between bodies, since things are in contact when they come together at
their extremes, according to the fifth book of physics, 3-2, as the points, lines or
superficiers which are the extremes of bodies.
Therefore, it is not possible for an intellectual substance to be united to the body by way of contact.
Hence it follows that neither by continuity nor fellowship or connecting tie is it possible for one thing
to result from an intellectual substance with a body, for none of these is possible without contact.
And yet there is a kind of contact whereby it is possible for an intellectual substance to be united
to a body, for natural bodies are mutually alternative when in contact with one another,
so that they are united to one another not only as to their quantitative extremes, but also
in like manner to qualities or forms when an alternative impresses its like on the thing altered.
And although if we consider only the quantitative extremes, there is need in all cases
for contact to be mutual. Nevertheless, if we consider action and passion, we shall find certain
things to be touching only and others only touched. Since the heavenly bodies touch the elemental
bodies in this way, insofar as they alter them. And yet they are not touched by them, since they do not
suffer from them. Accordingly, if there be any agents which are not in contact
by their quantitative extremes,
they will be said nonetheless to touch,
insofar as they act,
in which sense we say that a person
who makes us sorrowful touches us.
Wherefore it is possible
for an intellectual substance
to be united to a body by contact
by touching it in this way.
For intellectual substances
act on bodies and move them,
since they are immaterial and more actual.
This contact, however, is not quantitative, but virtual,
wherefore this contact differs from bodily contact in three ways.
First, because by this contact, the indivisible can touch the divisible.
Now this cannot happen in bodily contact,
because nothing but what is indivisible can be touched by a point,
whereas an intellectual substance, although indivisible,
divisible, can touch a divisible quantity insofar as it acts upon it.
For a point is indivisible in one way, and an intellectual substance in another.
A point is indivisible as being the term of a quantity,
wherefore it has a determined position in a continuous quantity beyond which it cannot stretch.
But an intellectual substance is indivisible, as being outside the general,
of quantity, so that no quantitative indivisible is assigned with which it can come into contact.
Secondly, because quantitative contact is only in respect of extremes, whereas virtual contact
regards the whole thing touched. For it is touched inasmuch as it suffers and is moved.
Now this is according as it is in potentiality.
and potentiality regards the whole and not the extremes of the whole,
wherefore the whole is touched.
Whence follows the third difference.
Because in quantitative contact, which takes place in regard to the extremes,
that which touches must be outside that which is touched and cannot pierce it,
since it is hindered by it.
Whereas virtual contact, which applies to intellectual substances,
since it reaches inwards, makes the touching substance to be within the thing touched
and to penetrate it without hindrance.
Accordingly, an intellectual substance can be united to a body by virtual contact.
Now things united by contact of this kind are not one simply,
for they are one in action and passion, which is not to be one simply.
for one is predicated in the same way as being,
but to be an agent does not signify being simply.
Consequently, neither is to be one in action to be one simply.
Now one simply is taken in three ways,
either as being indivisible or as being continuous
or as being logically one.
But the one which is indivisible cannot result from an intellectual substance and a body,
for the one of this latter kind must needs be composed of the two.
Nor again can the one that is continuous, because the parts of the continuous are parts of quantity.
It remains, therefore, for us to inquire whether from an intellectual substance and a body
can be formed the one which is one logically.
Now, from two things that stay,
there does not result something logically one,
except from substantial form and matter,
since from subject and accident
there does not result one logically,
for the idea of man is not the same as the idea of white.
Hence it remains for us to inquire
whether an intellectual substance
can be the substantial form of a body.
And to those who consider the question reasonably, it would seem that this is impossible.
For from two actually existing substances, there cannot be made something one,
because the act of a thing is that whereby it is distinguished from the other.
Now an intellectual substance is an actually existing substance, as is clear from what has been said.
And so likewise is a body.
therefore, seemingly, something one cannot be made from an intellectual substance and a body.
Again, form and matter are contained in the same genus, since every genus is divided into act and potentiality.
But intellectual substance and body are of different genera.
Therefore, it does not seem possible that one be the form of the other.
Moreover, everything whose being is in matter must be material.
Now, if an intellectual substance is the form of a body, its being must be in corporeal matter,
since the being of the form is not beside the being of the matter.
Hence it will follow that an intellectual substance is not immaterial as above it was
proved to be.
that which has its being in a body
cannot possibly be separated from that body.
Now it is proved by philosophers
that the intellect is separate from the body
and that it is neither a body nor a power in a body.
Therefore, an intellectual substance
is not the form of a body,
for thus its being would be in a body.
Further,
that which has its being in common with a body,
must have its operation in common with a body
because a thing acts inasmuch as it is a being
nor can the active power of a thing surpass its essence
since power results from the essential principles
but if an intellectual substance be the form of a body
its being must be common to it and the body
because from form and matter
there results one thing simply that exists by one being
consequently, an intellectual substance will have its operation in common with the body,
and its power will be a power in a body, which has been proved to be impossible.
End of Chapter 56, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 57 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province.
This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 57
The opinion of Plato concerning the union of the intellectual soul with the body.
Moved by these and like reasons,
some have asserted that no intellectual substance can be the form of a body.
But since man's very nature seems to controvert this opinion
in that he appears to be composed of intellectual soul and body,
they devised certain solutions so as to save the nature of man.
Accordingly, Plato and his school held that the intellectual soul
is not united to the body as form to matter, but only as mover to movable,
for he said that the soul is in the body as a sailor in a boat in the first Asabiedes, 25.
In this way, the union of soul and body would only be by virtual contact,
of which we have spoken above.
But this would seem inadmissible.
For according to the contacting question,
there does not result one thing simply as we have proved,
whereas from the union of soul and body the results a man.
It follows then that a man is not one simply
and neither consequently a being simply but accidentally.
In order to avoid this, Plato said,
that a man is not a thing composed of soul and body,
but that the soul itself using a body is a man.
Thus Peter is not a thing composed of man and clothes,
but a man using clothes.
But this is shown to be impossible,
for animal and man are sensible and natural things,
but this would not be the case if the body and its parts
were not of the essence of man and animal,
and the soul were the whole essence of both,
as the aforesaid opinion holds.
For the soul is neither a sensible nor a material thing.
Consequently, it is impossible for man and animal
to be a soul using a body,
and not a thing composed of body and soul.
Again, it is impossible that there be one operation
of things diverse in being,
And in speaking of an operation being one, I refer not to that in which the action terminates,
but to the manner in which it proceeds from the agent.
For many persons rowing one boat make one action on the part of the thing done, which is one.
But on the part of the rowers there are many actions, for there are many strokes of the oar.
Because, since action is consequent upon form and power, it follows that,
things differing in forms and powers differ in action. Now, though the soul has a proper operation,
wherein the body has no share, namely intelligence, there are nevertheless certain operations
common to it and the body, such as fear, anger, sensation, and so forth, for these happen by reason
of a certain transmutation in a determinate part of the body, which proves that they are
operations of the soul and body together.
Therefore, from the soul and body
there must result one thing
and they have not each a distinct being.
According to the opinion of Plato,
this argument may be rebutted,
for it is not impossible for mover and moved,
though different in being,
to have the same act,
because the same act belongs to the mover
as wherefrom it is,
and to the moved as
wherein it is.
Wherefore Plato held
that the aforesaid operations
are common to the soul and body
so that to wit
they are the souls as mover
and the bodies as moved.
But this cannot be.
For as the philosopher proves
in the second book
De Anima,
sensation results from our being moved
by exterior sensibles.
Wherefore a man cannot sense
without an exterior sensible,
just as a thing cannot be moved without a mover.
Consequently, the organ of sense is moved
and passive in sensing,
but this is owing to the external sensible,
and that whereby it is passive is the sense,
which is proved by the fact
that things devoid of sense
are not passive to sensibles by the same kind of passion.
Therefore, sense is the passive power
of the organ. Consequently, the sensitive soul is not as mover and agent in sensing,
but is that whereby the patient is passive. And this cannot have a distinct being from the patient.
Therefore, the sensitive soul has not a distinct being from the animate body.
Further, although movement is the common act of mover and moved, yet it is one operation to
cause movement and another to receive movement. Hence we have two predicaments, action and passion.
Accordingly, if in sensing the sensitive soul is in the position of agent and the body in that
of patient, the operation of the soul will be other than the operation of the body. Consequently,
the sensitive soul will have an operation proper to it, and therefore it will have its proper
subsistence. Hence, when the body is destroyed, it will not cease to exist. Therefore, sensitive
souls, even of irrational animals, will be immortal, which seems improbable. And yet, it is not out
of keeping with Plato's opinion, but there will be a place for inquiring into this further on.
Moreover, the movable does not derive its species from its mover.
Consequently, if the soul is not united to the body except as mover to movable,
the body and its parts do not take their species from the soul.
Wherefore, at the soul's departure, the body and its parts will remain of the same species.
Yet this is clearly false.
For flesh, bone, hands,
and like parts, after the soul's departure, are so-called only equivocally,
since none of these parts retains its proper operation that results from the species.
Therefore, the soul is not united to the body merely as mover to movable, or as man to his clothes.
Further, the movable has not being through its mover but only movement.
consequently, if the soul be united to the body merely as its mover, the body will indeed be moved
by the soul but will not have being through it. But in the living thing to live is to be, according
to the second book De Anima 44. Therefore the body would not live through the soul.
Again, the movable is neither generated through the mover's application to it.
nor corrupted by being separated from it,
since the movable depends not on the mover for its being,
but only in the point of being moved.
If then the soul be united to the body merely as its mover,
it will follow that neither in the union of soul and body
will there be generation nor corruption in their separation,
and thus death which consists in the separation of soul and body
will not be the corruption of an animal,
which is clearly false.
Further, every self-mover is such
that it is in it to be moved and not to be moved,
to move and not to move.
Now the soul, according to Plato's opinion,
moves the body as a self-mover.
Consequently, it is in the soul's power
to move the body and not to move it.
Wherefore, if it be united to it,
merely as mover-to-movable,
it will be in the soul's power to be separated from the body at will
and to be reunited to it at will,
which is clearly false.
That the soul is united to the body as its proper form is proved thus.
That whereby a thing from being potentially is made an actual being is its form and act.
Now the body is made by the soul an actual being from existing potentially,
since to live is the being of a living thing, again from the second book De Anima 44.
But the seed before animation is only a living thing in potentiality,
and is made an actual living thing by the soul.
Therefore the soul is the form of the animated body.
Moreover, since both being and operation belong neither to the formal,
alone, nor to the matter alone, but to the composite. Being and action are ascribed to two things,
one of which is to the other as form to matter. For we say that a man is healthy in body and in health,
and that he is knowing in knowledge and in his soul, wherein knowledge is a form of the soul-knowing
and health of the healthy body. Now to live and to sense are ascribed
to both soul and body,
for we are said to live and sense
both in soul and body.
But by the soul
as by the principle of life and sensation.
Therefore, the soul is the form of the body.
Further, the whole sensitive part
has to the whole body
the same relation as part to part.
Now part is to part in such a way
that it is its form and act,
for sight is the form and act of the eye.
Therefore, the soul is the form and act of the body.
End of Chapter 57, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 58 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province.
This Librevox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 58
That the Nutrative, sensitive, and intellective faculties in man are not three souls.
But the foregoing arguments, according to the opinion of Plato, can be answered, so far as
the matter in hand is concerned.
For Plato holds that in us, the same soul is not intellective, nutritive, and sensitive.
Hence, even if the sensitive soul were the form of the body,
we should not have to conclude that an intellectual substance can be the form of a body.
That this opinion is impossible, we must show as follows.
Things that are ascribed to one same thing according to various forms
are predicated of one another accidentally.
For a white thing is said to be musical accidentally,
because whiteness and music are ascribed to Socrates.
Consequently, if in us the intellective, sensitive, and nutritive soul
are various forces or forms,
those things which are ascribed to us in respect of these forms
will be predicated of one another accidentally.
Now, in respect of the intellective soul, we are said to be men.
According to the sensitive soul, animals,
according to the nutritive soul, living.
Therefore, this predication,
man is an animal,
or an animal is a living thing,
will be accidental.
But it is a per se predication,
since man as man is an animal,
and animal as animal is a living thing.
Therefore, it is from the same principle
that one is a man, an animal, and a living thing.
If, however, it be said that even if the aforesaid souls be distinct,
it does not follow that the predication mentioned will be accidental,
because these souls are mutually subordinate,
we reply to this also.
For the sensitive power is subordinate to the intellect
and the nutritive power to the sensitive,
as potentiality is subordinate to act.
for the intellect comes after the sensitive
and the sensitive after the nutritive in the order of generation
since in generation an animal is made before a man
consequently if this order makes the aforesaid predications to be per se
this will not be taking per se in the sense that arises from the form
but in that which arises from matter and subject
as superficies is said to be colored.
But this is impossible.
Because when we use per se in this sense,
that which is formal is predicated per se of the subject
as when we say,
the superficies is white or the number is even.
Again, when we use per se in this way,
the subject is placed in the definition of the predicate
as number in the definition of even.
But here the contrary happens,
because man is not predicated of animal per se,
but contrary-wise.
And again the subject is not placed
in the definition of the predicate,
but vice versa.
Therefore, the aforesaid definitions
are not made per se
by reason of the order in question.
Further,
a thing has unity
from the same cause as it has being,
for one is consequent upon being.
Since then, a thing has being from its form,
it will have unity also from its form.
Consequently, if we say that there are in man three souls
as different forms, man will not be one being but several,
nor will the order of form suffice for the unity of man.
Because to be one with respect to order is not to be one simply,
since unity of order is the least of unities.
Again, the aforesaid difficulty will again arise,
namely that from the intellect of soul and the body,
there results one thing not simply, but only accidentally.
For whatever accrues to a thing after its complete being,
accrues thereto accidentally.
since it is outside its essence.
Now every substantial form
makes a complete being in the genus of substance,
for it makes an actual being and this particular thing.
Consequently, whatever accrues to a thing
after its first substantial form
will accrue to it accidentally.
Hence, since the nutritive soul is a substantial form,
for living is predicated
substantially of man and animal.
It will follow that the sensitive soul accrues accidentally,
and likewise the intellective.
And so neither animal nor man denotes one thing simply,
nor a genus or species in the category of substance.
Moreover, if man, in Plato's opinion,
is not a thing composed of body and soul,
but a soul using a body.
This is to be understood either of the intellective soul only,
or of the three souls, if there be three, or of two of them.
If of three or two, it follows that a man is not one thing but two or three,
for he has three souls or at least two.
And if this be understood of the intellective soul only,
so that the sensitive soul be understood to be the body's form,
and the intellect of soul using the animated and sensified body to be a man,
this would again involve absurdities,
namely that man is not an animal, but uses an animal,
and that man does not sense, but uses a sentient thing.
And since these statements are inadmissible,
It is impossible that there be in us
three souls differing in substance,
the intellective, the sensitive, and the nutritive.
Further, one thing cannot be made of two or three
without something to unite them,
unless one of them be to the other as act to potentiality.
For thus our matter and form made one thing
without anything outside uniting them.
Now, if there be several souls in man,
they are not mutually related as matter and form,
but are only supposed to be acts and principles of action.
It follows consequently,
if they be united to form one thing,
for instance, a man or an animal,
that there is something to unite them.
But this cannot be the body,
since rather is the body united together by the soul,
a sign of which is that when the soul departs, the body perishes.
It results then that there must be something more formal to make these several things into one,
and this will be the soul rather than those several that are united by this thing.
Wherefore, if this again has various parts and is not one thing in itself,
there will still be need of something to unite them.
Since then we cannot go on indefinitely, we must come to something that is one in itself.
And such especially is the soul.
Therefore, there must be but one soul in one man or in one animal.
Again, if that which belongs to the department of the soul and man is composed of several things,
it follows that as the whole together is to the whole body,
so each of them is to each part of the body.
Nor does this disagree with Plato's opinion,
for he placed the rational soul in the brain,
the nutritive in the liver,
and the appetite in the heart.
But this is shown to be false for two reasons.
First, because there is a part of the soul
which cannot be ascribed to any part of the body,
namely the intellect,
of which it has been proved
that it is not the act of any part of the body,
the body. Secondly, because it is evident that the operations of different parts of the soul are
observed in the same part of the body, as evidenced in animals which live after being cut into,
since the same part has the movement, sensation, and appetite whereby it is moved. And again,
the same part of a plant, after being cut off, is nourished, grows and blossoms. Whence, it is evident
that the various parts of the soul are in the one and same part of the body.
Therefore, there are not different souls in us allotted to different parts of the body.
Moreover, different forces that are not rooted in one principle
do not hinder one another in acting unless perhaps their action be contrary,
which does not happen in the case and point.
Now, we find that the various actions
of the soul hinder one another, since one is intense, another is remiss.
It follows then that these actions and the forces that are their approximate principles
must be reduced to one principle. But this principle cannot be the body, both because there
is an action in which the body has no part, namely intelligence, and because if the body as such
were the principle of these forces and actions, they would be found in all bodies, which is clearly
false. Consequently, it follows that their principle is some one form by which this body is such a
body, and this is the soul. Therefore it follows that all the soul's actions which are in us
proceed from one soul. Wherefore, there are not several souls in that.
This is in agreement with what is said in the book de Eclastiastichis dogmatibus.
Nor do we say that there are two souls in one man, as James and other Syrians write,
one animal by which the body is animated and which is mingled with the blood,
the other spiritual which supplies the reason.
But we say that it is one and the same.
same soul in man, that both gives life to the body by being united to it, and orders itself
by its own reason. End of Chapter 58, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C. Chapter 59 of Summa
Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation by St. Thomas Aquinas, translated by the fathers of the
English Dominican province. This Librevox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 59, that man's possible intellect is not a separate substance.
Others there have been who discovered another reason for maintaining
that the intellectual soul cannot be united to the body as its form.
For they say that the intellect which Aristotle calls possible
is a separate substance not united to us as a form.
They endeavor to prove this from the words of Aristotle who says,
speaking of this intellect that it is separate, not mixed with the body, simple, impassable,
in the third book of De Anima IV, which could not be said of it if it were the body's form.
Also, from the demonstration whereby he proves that, since the possible intellect receives all the
species of sensible things through being impotentiality to them, it must needs,
them all. Even so the pupil which receives the species of all colors lacks all color,
for if by itself it had any color, that color would prevent it seeing other colors.
In fact, it would see nothing but under that color.
The same would happen with the possible intellect, if by itself it had any form or nature of sensible things.
Yet, it would have to be so if it were bound up with the body.
Likewise, if it were the form of a body, because since from form and matter there is made one thing, the form must participate something of the nature of which it is the form.
Consequently, it is impossible that the possible intellect be bound up with the body or be the act or form of a body.
Further, if it were the form of a material body,
the receptivity of such an intellect would be of the same kind
as the receptivity of primary matter,
because that which is the form of a body receives nothing without its matter.
Now primary matter receives individual forms,
in fact, they are individualized through being in matter.
Therefore, the possible intellect would receive,
forms as they are individual, and consequently would not be cognizant of universals which is clearly
false. Further, primary matter is not cognizant of the forms which it receives. Consequently,
if the receptivity of the possible intellect were the same as of primary matter, neither
would the possible intellect know the forms it receives, and this is false.
Moreover, there cannot possibly be an infinite power in a body, as proved by Aristotle in the
eighth book of physics.
Now, the possible intellect is, in a manner, of infinite power, since by it we judge of an
infinite number of things, inasmuch as by it we know universals, under which potentially
infinite particulars are contained.
Therefore, the possible intellect is not a power in a body.
For these reasons, Averroes was moved, and likewise some of the ancients, as he says,
to hold that the possible intellect by which the soul understands has a separate being from the body
and is not the form of the body. Since, however, such an intellect would no wise belong to us,
nor should we understand thereby, unless it were in some way united to us,
He defines the way in which it comes into touch with us,
saying that the species actually understood is the form of the possible intellect,
just as the actually visible is the form of the visual power.
Hence there results one thing from the possible intellect and the actually understood form.
Consequently, the possible intellect is united
to whomsoever the aforesaid understood form is united.
Now, it is united to us by means of the phantasm which is a kind of subject of that understood form,
and in this way the possible intellect also is in touch with us.
But it is easy to see that all this is nonsensical and impossible.
For the one who understands is the one who has intellect,
and the thing understood is the thing whose intelligible species is united to the intellect.
Consequently, through the intelligible species united to the intellect is in a man in some way.
It does not follow that the man is in the one who understands, but only that he is understood
by the separate intellect.
Further, the actually understood species is the form of the possible intellect, as the
visible species in act is the form of the visual power or of the eye itself.
Now the underswood species is compared to the phantasm as the visible species in act
is compared to the colored object outside the soul.
In fact, he uses this comparison himself as also does Aristotle.
Therefore, by the intelligible form, the possible intellect is in touch with the phantasm which is in us,
in the same way as the visual power with the color that is in the stone.
but this contact does not make the stone to see, but to be seen.
Therefore also, the aforesaid contact of the possible intellect with us
does not make us to understand, but only to be understood.
Now it is clear that it is properly and truly said,
that man understands for we would not inquire into the nature of the intellect
except for the fact that we understand ourselves.
Therefore, the aforesaid manner of contact is not sufficient.
Again, every knower by its cognitive power, is united to its object, and not vice versa.
Just as every operator by its operative power is united to the thing operated.
No man is intelligent by his intellect as by his cognitive power.
Therefore, he is not united to the intellect by the intelligible form,
but by the intellect he is united.
to the intelligible.
Moreover, that by which a thing operates must be its form,
for nothing acts except insofar as it is an act,
and a thing is not in act except by that which is its form.
Wherefore Aristotle proves that the soul is a form
from the fact that an animal lives and senses through the soul.
Now man understands, and this by his intellect only,
his intellect only, wherefore Aristotle, when inquiring into the principle whereby we understand,
describes to us the nature of the possible intellect. Therefore, the possible intellect must be
united to us formally and not merely by its object. Further, the intellect in act and the intelligible
in act are one, according to the third book of Deanima 4. Just as,
The sense in act and the sensible in act, third book of Deanima 2.4.
Not so, however, are the intellect in potentiality and the intelligible in potentiality,
nor the sense in potentiality and the sensible in potentiality.
Wherefore the species of a thing according as it is in the phantasms is not actually intelligible,
for it is not thus that it is one with the intellect.
in act, but as obstructed from the phantasms. Even so, neither is the species of color actually
perceived according as it is in the stone, but only according as it is in the pupil. Now, according
to the opinion stated above, the intelligible species is in contact with us only according
as it is in the phantasms. Therefore, it is not in contact with us according as it is one with the
possible intellect as its form.
Consequently, it cannot be the means of bringing the possible intellect into contact with us,
since according, as it is in contact with the possible intellect, it is not in contact with
us nor vice versa.
Now it is evident that he who devised this opinion was deceived by an equivocation.
For colors existing outside the soul, given the presence of light, are actually visible
as being able to move the sight, and not as actually perceived, according as they are one with the sense and act.
In like manner, the phantasms are made actually intelligible by the light of the active intellect,
so that they can move the possible intellect, but not so that they can be actually understood,
according as they are one with the possible intellect made actual.
Again, where the living thing has a higher operation, there is a higher kind of life corresponding
to that operation.
For in plants, we find only an action pertaining to nutrition.
In animals, we find a higher operation, namely sensation and local movement, wherefore the
animal lives by a higher kind of life.
But in man, we find a yet higher vital operation.
than in the animal, namely intelligence.
Therefore man must have a higher kind of life.
Now life is through the soul.
Therefore man will have a higher soul, whereby he lives,
than is the sensitive soul.
But none is higher than the intellect.
Therefore the intellect is man's soul,
and consequently it is his form.
Further, that which is consequent on the operation of a thing does not give a thing its species,
because operation is a second act, whereas the form whereby a thing has species is the first act.
Now the union of the possible intellect with man, according to the above opinion, is consequent
on man's operation, for it takes place through the medium of the phantasms which, according to
philosopher, is a movement resulting from the sense in act. Therefore man does not take his species
from that union, and consequently man differs from dumb animals by the fact that he has an intellect.
Moreover, if man takes his species from being rational and having an intellect, whoever is in the human
species is rational and intelligent. But a child, even before leaving the womb, is in the human
species, and yet it has not phantasms that are actually intelligible. Therefore a man has not
an intellect through the intellect being in contact with man, but by means of an intelligible species,
the subject of which is a phantasm. End of Chapter 59. Read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert,
Chapter 60 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation, by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province.
This Librevox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 60
That man derives his species, not from the passive, but from the possible intellect.
To these arguments, there is a reply on the lines of the foregoing opinion.
for the said Averroes maintains that man differs in species from brutes by the intellect which Aristotle calls passive,
which is the same as the cogetative power that is proper to man,
in place of which other animals have a certain natural estimative power.
And it belongs to this cogetive power to distinguish individual intentions
and to compare them with one another.
just as the intellect which is separate and unmixed,
compares and distinguishes universal intentions.
And since by this power, together with the imagination and memory,
the phantasms are prepared to receive the addition of the active intellect,
whereby they are made actually intelligible,
just as certain arts prepare the matter for the master craftsman.
Therefore the aforesaid power is called by the name of intellect,
or reason, which physicians declare to be seated in the middle cell of the head.
And according to the disposition of this power, one man differs from another ingenious
and other points pertaining to intelligence. Also by the use and practice thereof,
man acquires the habit of science, so that the habits of science are in this passive intellect
as their subject. Moreover, this passive intellect is a
the child from the beginning, and through it the child receives its human species before understanding
actually. But it is easy to see that all this is untrue and an abuse of terms, for vital
operations are compared to the soul as second acts to the first, as Aristotle declares in the second
book of DeAnima. Now in the one subject, first act precedes the second and point of time, just as not
knowledge precedes consideration. Hence, in whatever thing we find a vital operation, we must
place some part of the soul that will be compared to that operation as first to second act.
Now, man above other animals has a proper operation, namely intelligence and reasoning,
which is the operation of man as man as Aristotle states in the first book of ethics.
Therefore, we must place in man a principle that properly gives him his species
and is compared to the act of intelligence as first to second act.
But this cannot be the aforesaid passive intellect,
since the principle of this same operation must needs be impassable
and not mixed with the body, as the philosopher proves,
whereas it is clearly the contrary with the passive intellect.
Therefore, it is not possible that the species whereby man differs from other animals
should come to him through the cogentive power that is called the passive intellect.
Again, that which is a passion of the sensitive part
cannot place a thing in a higher kind of life than the sensitive life,
just as that which is a passion of the nutritive soul
does not place a thing in a higher kind of life than the nutritive.
Now it is clear that the imagination and the like powers which are consequent upon it,
such as the memory and so forth, are passions of the sensitive faculty,
as the philosopher proves in his book De Memoria.
Consequently, an animal cannot be placed by these powers or by any one of them
in a higher kind of life than the sensitive.
But man is in a higher kind of life,
as is proved from the philosopher in the second book of the book of Dement.
Deanima, who in distinguishing the kinds of life places the intellective which he describes to man,
above the sensitive, which he describes to all animals in common.
Therefore, it is not through the aforesaid, cogetative power that man is a living being
with a life proper to himself.
Moreover, every self-mover, as the philosopher proves in the eighth book of physics,
is composed of mover and moved.
Now man, like the animals, is a self-mover.
Therefore, mover and moved are parts of him.
But the first mover in man is the intellect,
for the intellect by its intelligible object moves the will.
Nor can it be said that the passive intellect alone is the mover,
since the passive intellect is only of particulars,
while in moving there comes into play both the universal opinion which belongs to the possible intellect
and the particular statement which may belong to the passive intellect,
as we gather from Aristotle in the third book of De Anima and in the seventh book of ethics.
Therefore the possible intellect is a part of man
and is the most noble and most formal thing in him,
and consequently he takes his species from it,
and not from the passive intellect.
Further,
the possible intellect is proved
not to be the act of a body
from the fact of its taking
cognizance of all sensible forms in the universal.
Therefore, no power,
the operation of which can extend
to the universals of all sensible forms,
can be the act of a body.
Now such is the will,
since our will can extend
to all the things
that we can understand, at least so that we will to know them.
Moreover, the act of the will is clearly directed to the universal,
since, as Aristotle says in his rhetoric,
we hate the robber kind in the universal,
but are enraged only with the individuals.
Consequently, the will cannot be the act of a part of the body,
nor can it be consequent upon a power that is,
is an act of the body. Now any part of the soul is an act of the body except the intellect alone
properly so called. Hence the will is in the intellective part, wherefore also Aristotle says,
in the third book of De Anima, that the will is in the reason, but the irascible and concupiscible
are in the sensitive part. On account of this, the acts of the concupiscible and irascible
are associated with passion, whereas the act of the will is not but with choice.
Now man's will is not outside man, as though it were vested in a separate substance,
but is in man himself, else he would not be master of his own actions,
for he would be acted upon by the will of a separate substance.
And in him there would only be the appetitive powers that operate with passion,
namely the irascible and the concupiscible, which are in the sensitive part, as in other animals
which are acted upon rather than act themselves. But this is impossible and would do away with
all moral philosophy and social intercourse, wherefore the possible intellect must be in us,
so that we differ thereby from dumb animals and not only by the passive intellect.
Again, just as nothing is able, potens, to act except through an inherent active potentiality,
so nothing is able to be passive except through an inherent passive potentiality.
For the combustible is not only able to be burnt because there is something able to burn it,
but also because it has in itself a potentiality to be burnt.
Now, to understand is a kind of passion, as stated in the third book of De Anima.
Since then a child is potentially understanding, although he understands not actually,
there must be in him a potentiality whereby he is able to understand,
and this potentiality is the possible intellect.
Consequently, the possible intellect must already be in touch with the child before he
understands actually. Therefore, the contact of the possible intellect with man is not through the
actually understood form, but the possible intellect itself is in a man from the beginning as a part of
him. The said Averroes replies to this argument, for he says that a child is said to be understanding
potentially in two ways. First, because the phantasms in him are potentially intelligible,
secondly, because the possible intellect is able, potens, to come in touch with him,
and not because the intellect is already united to him.
Now we have to prove that either way is insufficient,
for the potentiality by which the agent is able to act
is distinct from the potentiality whereby the patient is able to be passive,
and they differ as being opposite to one another.
Consequently, from the fact that a thing is able to be active,
it is not competent to it to be passive.
Now, to be able to understand is to be able to be passive,
since to understand is a kind of passion,
according to the philosopher, as quoted above.
Therefore, the child is not said to be able to understand
from the mere fact that the phantasms in him
are able to be actually understood,
since this pertains to being able to act.
For the phantasms move the possible intellect.
Again, a potentiality, consequent, on the species of a thing,
does not belong to it by reason of that which does not give that thing its species.
Now ability to understand is consequent on the human species,
for understanding is an operation of man as such.
whereas the phantasms do not give man his species.
On the contrary, they're consequent on his operation.
Therefore the child cannot be said to be potentially understanding
by reason of the phantasms.
Likewise, neither can a child be said to be potentially understanding
because the possible intellect is able to be in touch with him,
for a person is said to be able to act or to be passive
by active or passive potentiality,
just as he is said to be white by whiteness.
Now, he is not said to be white
before whiteness is united to him.
Therefore, neither is one said
to be able to act or to be passive
before the active or passive potentiality is in him.
Consequently, it cannot be said of a child
that he is able to understand before the possible intellect,
which is the power of understanding,
is in touch with him.
Further,
a person is said in one way
to be able to act
before having the nature
whereby he acts,
and in another way
after he has the nature already,
but is accidentally hindered from acting,
even as a body is said in one way
to be able to be lifted upwards
before it is light,
and in another way after it is made light,
but is hindered in its movement.
Now a child is potentially understanding,
not as though he has not yet the nature to understand,
but is having an obstacle to understanding,
for he has hindered from understanding
on account of the manifold movements in him,
as stated in the Seventh Book of Physics.
Wherefore, he is not said to be potentially understanding
on account of the possibility of coming in touch
with the possible intellect which is the principle
of understanding, but because it is already in touch with him and is hindered from its proper action,
so that as soon as the obstacle is removed, he understands. Again, a habit is that whereby one acts at will.
Consequently, a habit must be in the same subject as the operation that is according to that
habit. But to consider by understanding, which is the act of the habit of science, cannot be in the
passive intellect but belongs to the possible intellect, because in order that a power understand,
it behooves it not to be the act of a body. Therefore, the habit of science is not in the passive,
but in the possible intellect. Now science is in us, since according thereto, we are said to know
scientifically. Therefore, the possible intellect also is in us, and has not a being separate from us.
Further, the assimilation of science is of the knower to the thing known. Now, the knower is not
assimilated to the thing known as such, except in respect of universal species, for science is about
such things. But universal species cannot be in the passive intellect, since that the
it is a power using an organ, but only in the possible intellect.
Therefore, science is not in the passive, but only in the possible intellect.
Moreover, the intellect inhabit, as the opponent admits, is the effect of the active intellect.
Now, the effects of the active intellect are things actually intelligible,
the proper recipient of which is the possible intellect,
to which the active intellect is compared as art to material,
according to Aristotle in the third book of De Anima.
Consequently, the intellect in habit,
which is the habit of science,
must be in the possible and not in the passive intellect.
Further, it is impossible that the perfection of a higher substance
depend on a lower.
Now the perfection of the possible intellect
depends on the action of man,
for it depends on the phantasms
which move the possible intellect.
Therefore, the possible intellect
is not a higher substance than man.
Therefore, it must be part of man
as his act and form.
Again, whatsoever things are separate as to being
are also separate as to operation,
because things are for the sake of their operations
as first act for the sake of the second.
Wherefore Aristotle says in the first book of De Anima
that if any operation of the soul is apart from the body,
it is possible for the soul to be separated.
Now the operation of the possible intellect requires the body,
for the philosopher says in the third book of De Anima
that the intellect can act by itself,
that is, it can understand,
when it has been made actual by a species abstracted from phantasms,
which are not apart from the body.
Therefore, the possible intellect is not altogether separate from the body.
Moreover, a thing has by nature those attributes without which its connatural operation cannot be accomplished.
Thus Aristotle proves, in the second book of DeCello,
that if the movement of the stars were progressive like that of animals,
nature would have given them the organs of progressive movement.
Now the operation of the possible intellect is accomplished
through corporeal organs,
which are necessary as subjects of the phantasms.
Therefore, nature has united the possible intellect to corporeal organs,
and consequently it has not a being separate from the body.
Again, if it had a being separate from the body,
it would understand substances that are separate from matter
rather than sensible forms,
for they are more intelligible and more conformed to the intellect.
Yet it cannot understand substances that are altogether separate from matter,
since there are no phantasms of them.
Whereas this intellect no wise understands without phantasms,
as Aristotle says in the third book of Deanima,
because the phantasms are to it as sensibles to the senses,
and without these the sense has no sensation.
Therefore, it is not a substance separate from the body in being.
Further, in every genus, the passive potentiality extends as far as the active potentiality of that genus,
wherefore there is not in nature a passive potentiality,
to which there does not correspond a natural active potentiality.
But the active intellect makes only the phantasms to be intelligible.
Therefore, neither is the passive intellect moved by other intelligibles
than the species abstracted from the phantasms,
and thus it is unable to understand separate substances.
Moreover, the species is,
of sensible things are in separate substances intelligibly, and by those species they have
knowledge of sensibles. If, therefore, the possible intellect understood separate substances,
it would receive in them the knowledge of sensibles. Consequently, it would not receive
this knowledge from phantasms, since nature's abundance does not consist of superfluities.
If, however, it be said that separate substances have no knowledge of sensible,
It must at least be granted that they have a higher knowledge.
And this knowledge must not be lacking to the possible intellect,
if it understands the said substances.
Consequently, it will have a two-fold knowledge,
one after the manner of separate substances,
the other received from the senses,
one of which would be superfluous.
Further, it is the possible intellect whereby,
the soul understands, as stated in the third book of De Anima.
If therefore the possible intellect understands separate substances,
we also understand them.
Yet this is clearly untrue, for we stand in relation to them as
the eye of the owl to the sun, as Aristotle says.
To these arguments, it is replied according to the aforesaid opinion.
The possible intellect, so far as it is self-subsistent, understands separate substances,
and is in potentiality to them as a transparent body to the light.
Whereas insofar as it is in touch with us, it is in potentiality from the beginning to forms
abstracted from the phantasms.
Hence we do not from the beginning understand separate substances by it.
But this will not hold.
For the possible intellect, according to them,
is said to be in touch with us
through being perfected by intelligible species
obstructed from the phantasms.
Consequently, the intellect is to be considered
as in potentiality to these species
before being in touch with us.
Wherefore, it is not by its being in touch with us
that it is in potentiality to these species.
Further, according to this,
the fact of its being and potentiality to these species
would belong to it, not in itself but through something else.
Now a thing ought not to be defined by those things which do not belong to it in itself.
Therefore, the definition of the possible intellect should not be taken from its being
in potentiality to the aforesaid species, as Aristotle defines it in the third book
of De Anima.
Further.
It is impossible for the possible intellect to understand several things.
at the same time unless it understand one through another, since one power is not perfected
at the same time by several acts except according to order. If, therefore, the possible intellect
understands separate substances and species abstracted from phantasms, it must either understand
separate substances through these species, or vice versa. Now, whichever be granted, it follows
that we understand separate substances,
for if we understand the natures of sensibles
for as much as the possible intellect understands them,
and the possible intellect understands them
through understanding separate substances,
we must understand them in the same way.
And in like manner, if the case be the reverse.
But this is clearly false.
Therefore, the possible intellect
does not understand separate substances,
and consequently, it is not a separate substance.
End of Chapter 60, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 61 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation, by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English-Dominican province.
This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 61, That the aforesaid opinion is contrary to that of Aristotle.
Since, however, Averroes endeavors to strengthen his position by appealing to authority and
says that Aristotle was of the same opinion, we shall prove clearly that the aforesaid opinion
is contrary to that of Aristotle.
First, because Aristotle, in the second book of De Anima, defines the soul by saying that
the soul is the first act of an organic physical body having life potentially, and afterwards
he adds that this definition applies universally to every soul, not as the said Averroes
pretends expressing a doubt on the point as evidenced by the Greek text and the translation of
Boutheus. Afterwards in the same chapter, he adds that certain parts of the soul are separable.
Now these are no other than the intellective parts. It follows, therefore, that these parts are
acts of the body.
Nor is this gain-said by what he says afterwards.
Nothing so far is clear about the intellect and the power of understanding, but it would
seem to be another kind of soul.
For he does not wish by this to accept the intellect from the common definition of a soul,
but to exclude it from the nature's proper to the other parts.
Thus he who says,
animals that fly are of another kind from those that walk
does not remove the common definition of animal from those that fly
wherefore to show in what sense he said another he adds
and this alone can be separated as the everlasting from the corruptible
nor is it Aristotle's intention as the commentator pretends
to say that he has not yet made it clear concerning the intellect
whether the intellect be the soul, as he had done concerning the other principles.
For the genuine text does not read,
Nothing has been declared, or nothing has been said, but nothing is clear,
which we must understand as referring to that which is proper to the soul,
and not as referring to the common definition.
And if, as he says, soul is said equivocally of the intellect and other souls,
he, Aristotle, would first have explained the equivocation
and given the definition afterwards, as is his want.
Else's argument would have labored under an equivocation,
which is not allowable in demonstrative sciences.
Again, in the second book of De Anima,
he reckons the intellect among the powers of the soul,
and in the passage quoted, he calls it the power of understanding.
therefore the intellect is not outside the human soul
but is one of its powers
again in the third book of De Anima
when he begins to speak of the possible intellect
he calls it a part of the soul for the text reads
of the part of the soul whereby the soul has knowledge and wisdom
thus clearly indicating that the possible intellect is a part of the soul
he is yet more explicit when he goes on to declare the
nature of the possible intellect in these words. By the intellect I mean that by which the soul
knows and understands. This evidently denotes that the intellect is a part of the human soul
whereby the soul understands. Therefore, the aforesaid position is contrary to the opinion
of Aristotle and to the truth, and consequently is to be rejected as a mere fabrication.
End of Chapter 61
Read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 62 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation
by St. Thomas Aquinas, translated by the fathers of the English-Dominican province.
This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 62
Against the opinion of Alexander about the possible intellect.
Having taken these sayings of Aristotle into consideration,
Alexander asserted that the possible intellect is a power in us,
so that the common definition of a soul given by Aristotle,
in the second book of De Anima, might apply there too.
But as he could not understand how an intellectual substance could be the form of a body,
he said that the aforesaid power is not rooted in an intellectual substance,
and that it is consequent on the mixture of the elements in the human body.
For the particular mode of mixture in the human body makes man to be in potentiality
to receive the inflow of the active intellect, which is always an act,
and according to him is a separate substance,
the result of which inflow is that man is made to understand actually.
Now in man, that whereby he is potentially understanding is the possible intellect.
Consequently, it followed apparently that the possible intellect in us is a result of a particular mixture.
But at the first glance, this opinion is seen to be in contradiction with both the words and the proof of Aristotle.
For, as already stated, Aristotle proves in the third book of De Anima
that the possible intellect is not mixed with the body.
Now this could not be said of a power resulting from the mixture of the element,
for a thing of the kind must needs be rooted in the mixture itself of the elements,
as we see in the case of taste, smell, and the like.
Therefore seemingly, the aforesaid opinion of Alexander is inconsistent with the words
and proof of Aristotle.
To this, Alexander replies that the possible intellect is merely the preparedness in the human
nature to receive the inflow of the active intellect.
and preparedness is not a particular sensible nature,
nor is it mixed with the body,
for it is a relation and the order of one thing to another.
But this clearly disagrees with the intention of Aristotle.
For Aristotle proves that the reason why the possible intellect
is not confined to any particular sensible nature,
and consequently is not mixed with the body,
is because it is receptive of all the force,
forms of sensibles and cognizant of them. Now this cannot be understood of preparedness,
for it denotes not receiving, but being prepared to receive. Therefore, Aristotle's proof
refers not to preparedness, but to a prepared recipient. Moreover, if what Aristotle says of the
possible intellect applies to it inasmuch as it is a preparedness, and not understanding,
account of the nature of the subject prepared, it follows that it applies to every preparedness.
Now, in the senses, there is a preparedness to receive sensibles actually.
Therefore, the same applies to the senses as to the possible intellect.
And yet, Aristotle clearly says the contrary, when he shows the difference between the
receptivity of sense and of intellect, from the fact that sense is corrupted by the excellence of
its objects, but not the intellect.
Again, Aristotle says of the possible intellect that it is passive to the intelligible,
that it receives intelligible species, that it is in potentiality to them.
He also compares it to a tablet whereon nothing is written,
none of which things can be said of preparedness, but only of other.
the subject prepared. It is therefore contrary to the intention of Aristotle that the possible
intellect should be the same as preparedness. Again, the agent is more noble than the patient
and the maker than the thing made, quoting the third book of De Anima 5-2, as act in comparison
with potentiality. Now the more immaterial a thing is, the more noble it is,
Therefore, the effect cannot be more immaterial than the cause.
But every cognitive power as such is immaterial.
Hence Aristotle says of sense, in the second book of De Anima, that it is receptive of sensible
species without matter.
Consequently, it is impossible for a cognitive power to result from a mixture of elements.
Now the possible intellect is the highest cognitive power in us.
For Aristotle says in the third book of Deanima that the possible intellect is whereby this soul
knows and understands.
Therefore the possible intellect is not caused by the mixture of the elements.
Moreover, if the principle of an operation proceeds from certain causes, that operation must
not surpass those causes, since the second cause acts by virtue of the first.
Now even the operation of the nutritive soul exceeds the power of the elemental qualities.
For Aristotle proves, in the second book of De Anima, that fire is not the cause of growth,
but its con-cause, so to speak, while its principal cause is the soul, to which heat is compared
as the instrument to the craftsman.
Consequently, the vegetative soul
cannot be produced by the mixture of the elements,
and much less, therefore, the sense and possible intellect.
Again, to understand is an operation in which
no bodily organ can possibly communicate.
Now this operation is ascribed to the soul as also to man.
For we say that the soul
understands, or man by his soul. Consequently, there must needs be in man a principle,
independent of the body, which is the source of that operation. But the preparedness that
results from the mixture of the elements is clearly dependent on the body. Therefore preparedness
is not this principle, and yet this latter is the possible intellect, since Aristotle says,
that the possible intellect is whereby the soul knows and understands.
Therefore, preparedness is not the possible intellect.
If, however, it be said that the principle of the aforesaid operation in us
is the intelligible species made actual by the active intellect,
this is seemingly insufficient.
For, since man from being intentionally understanding is made actually understanding,
It follows that not only does he understand by the intelligible species, by which he is made to understand actually,
but also by an intellective power, which is the principle of the aforesaid operation, as happens also with the senses.
Now Aristotle affirms that this power is the possible intellect.
Therefore, the possible intellect is independent of the body.
Further, the species is not.
actually intelligible, except insofar as it is expurgated of material being.
But this cannot happen so long as it is in a material potentiality,
which namely is caused from material principles,
or is the act of a material organ.
Therefore it must be granted that we have in ourselves an intellect of power which is immaterial.
Again, the possible intellect is described by Aristotle as being part of the
the soul. Now, the soul is not a preparedness, but an act, since preparedness is the order of
potentiality to act. And yet act is followed by a certain preparedness to a further act. For instance,
the act of transparency is followed by an order to the act of light. Therefore, the possible
intellect is not a mere preparedness, but is an act. Moreover,
Man obtains species and human nature according to that part of the soul which is proper to him,
namely the possible intellect.
Now nothing obtains species and nature according as it is in potentiality,
but according as it is an act.
Since then preparedness is nothing more than order of potentiality to act.
It is impossible that the possible intellect be merely a certain preparedness in human nature.
End of Chapter 62, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 63 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation, by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province.
This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 63, That the Soul is not a temperament, as Galen asserted.
The opinion of the physician Galen about the soul is akin to the aforesaid opinion of Alexander
concerning the possible intellect, for he says that the soul is a temperament.
He was moved to make this assertion by the fact that we see resulting from various temperaments
in us, various passions which are ascribed to the soul.
For some who have, for example, a choleric temperament are easily angered,
while melancholic persons are prone to be sad.
Consequently, the same arguments avail to disprove this opinion
as were adduced against the opinion of Alexander,
as well as some that apply specially thereto.
For it was proved above that the operation of the vegetative soul,
sensitive knowledge, and, much more,
the operation of the intellect surpassed the power of the active and passive qualities.
Therefore, the temperament cannot be the principle
of the soul's operations, and consequently it is impossible for the soul to be the temperament.
Again, seeing that the temperament is something set up by contrary qualities as a kind of mean between them,
it cannot possibly be a substantial form, because substance has no contrary, nor is it a recipient
of more or less, according to the categories, 3, 18, and 20. But the soul is a substantial,
not an accidental form, else a thing would not obtain species or form from its soul.
Therefore, the soul is not the temperament.
Further, the temperament does not move an animal's body by local movement,
for it would follow the movement of the predominant element,
and thus would always be moved downwards.
But the soul moves the body in all directions.
therefore the soul is not the temperament.
Moreover, the soul rules the body and curbs the passions that result from the temperament.
For by temperament, some are more prone than others to desire or anger,
and yet refrain more from these things on account of something that keeps them in check,
as may be seen in those who are continent.
But the temperament does not this.
Therefore the soul is not the temperament.
Apparently he was deceived through failing to observe that passions are ascribed to the temperament in one way and to the soul in another,
for they are ascribed to the temperament as causing a disposition, and in respect of that which is material in the passions,
for instance, the heat of the blood and the like, whereas they are ascribed to the soul as their principal cause, and in respect of what is
formal in the passions. For instance, the desire of vengeance in anger.
End of Chapter 63, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C. Chapter 64 of Summa Contra Gentiles,
Second Book on Creation by St. Thomas Aquinas, translated by the fathers of the English
Dominican province. This Librevox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 64, That the Soul is not a Harmon.
Not unlike the foregoing opinion is the view of those who say that the soul is a harmony,
for they meant that the soul is a harmony not of sound but of contraries,
whereof they observed animate bodies to be composed.
In the De Anima, this opinion is apparently set down to Empedicles.
Gregory of Nissa ascribes it to De Narchus, and it is to be refuted in the same way as
the foregoing opinion as well as by arguments proper to itself.
For every mixed body has harmony and temperament.
Nor can harmony move a body, nor rule it, nor curb the passions,
any more than temperament can do so.
Again, it is subject to intention and remission, like temperament,
all of which show that the soul is neither harmony nor temperament.
Again, the notion of harmony of temperament.
The notion of harmony applies more to the qualities of the body than to those of the soul.
For health is harmony of the humorous, strength of sinews and bones,
beauty of limbs and colors, whereas it cannot be said of what things sense or intellect
or other parts of the soul are the harmony.
Therefore, the soul is not a harmony.
Moreover, harmony is taken into.
senses, in one way, for the composition itself, in another for the manner of composition.
Now the soul is not a composition, because each part of the soul would have to be the composition
of some of the parts of the body, and this cannot be verified. Likewise, it is not the manner
of a composition because since in the various parts of the body there are various manners or proportionate
of composition, each part of the body would have a distinct soul.
For bone, flesh, and sinew would have different souls,
since they are composed in different proportions,
which is clearly false.
Therefore, the soul is not a harmony.
End of Chapter 64, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 65 of Summa Contra Gentiles,
Second Book on Creation, by St.
Thomas Aquinas, translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province.
This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 65
That the soul is not a body.
There were also others who wandered further from the truth by asserting that the soul is a body.
And although these had different and various opinions, it will suffice to refute them here
in general.
for living things, since they are physical beings, are composed of matter and form.
Now they are composed of a body and of a soul which makes them actually living.
Therefore one of these must be the form and the other the matter.
But the body cannot be the form, since the body is not in something else as its matter and subject.
Therefore the soul is the form.
consequently it is not a body
since no form is a body
again
it is impossible for two bodies to coincide
now the soul is not
apart from the body
while the latter lives
therefore the soul is not a body
moreover
every body is divisible
and whatever is divisible
requires something to keep together and unite
its parts
consequently, if the soul were a body,
it would have something else to hold it together,
and this yet more would be the soul,
since we observe that when the soul departs,
the body perishes.
And if this again be divisible,
we must at length either come to something indivisible
and incorporeal,
which will be the soul,
or we shall go on to infinity,
which is impossible.
Therefore, the soul is not a body.
Again, as we proved above, and as it is proved in the eighth book of physics, every self-mover is composed of two parts of which the one is mover, the other moved.
Now, an animal is a self-mover, and the mover therein is the soul, while the body is moved.
Consequently, the soul is an unmoved mover.
But nobody moves without being moved, as we proved above.
consequently the soul is not a body.
Further, it was proved above that intelligence cannot be the act of a body,
but it is the act of a soul.
Therefore, at least the intellect of soul is not a body.
As to the arguments by which some have tried to prove that the soul is a body,
it is easy to solve them,
for they prove that the soul is a body from the sun being like his,
his father, even in the accidents of the soul, notwithstanding that the son is begotten of his father
by bodily detachment. Also because the soul suffers with the body. Also because it is separate
from the body and separation is between bodies that touch one another. But against this,
it has already been stated that the bodily temperament is somewhat the cause of the soul's
passions by way of a dispositive cause.
Again, the soul does not suffer with the body except accidentally because, since it is the form of the body, it is moved accidentally through the body being moved.
Also, the soul is separate from the body, not as that which touches from that which is touched, but is form from matter, although there is a certain contact between the incorporeal and a body, as we have shown.
Moreover, many men were moved to take up this position
through believing that there is nothing that is not a body
being unable to outstrip their imagination
which is only about bodies.
Wherefore this opinion is put forward in the person of the foolish
as saying of the soul in Wisdom, Chapter 2 verse 2,
The breath in our nostrils is smoke and speech, a spark to move our heart.
End of Chapter 65
Read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 66 of Summa Contra Gentiles
Second Book on Creation
by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English-Dominican province.
This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 66
Against those who say that intellect and sense are the same.
Some of the early philosophers came near to these
through thinking that intellect differs not from sense.
But this is impossible.
For sense is found in all animals,
whereas animals other than man have no intellect.
This is evident from the fact that they do diverse and opposite things,
not as though they had intelligence, but is moved by nature,
performing certain determinate operations that are uniform within the same species.
Thus every swallow builds its nest in the same way.
Therefore, intellect is not the same as sense.
Further, sense is not cognizant except of singulares,
for every sensitive power knows by individual species,
since it receives the species of things in corporeal organs.
but the intellect is cognizant of universals
as evidenced by experience.
Therefore, intellect differs from sense.
Moreover, the knowledge of the senses
does not extend beyond things corporeal.
This is clear from the fact that sensible qualities,
which are the proper objects of the senses,
are only incorporeal things
and without them the senses know nothing.
On the other hand, the intellect knows things incorporeal, for instance, wisdom, truth, and the relations of things.
Therefore, intellect and sense are not the same.
Again, sense knows neither itself nor its operation.
For sight, neither sees itself, nor sees that it sees, but this belongs to a higher power, as is proved in de anima.
But the intellect knows itself and knows that it understands.
Therefore, intellect is not the same as sense.
Further, sense is corrupted by an excelling sensible,
but intellect is not corrupted by the excellence of the intelligible.
In fact, he who understands greater things can afterwards better understand lesser things,
as stated in the third book of De Anima 4.5.
Therefore, the sensitive power differs from the intellective.
End of Chapter 66, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 67 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation, by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province.
This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 67
Against those who say that the possible intellect is the imagination.
The opinion of those who held that the possible intellect is not distinct from the imagination
was akin to the foregoing, but this is evidently false.
For imagination is also in other animals.
A sign of this is that in the absence of sensibles they shun or seek them,
which would not be the case did they not retain an imaginary apprehension of them.
But intellect is not in them, since they offer no evidence of intelligent action.
Therefore, imagination and intellect are not the same.
Further, imagination is only about things corporeal and singular,
since the fancy is a movement caused by actual sensation, as stated in De Ani.
But the intellect is about universals and incorporeal things.
Therefore, the possible intellect is not the imagination.
Moreover, it is impossible for the same thing to be mover and moved.
Now the phantasms move the possible intellect
as sensibles move the senses as Aristotle states.
Therefore, the possible intellect cannot be the same as the imagination.
further, it is proved again in the third book of De Anima
that the intellect is not an act of a part of the body,
whereas the imagination has a determinate bodily organ.
Therefore the imagination is not the same as the possible intellect.
Hence it is said in Job chapter 35 verse 11,
who teacheth us more than the beasts of the earth
and instructeth us more than the fowls of the air,
whereby we are given to understand
that man has a cognitive power above sense and imagination
which are in other animals.
End of Chapter 67,
read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 68 of Summa Contra Gentiles,
second book, On Creation,
by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province.
This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 68
How an intellectual substance can be the form of the body.
Accordingly, from the foregoing arguments,
we are able to conclude that an intellectual substance
can be united to the body as its form.
For if an intellectual substance is not united to the body
merely as its mover, as Plato stated,
nor is in contact with it merely by the phantasms as a pharaoh as held, but as its form.
And if the intellect whereby man understands is not a preparedness in human nature as Alexander maintained,
nor the temperament, as Galen said, nor harmony according to Empedocles,
nor a body, nor the senses or imagination, as the ancients asserted.
It follows that the human soul is in.
intellectual substance united to the body as its form. This can be made evident as follows.
For one thing to be another's substantial form, two conditions are required. One of them is that the
form be the principle of substantial being to the thing of which it is the form, and I speak not of the
effective but of the formal principle, whereby a thing is, and is called a being.
Hence follows the second condition, namely that the form and matter combine together in one being,
which is not the case with the effective principle together with that to which it gives being.
This is the being in which a composite substance subsists, which is one in being,
and consists of matter and form.
Now, an intellectual substance, as proved above, is not hindered by the fact that it is subsistent from being
the formal principle of being to matter, as communicating its being to matter. For it is not
unreasonable that the composite and its form itself should subsist in the same being, since the
composite exists only by the form, nor does either subsist apart from the other. It may, however,
be argued that an intellectual substance cannot communicate its being to corporeal matter,
so that the intellectual substance and the corporeal matter have together one being,
because different genera have different modes of being,
and a more noble mode belongs to a more noble substance.
This would be said reasonably if this being belonged in the same way to matter
as to the intellectual substance, but this is not so,
for it belongs to corporeal matter as its recipient and subject raised,
to something higher, while it belongs to the intellectual substance as its principle and in accordance
with its very nature.
Wherefore, nothing prevents an intellectual substance from being the human body's form, which is
the human soul.
In this way, we are able to perceive the wondrous connection of things, for we always find
the lowest in the higher genus touching the highest of the lower genus, thus some of the lowest
of the animal kind, scarcely surpass the life of plants, such as oysters which are immovable,
have only the sense of touch and are fixed to the earth-like plants.
Hence, Blessed Dionysius says in On the Divine Names Seven that,
Divine wisdom has united the ends of higher things with the beginnings of the lower.
Accordingly, we may consider something supreme in the genus of bodies,
namely the human body equably attempered,
which touches the lowest of the higher genus,
namely the human soul.
And this occupies the last degree
in the genus of intellectual substances
as may be seen from its mode of understanding.
Hence it is that the intellectual soul
is said to be on the horizon
and confines of things corporeal and incorporeal,
inasmuch as it is an incorporeal
substance, and yet the form of a body. And a thing is not less one that is composed of an intellectual
substance and corporeal matter than that which results from the form of fire and its matter,
but perhaps more so. Since the more of form overcomes matter, the more one is that which is made from it
and matter. Now though form and matter have one being, it does not follow that matter always
equals the being of the form. In fact, the more noble the form, the more it surpasses matter in its being.
This is clear to one who looks into the operations of forms, from the consideration of which we know their natures,
since a thing operates according as it is. Consequently, a form whose operation surpasses the condition of matter,
itself also surpasses matter in the excellence of its being. For we find,
certain lowest forms, which are capable of no operation, except such as comes within the
compass of the qualities which are the dispositions of matter, for instance, heat, cold, moisture,
and dryness, rarity, density, gravity and levity, and the like. Such are the elemental forms.
Consequently, these forms are altogether material and wholly merged in matter.
Above these we find the forms of mixed bodies,
and these, although they do not extend to any operations
that cannot be accomplished through the aforesaid qualities,
nevertheless sometimes produce those effects
by a higher power which they receive from the heavenly bodies,
and which is consequent upon their species.
Thus, the lodestone attracts iron.
Again, above these we,
We find certain forms whose operations include some which surpass the power of the aforesaid
qualities, although the same qualities assist organically in their operation.
Such are the souls of plants, and these again are like not only to the powers of heavenly
bodies in surpassing the active and passive qualities, but also to the movers of heavenly
bodies, inasmuch as they are the principles of movement and living things which move
themselves. Above these forms we find other forms like the higher substances, not only in moving,
but also in knowing, and thus they are capable of operations to which the aforesaid qualities
do not help even organically, and yet these operations are not accomplished saved by means of
corporeal organ. Such are the souls of dumb animals. For sensation and imagination are not
accomplished by heating and cooling, although these are necessary for the due dispositions of the organ.
And above all these forms, we find a form like the higher substances, even as regards the
kind of knowledge, which is intelligence, and thus it is capable of an operation which is
accomplished without any corporeal organ at all. This is the intellective soul, for intelligence
is not effected by a corporeal organ.
Consequently, it follows that this principle whereby man understands,
namely the intellective soul which surpasses the condition of corporeal matter,
is not wholly encompassed by and merged in matter as are other material forms.
This is indicated by its operation in which corporeal matter has no part,
and yet since the human soul's act of intelligence needs powers,
namely imagination and sense which operate through corporeal organs,
this by itself shows that the soul is naturally united to the body
in order to complete the human species.
End of Chapter 68, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 69 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation
by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English-Dominican province.
This Librevox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 69
Solution of the arguments by which it was proved above
that an intellectual substance cannot be united to the body as its form.
Taking the foregoing into consideration,
it is not difficult to solve the arguments given above
against the foresaid opinion.
In the first argument, something false is taken for granted, because body and soul are not two actually
existing substances, but one actually existing substance is made from them.
For man's body is not actually the same while the soul is present, and when the soul is absent,
and it is the soul that makes it to be actually.
The statement contained in the second objection, that form and matter
belong to the same genus is true, not as though they were both species of the same genus,
but because they are the principles of the same species. Accordingly, the intellectual substance
and the body, which, if they existed apart, would be species of different genera, through being
united are of the same genus as principles thereof. Nor does it follow that the intellectual
substance is a material form, although its being is in matter.
as the third argument contended.
For it is not in matter as merged in matter,
or wholly encompassed by matter,
but in another way as stated.
Nor does the intellectual substance being united to the body
as its form prevent the intellect being separate from the body,
as the philosopher say,
for we must consider in the soul both its essence and its power.
According to its essence,
it gives being to such and such,
a body, while according to its power, it accomplishes its proper operations.
If therefore an operation of the soul be accomplished by means of a corporeal organ, it follows
that the power which is in the principle of that operation is the act of that part of the body
by which its operation is accomplished.
The sight is the act of the eye.
However, its operation be not accomplished by means of a corporeal organ, its power will not be the act of a body.
It is in this sense that the intellect is said to be separate, and this does not preclude the
substance of the soul of which the intellect is a power, otherwise the intellect of soul from
being the act of the body, as the form which gives being to such a body.
And although the soul by its substance is the form of the body, it is not necessary that its
every operation be performed by means of the body, and that consequently its every power be the act
of a body, as the fifth argument supposed.
For it has already been shown that the human soul is not such a form as is wholly merged in matter,
but is of all other forms raised highest above matter.
Consequently, it can produce an operation without the body as being independent of the body and operating,
since not even in being does it depend on the body.
In the same way, it is clear that the reasons whereby Averroes tries to confirm his opinion
do not prove that the intellectual substance is not united to the body as its form.
For the expressions used by Aristotle in reference to the possible intellect,
when he says that it is impassable, unmixed and separate,
do not oblige us to admit that the intellective substance
is not united to the body as the form whence the latter has been.
For they are also true, if we say,
that the intellective power, which Aristotle calls the power of understanding,
is not the act of an organ as though it exercised its operation thereby.
This is, in fact, shown by his proof.
since he proves that it is unshackled and separate from its operation whereby it understands all things,
and because operation belongs to a power as to its principle.
It is consequently clear that neither does Aristotle's proof show
that the intellective substance is not united to the body as its form.
For if we suppose that the sole substance is thus united to the body and being,
and that the intellect is not the act of any organ,
it will not follow that the intellect has a particular nature,
I refer to the natures of sensibles,
since it is not admitted to be a harmony,
nor the reason of an organ,
as Aristotle says in the second book of De Anima,
of sense that it is like the reason of an organ,
for the intellect as not a common operation with the body.
Thus Aristotle, by saying that the intellect
is unshackled or separate, does not mean to exclude its being a part or power of the soul,
which is the form of the whole body, is clear from what he says at the end of the first book
of De Anima, against those who said that different parts of the soul are in different parts of the body.
If the whole soul contains the whole body, it is meet that each of its parts should contain
some part of the body. But this seems impossible, for it is difficult to conceive what
part the intellect contains and how. It is evident, since the intellect is not the act of any part of the
body, that its receptiveness is not that of primary matter, for as much as its receptiveness and
operation are altogether without a corporeal organ. Nor again is the infinite power of the
intellect excluded, since its power is not ascribed to a magnitude, but is founded on the
intellectual substance, as stated.
End of Chapter 69.
Read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 70 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation, by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province.
This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 70.
That according to the words of Aristotle, we must say that the intellect is united to the
the body as its form. Now, since Averroes endeavors to confirm his opinion, especially by appealing
to the words and proof of Aristotle, it remains to be shown that according to Aristotle's opinion,
we must say that the intellect as to its substance is united to a body as its form.
For Aristotle in the eighth book of physics proves that in movers and things moved, it is
impossible to go on to infinity.
Whence he concludes that we must needs come to some first-moved thing, which either is moved by an immovable
mover or moves itself. Of these two he takes the latter, namely that the first movable moves itself,
for this reason that what is per se always proceeds that which is by another. Then he shows that a self-mover
is of necessity divided into two parts, one of which is mover and the other moved.
Consequently, the first self-mover must consist of two parts, the one moving, the other moved.
Now every such thing is animate, wherefore the first movable, namely the heaven, is animate,
according to the opinion of Aristotle. Hence, in the second book of De Cello, it is expressly stated that
that the heaven is animate, and for this reason we must ascribe to the heaven differences
of position not only in relation to us, but also in relation to itself.
Let us then inquire with what kind of soul, according to Aristotle's opinion, the heaven
is animated.
In the 11th book of metaphysics, he proves that in the heaven's movement we may consider
something that moves and is wholly unmoved.
and something that moves and is also moved.
Now that which moves and is wholly unmoved
moves as an object of desire,
desirable, of course, by that which is moved.
And he shows that it moves
not as desirable by the desire of concupiscence,
which is the desire of sense,
but as desirable by intellectual desire,
wherefore he says that the first unmoved mover is,
desirable and intellectual.
Consequently, that which is moved by it,
namely the heaven, is desiring and understanding
in a more noble way than we are, as he proves further on.
Therefore, the heaven is composed,
according to Aristotle's opinion, of an intellectual soul and a body.
He refers to this when he says in the second book of De Anima
that, in certain things there is,
the faculty and act of understanding, for instance in men and in any other like or more noble
things, namely the heaven. Now it is clear that the heaven has not a sensitive soul, according to the
opinion of Aristotle, since it would have various organs which is not in keeping with the heaven's
simplicity. In order to point this out, Aristotle goes on to say that those corruptible things which
have intellect, have all the other powers, so as to imply that some incorruptible things,
namely the heavenly bodies, have intellect without the other powers of the soul.
Therefore, it cannot be said that the intellect comes into contact with the heavenly bodies
through phantasms, but we must say that the intellect, by its substance, is united to the
heavenly body as its form. Consequently, since the human body is the human body is the
most noble of all lower bodies, and by the equability of its temperament is most like the
heaven which is free of all contrariety. It follows that in the opinion of Aristotle the
intellectual substance is united to the human body not by any phantasms but as its form.
As regards what we have said about the heaven being animate, we have not said it as though
we asserted it to be in keeping with the teaching of faith, to which it matters not whether we
stated it to be so or otherwise. Hence Augustine says in his Encaridian,
Nor do I consider it as certain whether the sun, moon, and all the stars belong to the same
company, that is, of the angels, although some think them to be bodies endowed with light
without sense or intelligence. End of Chapter 70, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert,
L.C. Chapter 71 of Summa Contragentiles, second book,
on creation by St. Thomas Aquinas, translated by the fathers of the English-Dominican province.
This Librevox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 71
That the soul is united to the body immediately.
We are able to conclude from the foregoing that the soul is united to the body immediately,
nor must we admit any medium as uniting the soul to the body.
Whether it be the phantasms, as the soul,
of Ewero as maintained, or its powers, as some say,
or the corporeal spirit as others have asserted,
for it has been proved that the soul is united to the body as its form.
Now a form is united to matter without any medium whatever,
since to be the act of such and such a body is competent
to a form by its very nature and not by anything else.
consequently, neither is there anything that makes one thing out of matter and form
except the agent which reduces the potentiality to act, as Aristotle proves, in the eighth book
of metaphysics. For matter and form are related as potentiality and act.
It may be said, however, that there is a medium between the soul and the body,
not in the point of being, but as regards movement and in the order of generation.
As regards movement, since in the movement whereby the soul moves the body,
there is a certain order among moved and movers.
For the soul produces all its operations through its powers,
so that it moves the body by means of its power,
and again the members by means of the vital spirit,
and again one organ by means of another.
In the order of generation, dispositions to a form precede the form in matter, although they are posterior
thereto in being.
Consequently, the body's dispositions whereby it is rendered the proper perfectable subject of
such and such a form may in that sense be described as a medium between the soul and body.
End of Chapter 71.
Read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 72 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation, by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province.
This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 72. That the whole soul is in the whole body and in each part thereof.
From the same premises, we can prove that the whole soul is in the whole body and in each part thereof.
for the proper act must be in its proper perfectable subject.
Now the soul is the act of an organic body, not of one organ only.
Therefore, it is in the whole body, and not only in one part, according to its essence
whereby it is the form of the body.
And the soul is the form of the whole body in such a way as to be also the form of each part.
for were it the form of the whole and not of the parts,
it would not be the substantial form of that body.
Thus the form of a house,
which is the form of the whole and not of each part,
is merely an accidental form.
That it is the substantial form both of the whole and of the parts
is clear from the fact that both the whole and the parts
take their species from it.
Wherefore, when it departs,
neither whole nor parts retain the same species,
for the eye or flesh of a dead person are only so-called equivocally.
Accordingly, if the soul is the act of each part,
and an act is in the thing of which it is the act,
it follows that it is by its essence in each part of the body.
That this applies to the whole soul is evident,
for since whole denotes relation to parts,
It follows that whole is taken in various senses, according to the various meanings of parts.
Now part is taken in two ways.
First, for as much as a thing is divided according to quantity, thus two cubits is a part of three cubits.
Secondly, for as much as a thing is divided by a division of its essence, thus form and matter are said to be parts of a composite,
Hence a whole is spoken of in reference both to quantity and to essential perfection.
Now whole and part in reference to quantity are not applicable to forms save accidentally,
namely insofar as they are divided when the quantitative subject is divided.
On the other hand, whole or part in reference to essential perfection is found in forms by their very nature.
Speaking then of this kind of totality, which is applicable to a part in reference to essential perfection is found in form by their very nature.
of this kind of totality, which is applicable to forms by their very nature, it is clear regarding
every form that the whole of it is in the whole subject, and the whole of it in each part thereof.
For just as whiteness is in a whole body in respect of the whole essence of whiteness,
so is it in each part thereof.
It is otherwise with the totality which is ascribed to forms accidentally, for in this sense
we cannot say that the whole whiteness is in each part.
Accordingly, if there be a form that is not divided when its subject is divided
as the souls of perfected animals, there will be no need for a distinction, since only one
totality is applicable to them.
And we must say absolutely that the whole of it is in each part of the body.
Nor is this difficult to conceive, for one who understands that the soul is
not indivisible in the same way as a point, and that an incorporeal is not united to a
corporeal being in the same way as bodies are united together as we have expounded above.
Nor is it inconsistent that the soul, since it is a simple form, should be the act of parts
so various, because the matter of every form is adapted to it according to its requirements.
Now the more noble and simple a form is, the greater is its power, and consequently, the soul which is the noblest of the lower forms, though simple in substance, is manifold in power and has many operations.
Wherefore it needs various organs in order to accomplish its operations, of which organs the various powers of the soul are said to be the acts.
for instance, sight of the eye, hearing of the ears, and so forth.
For this reason, perfect animals have the greatest variety of organs, while plants have the least.
This explains why certain philosophers have stated that the soul is in some particular part of the body.
Thus Aristotle, in Decausa motis animalium, says that it is in the heart,
because one of its powers is ascribed to that part of the body.
For the motive power of which Aristotle was treating in that book
is chiefly in the heart by which the soul communicates movement
and other-like operations to the whole body.
End of Chapter 72, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 73 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation
by St. Thomas Aquinas, translated by the Fathers of the Fathers of
of the English Dominican province.
This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 73
That there is not one possible intellect in all men.
From what has been said,
it is evidently shown
that there is not one possible intellect
of all present, future, and past men
as Averroes fancies in the third book of De Anima.
For it has been proved
that the substance of the intellect
is united to the human body as its form.
Now one form cannot possibly be in more than one matter,
because the proper act is produced in its proper potentiality,
since they are mutually proportionate.
Therefore, there is not one intellect of all men.
Again, to every mover, proper instruments are due,
for the piper uses one kind of instrument and the builder another.
Now the intellect is compared to the body as the latter's mover, as Aristotle declares in the third book of De Anima.
Just as, therefore, it is impossible for the builder to use the instruments of a piper,
so is it impossible for the intellect of one man to be the intellect of another.
Further, Aristotle, in the first book of De Anima, reproves the ancients for that,
while treating of the soul, they said nothing about its proper recipient.
As though it could happen that, according to the Pythagorean fables,
any soul might put on any body.
It is therefore not possible for the soul of a dog to enter the body of a wolf
or for a man's soul to enter any body other than a man's.
Another proportion between man's soul and man's body
is the same as between the soul of this man and the body.
of this man. Consequently, it is impossible for the soul of this man to enter a body other than
this man's, but it is the soul of this man whereby this man understands, since according to Aristotle's
opinion in the third book of De Anima, man understands by his soul. Therefore, the intellect of this and
that man are not the same. Moreover, a thing has being and unity from the same cause.
for one and being are consequent upon one another.
Now everything has being through its form.
Therefore the unity of a thing is consequent upon the unity of the form.
Consequently, it is impossible that there should be one form of several individuals.
Now the form of this individual man is his intellective soul.
Therefore, there cannot possibly be one intellect of all men.
if, however, it be said that the sensitive soul of this man is distinct from the sensitive soul of that one,
and to that extent there is not one man, although there is one intellect, this cannot stand.
For each thing's proper operation is a consequence and an indication of its species.
Now, just as the proper operation of an animal is sensation,
so the operation proper to man is understanding as a matter of a human.
Aristotle says in the first book of ethics. Hence it follows that just as this individual is an animal
by reason of sense, according to Aristotle, in the second book of De Anima, so is he a man by reason of that
whereby he understands. But that whereby the soul, or man through the soul, understands, is the
possible intellect, as stated in the third book of De Anima. Therefore, this individual is a man
through the possible intellect.
Consequently, if this man has a distinctive sensitive soul from that man's,
and yet not a distinct possible intellect but one and the same,
it will follow that they are two animals, but not two men,
which is clearly impossible.
Therefore, there is not one possible intellect of all men.
The said commentator replies to these arguments,
by saying that the possible intellect comes into contact with us by its form,
that is, by the intelligible species,
the subject of which is the phantasm existing in us,
and which is distinct in distinct subjects.
Wherefore the possible intellect is individualized in different subjects,
not by reason of its substance, but by reason of its form.
It is clear from what has been said above that this reply is of no avail.
for it was shown above that it is impossible for man to understand if the possible intellect merely comes thus into contact with us.
And granted, but the said contact were sufficient for man to have intelligence, nevertheless the reply adduced does not solve the arguments given above.
For according to the opinion in question, nothing pertaining to the intellect will be individualized, according to the number of men, accepting only the phantasm.
And this very phantasm will not be individualized according as it is actually understood,
because thus it is in the possible intellect and abstracted from material conditions by the active intellect.
Now the phantasm, as understood potentially, does not surpass the degree of the sensitive soul.
Consequently, this man will still remain indistinct from that one, except as regards the sensitive soul.
and there will follow the absurdity already indicated
that this and that man are not several men.
Further, nothing derives its species
through that which is in potentiality,
but by that which is in act.
Now the phantasm as individualized
is merely in potentiality to intelligible being.
Therefore, this individual does not derive
the species of intellective animal,
that is, the nature of man from the phantasm as individualized.
And consequently, it will still follow that what gives the human species
is not individualized in different subjects.
Again, that through which a living thing derives its species
is its first and not its second perfection, as Aristotle states,
in the second book of De Anima.
But the phantasm is not the first,
but a second perfection, because the imagination is movement caused by sense in act, as stated in De Anima.
Therefore, it is not from the individual phantasm that man derives his species.
Moreover, phantasms that are understood potentially are of various kinds.
Now, that from which a thing derives its species ought to be one, since of one thing there is
one species. Therefore, man does not derive his species through the phantasms as
individualized in various subjects, in which way they are understood potentially. Again,
that from which a man derives his species must needs always remain the same and the same
individual as long as the individual lasts, else the individual will not always be of one and
the same species, but sometimes of this one and sometimes of that one. Now the phantasms do not always
remain the same in one man, but some come anew while other previous ones pass away. Therefore,
the human individual neither derives his species through the phantasm, nor comes thereby into touch
with the principle of his species, which is the possible intellect. If, however, it be said that this man
derives his species, not from the phantasms themselves, but from the powers in which the phantasms
reside, namely those of imagination, memory, and cogitation, which latter is proper to man,
and is called by Aristotle, in the third book of Deanima, the passive intellect, still the same
impossibilities follow. Because since the cogitative power has an operation only about particulars,
the intentions whereof it composes and divides, and has a corporeal organ whereby it acts,
it does not surpass the genus of the sensitive soul.
Now man, by his sensitive soul, is not a man but an animal.
Therefore it still remains that the only thing which is numbered in us is that which belongs to man as an animal.
Further, the cogitative power, since it operates through an organ, is not that whereby we understand,
because understanding is not the operation of an organ.
Now that whereby we understand is that by which man is man, because understanding is man's proper
operation consequent upon his species.
Therefore, it is not by the cogitative power that this individual is a man,
nor is it by this power that man differs essentially from dumb animals,
as the commentator imagines.
Further, the cogitative power is not directed to the possible intellect
whereby man understands,
except through its act by which the phantasms are prepared,
so that by the active intellect they may be made actually intelligible,
and perfect the possible intellect.
Now this operation does not always remain the same in us.
Consequently, it is impossible for man either to be brought into contact thereby
with the principle of the human species, or to receive its species therefrom.
It is therefore evident that the above reply is to be utterly rejected.
Again, that by which a thing operates or acts is a principle,
principle to which the operation is a sequel not only as to its being, but also in the point
of multitude or unity, since from the same heat there is only one heating, or active califaction,
although to be heated or passive califaction may be manifold, according to the diversity
of things heated simultaneously by the same heat.
Now the possible intellect is, whereby the soul understands, as Aristotle
states in the third book of De Anima. Consequently, if the possible intellect of this and that man
is one and the same in number, the act of intelligence will of necessity be one and the same in both.
But this is clearly impossible, since the one operation cannot belong to different individuals.
It is therefore impossible for this and that man to have the one possible intellect.
And if it be said that the very act of understanding is multiplied,
according to the difference of phantasms, this cannot stand.
For as we have stated, the one action of the one agent is multiplied only according to the different subjects
into which that action passes.
But understanding, willing, and the like are not actions that pass into outward matter,
but remain in the agent himself as perfections of that same agent,
as Aristotle declares in the ninth book of metaphysics.
Therefore, one act of understanding of the possible intellect
cannot be multiplied by reason of a diversity of phantasms.
Further, the phantasms are related to the possible intellect
somewhat as agent to patient,
in which sense Aristotle says in the third book of De Anima
that, to understand is in a sense to be passive.
Now the passiveness of the patient is differentiated,
according to the different forms or species of the agents,
and not according to the numerical distinction.
For the one passive subject is heated and dried
at the same time as the result of two active causes,
namely heating and drying.
Whereas from two heating agents,
there do not result two heatings in one heatable subject,
but only one,
unless the agents happen to different.
in species. For since two heats of the same species cannot be in one subject, and movement is counted
according to the term where to. If the movement be at one time and in the same subject,
there cannot be a double heating in one subject. And I say this, unless there be more than one
species of heat. Thus in the seed there is said to be the heat of fire, of heaven, and of the soul,
Wherefore, the possible intellect's act of understanding is not multiplied according to the diversity
of phantasms, except in respect of its understanding various species, so that we may say that its
act of understanding is different when it understands a man and when it understands a horse.
But one act of understanding these things is at the same time becoming to all men.
consequently, it will still follow that the act of understanding is identically the same in this and that man.
Again, the possible intellect understands man, not as this man but as man simply, as regards his specific nature.
Now this nature is one, however much the phantasms of man be multiplied, whether in one man or in several,
according to the various human individuals which, properly speaking, the phantasms represent.
Consequently, the multiplication of phantasms cannot cause the multiplication of the possible intellect's
act of understanding in respect of one species. Hence, it will still follow that there is one identical
act of several men. Again, the possible intellect is the proper subject of the habit of science,
because its act is to consider according to science.
Now, an accident, if it be one, is not multiplied except according to the subject.
Consequently, if there be one possible intellect of all men,
it will follow of necessity that the same specific habit of science,
for instance the habit of grammar, is identically the same in all men,
which is unthinkable.
therefore the possible intellect is not one in all.
To this, however, they reply that the subject of the habit of science
is not the possible intellect but the passive intellect and the cogitative power.
But this cannot be, for as Aristotle proves in the second book of ethics,
from like acts, like habits are formed which again produce like acts.
Now the habit of science is formed in us by acts of the possible intellect,
and we are capable of performing the same acts according to the habit of science.
Wherefore the habit of science is in the possible, not the passive intellect.
Further, science is about the conclusions of demonstrations.
For a demonstration is a syllogism that makes us know scientifically,
as Aristotle states in the first book of posterior analytics.
Now the conclusions of demonstrations are universal like their premises.
Therefore, science will be in the power that is cognizant of universals.
Now, the passive intellect is not cognizant of universals, but of particular intentions.
Therefore, it is not the subject of the scientific habit.
Further, this is refuted.
by several arguments adduced above when we were discussing the union of the possible intellect
to men. Seemingly, the fallacy of placing the habit of science and the passive intellect
arose from the fact that men are observed to be more or less apt for the considerations
of sciences, according to the various dispositions of the cogitative and imaginative powers.
But this aptitude depends on these powers as on remote dispositions, in the same way as
depends on perfection of touch and bodily temperament,
in which sense Aristotle says in the second book of De Anima
that men of perfect touch and of soft flesh are well apt of mind.
But from the habit of science,
there results an aptitude for consideration as from the proximate principle of that action,
because the habit of science must perfect the power whereby we understand,
so that it act easily at will,
even as other habits perfect the powers in which they reside.
Again, the dispositions of the aforesaid powers are on the part of the object,
namely of the phantasm, which on account of the goodness of these powers
is prepared in such a way as easily to be made actually intelligible by the active intellect.
Now the dispositions on the part of the objects are not habits,
but those dispositions are, which are on the part of the powers.
For the habit of fortitude is not the disposition whereby fearsome objects become objects of endurance,
but a habit whereby a part of the soul, namely the irascible, is disposed to endure fearsome objects.
It is consequently evident that the habit of science is not in the passive intellect, as the said commentator asserts,
but rather in the possible intellect.
Again, if there is one possible intellect for all men,
it must be allowed that if, as the assert, men have been always,
the possible intellect has always existed,
and much more the active intellect,
since the agent is more noble than the patient,
as Aristotle says in the third book of De Anima.
Now, if the agent is eternal and the recipient eternal,
the things received must be eternal.
Consequently, the intelligible species were from eternity in the possible intellect.
Hence, it does not receive any intelligible species anew.
But sense and imagination are not required for anything to be understood,
except that the intelligible species may be derived from them.
Wherefore, neither sense nor imagination will be necessary for understanding.
and we shall come back to Plato's opinion that we do not acquire knowledge from the senses
but that we are awakened by them to the recollection of things we knew before.
To this, the said commentator replies that the intelligible species have a twofold subject,
from one of which, namely, the possible intellect, they derive eternity,
while from the other, the phantasm to wit, they derive newness,
even as the subject of the visible species is twofold,
namely the object outside the soul and the faculty of sight.
But this reply cannot stand,
for it is impossible that the action and perfection of an eternal thing
should depend on something temporal.
Now phantasms are temporal,
being renewed daily by virtue of the senses.
Consequently, the intelligible species by which
the possible intellect is made actual and operates,
cannot depend on the phantasms,
as the visible species depends on things that are outside the soul.
Moreover, nothing receives what it already has,
because the recipient must needs be void of the thing received,
according to Aristotle.
Now, the intelligible species, before my sensation or yours,
were in the possible intellect,
for those who were before us would not have
understood unless the possible intellect had been reduced to act by the intelligible species.
Nor can it be said that these species already received into the possible intellect have ceased to
exist, because the possible intellect not only receives but also keeps what it receives.
Wherefore, in the third book of De Anima it is called the abode of species.
Consequently, species are not received from our phantom
into the possible intellect. Therefore, it were useless for our phantasms to be made actually
intelligible by the active intellect. Again, the thing received is in the recipient according
to the mode of the recipient, according to Decauces, paragraph 11. But the intellect is in itself above
movement, wherefore what is received into it is received fixedly and immovably.
Further, since the intellect is a higher power than the senses,
it follows that it is more united.
And for this reason, we observe that one intellect exercises judgment
on various kinds of sensibles which appertain to various sensitive powers.
Hence we are able to gather that the operations
appertaining to the various sensitive powers are united in the one intellect.
Now some of the sensitive powers receive only, for instance, the senses,
while some retain as imagination and memory, wherefore they are called storehouses.
It follows, therefore, that the possible intellect both receives and retains what it has received.
Moreover, it is useless to say that in natural things, what is acquired by movement remains not,
but forthwith ceases to be,
since the opinion of those who say that all things are ever in motion is repudiated,
because movement must terminate in repose.
Much less, therefore, can it be said
that what is received into the possible intellect is not retained.
Again, if from the phantasms that are in us
the possible intellect does not receive any intelligible species,
because it has already received from the phantasms of those who were before us.
For the same reason, it receives from none of the phantasms of those who were preceded by others.
But if the world is eternal, as they say, everyone was preceded by some others.
Consequently, the possible intellect never receives any species from the phantasms,
wherefore it was useless for Aristotle to place the active intellect
in order to make the phantasms actually intelligible.
Further, it follows from this seemingly
that the possible intellect needs not the phantasms
in order to understand.
Now we understand by the possible intellect.
Neither, therefore, would we stand in need of phantasms
in order to understand,
and this is clearly false,
and contrary to Aristotle's opinion.
And if it be said that,
for the same reason, we should not need a phantasm in order to consider the things, the species
of which are retained in the possible intellect, even if different persons have different
possible intellects, which is contrary to Aristotle who says that the soul by no means
understands without a phantasm, it is evident that this objection is to no purpose. For the
possible intellect, like every substance, operates according to the mode of its nature.
Now, according to the mode of its nature, it is the form of the body.
Wherefore it understands immaterial things indeed, but it considers them in something material.
A sign of this is that in teaching universal principles, we propose particular examples,
so that our statements are viewed in them.
Consequently, the possible intellect is related in one way to the phantasm, which it needs,
before having the intelligible species,
and in another way after receiving the intelligible species.
For before, it needs it in order to receive from it the intelligible species,
wherefore it stands in relation to the possible intellect as the object moving it.
But after the species has been received into it,
it needs the phantasm as the instrument or foundation of its species,
wherefore it is related to the phantasm as efficient cause.
For by the command of the intellect there is formed in the imagination of phantasm
corresponding to such and such an intelligible species,
and in this phantasm the intelligible species is reflected as an exemplar in the exemplate
or image.
Accordingly, if the possible intellect had always had the species,
It would never be compared to the phantasms as the recipient to the object moving it.
Again, the possible intellect is whereby the soul and man understand, according to Aristotle.
If, however, the possible intellect be one in all and eternal,
it follows that in it are already received all the intelligible species of the things
that are or have been known by any men whatsoever.
Wherefore each one of us who understands by the possible intellect,
in fact whose act of understanding is the act itself of understanding of the possible intellect,
will understand all that is or has been understood by anyone whatsoever,
which is clearly false.
To this, the aforesaid commentator replies by saying
that we do not understand by the possible intellect
except for as much as it is in contact with us through our phantasms.
And since phantasms are not the same in all,
nor arranged in the same way,
neither is whatever one person understands understood by another.
Also, this reply would seem to accord with what has been stated above,
because even if the possible intellect is not one,
we do not understand the things, the species of which are in the possible intellect,
without the presence of phantasms disposed for that purpose.
That this reply cannot wholly avoid the difficulty is proved thus.
When the possible intellect has been made actual by the reception of the intelligible species,
it can act of itself, as Aristotle says in the third book of de Anima.
Hence we observe that when we have once received knowledge of a thing,
it is in our power to consider it again at will.
Nor are we hindered on account of phantasms,
because it is in our power to form phantasms adapted to the consideration that we wish to make.
Unless perchance there be an obstacle on the part of the organ to which the phantasm appertains,
as happens in madmen and those suffering from lethargy,
who cannot freely exercise their imagination and memory.
For this reason Aristotle says in the eighth book of physics
that one who already has the habit of science,
although he be considering potentially,
needs no mover to reduce him from potentiality to act,
except one that removes an obstacle,
but is able at will to proceed to actual consideration.
Now, if the intelligible species of all sciences
be in the possible intellect,
which we must needs admit if it be one and eternal.
The intellect will need phantasms in the same way as one who already has science needs them
in order to consider according to that science, which also it cannot do without phantasms.
Since then, every man understands by the possible intellect
for as much as it is reduced to act by the intelligible species.
Every man will be able to consider at will the things known in every science,
This is clearly false, for thus no one would need a teacher in order to acquire a science.
Therefore, the possible intellect is not one and eternal.
End of Chapter 73, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 74 of Summa Contra Gentile's second book on Creation by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province.
this Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 74 of the opinion of Avicenna, who asserted that intelligible forms are not preserved
in the possible intellect.
The position of Averroes, however, seems to clash with the arguments given above,
for he says in his book de anima, more accurately the Sextus Naturalium, Part 5, chapters 5 and 6,
that the intelligible species do not remain in the possible intellect,
except when they are being actually understood.
He endeavors to prove this,
because as long as the apprehended forms remain in the apprehensive power,
they are actually apprehended,
since sense is made actual through being identified with the thing actually sensed.
And likewise, the intellect when actual is identified with the thing actually understood,
according to the third book of De Anima.
Hence, seemingly, whenever sense or intellect becomes one with the thing sensed or understood
through having its form, there is actual apprehension through sense or intellect.
And he says that the powers which preserve the forms that are not actually apprehended
are not apprehensive powers, but storehouses of the apprehensive faculties.
For instance, the imagination, which is the storehouse of forms apprehended by the senses,
and the memory, which according to him, is the storehouse of intentions apprehended without the senses,
as when the sheep apprehends the enmity of the wolf.
And so it happens that these powers preserve forms which are not actually apprehended,
inasmuch as they have certain corporeal organs,
wherein forms are received in a manner akin to apprehension.
For which reason, the apprehensive power by turning to these storehouses apprehends actually.
Wensi concludes that it is impossible for the intelligible species to be preserved in the possible intellect,
except while it understands actually.
It follows, then, either that the intelligible species themselves are preserved in some corporeal organ
or some power having a corporeal organ,
or else that intelligible forms exist of themselves
and that our possible intellect is compared to them
as a mirror to things which are seen in a mirror.
Or again, that whenever the possible intellect understands actually,
the intelligible species are infused anew
into the possible intellect by a separate agent.
Now, the first of these three is a must of these three
is impossible, because forms existing in powers which use corporeal organs are only
potentially intelligible, while the second is the opinion of Plato which Aristotle refutes
in his metaphysics. Wherefore he concludes by accepting the third, namely, that whenever we
understand actually, the intelligible species are infused into our possible intellect by the active
intellect, which he asserts to be a separate substance.
And if anyone argues against him that then there is no difference between a man when
he first learns and when afterwards he wishes to consider actually what he has previously
learnt, he replies that to learn is merely to acquire the perfect aptitude for uniting oneself
with the act of intelligence, so as to receive the intelligible form therefrom.
Therefore, before learning, there is in man a mere potentiality for such a reception, and
to learn is, as it were, the potentiality adapted.
Moreover, it would seem to be in agreement with this position that Aristotle in his book
De Memoria proves that the memory is not in the intellective faculty, but in the sensitive
part of the soul.
Hence it follows, seemingly, that the preserving of the species does not belong to the
intellective part.
Nevertheless, if we consider it carefully, this position as regards its origin differs little
or not at all from that of Plato.
For Plato asserted that intelligible forms are separate substances, from which knowledge
flows into our souls, while he, Avicenna, affirms that knowledge flows into our souls from one
separate substance which, according to him, is the act of intellect.
Now it matters not, as regards the manner of acquiring knowledge, whether our knowledge be caused
by one or several separate substances, since in either case it follows that our knowledge is not
caused by sensible objects. Whereas the contrary is proved by the fact that a person who lacks
one sense lacks also the knowledge of those sensibles that are known through,
that sense. Moreover, the statement that through considering Singulars, which are in the imagination,
the possible intellect is enlightened with the light of the active intellect so as to know the universal,
and that the actions of the lower powers, namely of the imagination, memory, and cogitative powers,
adapt the soul to receive the emanation of the active intellect is a pure invention.
For we see that our soul is the more disposed to receive from separate substances,
according as it is further removed from corporeal and sensible things,
since by withdrawing from that which is below, one approaches to that which is above.
Therefore, it is not likely that the soul is disposed to receive the influence of a separate intelligence
by considering corporeal phantasms.
Plato, however, was more consistent with the principle on which his position was based,
because he held that sensibles do not dispose the soul to receive the influence of separate forms,
but merely aroused the intellect to consider the things the knowledge of which it had received from an external cause.
For he maintained that knowledge of all things knowable was caused in our souls from the outset by separate forms.
Hence he said that to learn is a kind of remembering.
In fact, this is a necessary consequence of his position,
because, since separate substances are immovable and unchangeable,
the knowledge of things is always reflected from them in our own soul.
The knowledge of things is always reflected from them in our soul,
which is capable of that knowledge.
Moreover, that which is received in a thing is therein, according to the mode of the recipient.
Now the being of the possible intellect is more stable than the being of corporeal matter.
Therefore, since forms that flow into corporeal matter from the active intelligence are,
according to him, preserved in that matter, much more are they preserved in the possible intellect.
Again, intellective knowledge is more perfect than sensitive.
Wherefore, if there is something to preserve things apprehended in sensitive knowledge,
a fortiori will this be the case in intellective knowledge.
Again, we find that when, in a lower order of powers,
various things belong to various powers, in a higher order they belong to one.
Thus the common sense apprehends the objects
sensed by all the proper senses.
Hence to apprehend and to preserve,
which, in the sensitive part of the soul,
belong to different powers,
must needs be united in the highest power,
namely the intellect.
Further, the active intelligence,
according to him,
causes all scientific knowledge.
Wherefore, if to learn is merely to be adapted
to union with the active intelligence,
he who learns one science does not learn that one more than another, which is clearly false.
It is also clear that this position is in conflict with the opinion of Aristotle, who says, in the third book of De Anima,
that the possible intellect is the abode of the species, which is the same to say that it is
the storehouse of intelligible species, to use the words of Avicenna.
Again, he adds further on that, when the possible intellect acquires knowledge,
it is capable of acting by itself, although it understand not actually.
Therefore, it needs not the influence of any higher agent.
He also says in the eighth book of physics that before learning, man is in essential
potentiality to knowledge, and consequently needs a mover by which to be reduced to actuality.
Whereas after he has already learnt, he needs no mover per se. Therefore, he does not need the influence
of the active intellect. He also says in the third book of De Anima that the phantasms are to the
possible intellect, what sensibles are to the senses. Wherefore it is clear that the intelligible
species result in the possible intellect from the phantasms and not from a separate substance.
As to the arguments which would seem to favor the contrary, it is not difficult to solve them.
For the possible intellect is in perfect act in respect of the intelligible species when it considers
actually. But when it does not actually consider, it is not in perfect act, but is in a state between
potentiality and act. That is what Aristotle says in the third book of De Anima, namely that,
when this part, the possible intellect to wit, is identified with a thing, it is said to know it
actually, and this happens when it is capable of acting by itself. Even thus, it is also somewhat
in potentiality, but not in the same way as before learning or discovering. The memory is assigned to
the sensitive part, because it is of something as conditioned by a determinate time, for it
is only of what has passed. Consequently, since it does not abstract from singular conditions,
it does not belong to the intellect of part which is of universals. Yet this does not preclude
the possible intellect being able to preserve intelligibles which abstract from all particular
conditions. End of Chapter 74. Read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C. Chapter 75 of Summa Contra Gentiles,
second book on Creation by St. Thomas Aquinas, translated by the fathers of the English-Dominican
province. This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 75. Solution of the arguments which would seem to prove the unity of the possible intellect.
We must now show the inefficacy of such arguments as are adduced to prove the unity of the possible intellect.
For seemingly, every form that is one specifically and many in number is individualized by matter,
since things that are one in species and many in number agree in form and differ in matter.
wherefore, if the possible intellect is multiplied numerically in different men, whereas it is one in species,
it must needs be individualized in this and that man by matter.
This is not, however, by matter which is a part of the intellect itself, because then its reception
would be of the same kind as that of primary matter, and it would receive individual forms,
which is contrary to the nature of the intellect.
It follows, therefore, that it is individualized by matter,
which is the human body of which it is supposed to be the form.
Now every form that is individualized by matter
whereof it is the act is a material form,
because the being of a thing must needs depend on that
from which it has its individuality.
For just as common,
principles belong to the essence of the species, so individualizing principles belong to the essence
of this particular individual. Hence it follows that the possible intellect is a material form,
and consequently that it neither receives anything nor operates without a corporeal organ. And this again
is contrary to the nature of the possible intellect. Therefore the possible intellect is not multiplied
in different men, but is one for all.
Again, if there were a different possible intellect in this and that man,
it would follow that the species understood is numerically distinct in this and that man,
the one specifically.
For since the possible intellect is the proper subject of species actually understood,
if there be many possible intellects,
the intelligible species must needs be multiplied numerically in different intellects.
Now species, or forms, that are the same specifically, and different numerically, are individual forms.
But these cannot be intelligible, since intelligibles are universal, not particular.
Therefore, it is impossible for the possible intellect to be multiplied in different human individuals,
and consequently it must be one in all.
Again, the master imparts the knowledge that he possesses to his disciple.
Either then he imparts the same knowledge numerically,
or he imparts a knowledge that is different numerically but not specifically.
The latter is apparently impossible,
since then the master would cause his knowledge to be in his disciple
as he causes his form to be in another by begetting one like to him in species.
And this would seem to apply to material agents.
It follows, therefore, that he causes the same knowledge numerically to be in his disciple.
But this would be impossible unless there were one possible intellect for both.
Therefore, seemingly, there must needs be but one possible intellect for all men.
Nevertheless, just as the aforesaid position is void of truth, as we have proved,
so the arguments adduced in support thereof are easy of solution.
For we contend that while the possible intellect is specifically one indifferent man,
it is nevertheless many numerically.
Yet so as not to lay stress on the fact that the parts of a man do not by themselves
belong to the genus or species, but only as principles of the whole.
nor does it follow that it is a material form dependent as to its being on the body.
For just as it is competent to the human soul in respect of its species
to be united to a body of a particular species,
so this particular soul differs only numerically from that one
through having a habitude to a numerically different body.
Thus, human souls are individualized,
and consequently, the possible intellect,
also, which is a power of the soul, in relation to the bodies, and not as though their individuality
were caused by their bodies. His second argument fails through not distinguishing between
that whereby one understands and that which is understood. For the species received into the
intellect is not that which is understood. Because, since all arts and sciences are about
things understood, it would follow that all sciences are about species existing in the possible
intellect. And this is clearly false, for no science takes any consideration of such things
except logic and metaphysics. Nevertheless, whatever there is in all the sciences is known
through them. Consequently, in the process of understanding the species received into the
possible intellect, is as the thing by which one understands, and not as that which is understood.
Even as the colored image in the eye is not that which is seen, but that by which we see.
On the other hand, that which is understood is the very essence of the thing existing outside
the soul, even as things outside the soul are seen by corporeal sight.
since arts and sciences were devised for the purpose of knowing things as existing in their respective natures.
Nor does it follow that, because science is about universals.
Universals are subsistent of themselves outside the soul, as Plato maintained.
For although true knowledge requires that knowledge correspond to things,
it is not necessary that knowledge and thing should have the same mode of being.
because things that are united in reality are sometimes known separately,
thus the thing is at once white and sweet,
yet sight knows only the whiteness and taste only the sweetness.
So, too, the intellect understands a line existing in sensible matter
apart from the sensible matter,
although it can also understand it with sensible matter.
Now this difference occurs according to the
difference of intelligible species received into the intellect. For the species is sometimes an
image of quantity alone, and sometimes is an image of a quantitative sensible substance. In like
manner, although the generic and specific natures are never save in particular individuals,
yet the intellect understands the specific and generic natures without understanding the individualizing
principles. And this is to understand universals. And thus these two are not incompatible,
namely that universals do not subsist outside the soul and that the intellect in understanding
universals understands things that are outside the soul. That the intellect understands the generic
or specific nature apart from the individualizing principles results from the condition of the
intelligible species received into it, for it is rendered immaterial by the active intellect,
through being abstracted from matter and material conditions whereby a particular thing is
individualized. Consequently, the sensitive powers are unable to know universals, because they cannot
receive an immaterial form, since they always receive in a corporeal organ.
Therefore, it does not follow that the intelligible species is numerically one in this and that person who understand,
for the result of this would be that the act of understanding in this and that person is numerically one,
since operation follows the form which is the principle of the species.
But in order that there be one thing understood, it is necessary that there be an image of one and the same thing.
And this is possible if the intelligible species be numerically distinct,
for nothing prevents several distinct images being made of one thing.
And this is how one man is seen by several.
Hence, it is not incompatible with the intellect's knowledge of the universal
that there be several intelligible species in several persons.
Nor does it follow from this,
if intelligible species be several in number and specifically the same,
that they are not actually intelligible but only potentially,
like other individual things.
For individuality is not so incompatible with actual intelligibility,
since it must be admitted that both possible and active intellects are individual things
if we suppose them to be separate substances,
not united to the body and subsistent of themselves,
and yet they are intelligible.
But it is materiality which is incompatible with intelligibility,
a sign of which is that for forms of material things to be actually intelligible,
they need to be abstracted from matter.
Consequently, in those things in which individualization is affected by particular
signet matter, the things individualized are not actually intelligible,
whereas if individualization is not the result of matter,
nothing prevents things that are individual from being actually intelligible.
Now intelligible species, like all other forms,
are individualized by their subject which is the possible intellect.
Wherefore, since the possible intellect is not material,
it does not deprive of actual intelligibility the species which it individualizes.
Further, insensible things, just as individuals are not actually intelligible if there be many
in one species, for instance, horses or men.
So neither are those individuals which are alone in their species as this particular sun or
this particular moon.
Now species are individualized in the same way by the possible intellect, whether there be several
possible intellects or one, whereas they are not multiplied in the same way in the one species.
Therefore, it matters not as regards the actual intelligibility of the species received into
the possible intellect, whether there be one or several possible intellects in all.
Again, the possible intellect, according to the same commentator, is the last in the order of
intelligible substances, which in his opinion are several. Nor can it be denied that some of the
higher substances are cognizant of the things which the possible intellect knows. Since, as he says
himself, the forms of the effects caused by the movement of a sphere are in the movers of the spheres.
Hence it will follow that, even if there be one possible intellect, the intelligible forms are
multiplied in different intellects. And although we have stated that the intelligible species
received into the possible intellect is not that which is understood, but that whereby one understands.
This does not prevent the intellect by a kind of reflection from understanding itself and its
act of intelligence and the species whereby it understands.
In fact, it understands its act of intelligence in two ways.
first in particular, for it understands that it understands in a particular instance.
Secondly, in general, inasmuch as it argues about the nature of its act.
Consequently, it understands both the intellect and the intelligible species in like manner in two ways,
both by perceiving its own existence and that it has an intelligible species,
which is a kind of particular knowledge,
and by considering its own nature and that of the intelligible species,
which is a kind of universal knowledge.
In this latter sense, we treat of the intellect and things intelligible in sciences.
From what has been said, the solution to the third argument is also evident.
For his statement that knowledge in the disciple and in the master is numerically one
is partly true and partly false.
It is numerically one as regards the thing known, but not as regards the intelligible species
whereby it is known, nor again as regards the habit itself of knowledge.
And yet it does not follow that the master causes knowledge in the disciple in the same
way as fire generates fire, since things are not in the same way generated by nature
as by art.
For fire generates fire naturally, by reducing matter from potentiality to the act of its form,
whereas the master causes knowledge in his disciple after the manner of art, since to this purpose
is assigned the art of demonstration which Aristotle teaches in the posterior analytics, for
a demonstration is a syllogism that makes us know.
It must, however, be observed, in accordance with Aristotle's teaching in the seventh book
of metaphysics, that there are some arts in which the matter is not an active principle,
productive of the art's effect.
Such is the art of building, since in timber and stone there is not an active force
tending to the production of a house, but merely a passive aptitude.
On the other hand, there is an art, the matter of which is an active
principle tending to produce the effect of the art. Such is the medical art, since in the sick
body there is an active principle conducive to health. Consequently, the effect of an art of the first
kind is never produced by nature but is always the result of the art. But the effect of an art
on the second kind is the result both of art and of nature without art. For many are healed by the action
of nature without the art of medicine. In those things that can be done both by art and by nature,
art copies nature, according to the second book of physics, chapter two, paragraph seven.
For if a person is taken ill through a cold cause, nature cures him by heating. Now the art of
teaching is like this art, for in him that is taught, there is an active principle can do
to knowledge, namely the intellect, and those things which are naturally understood, namely first
principles, wherefore knowledge is acquired in two ways, both by discovery without teaching
and by teaching. Consequently, the teacher begins to teach in the same way as the discoverer
begins to discover, namely by offering to the disciples consideration principles known by him,
since all learning results from pre-existing knowledge, according to the first posterior
analytics chapter one paragraph one, and by drawing conclusions from those principles, and again
by proposing sensible examples from which the result in the disciples' mind the phantasms which are
necessary that he may understand. And since the outward action of the teacher would have no
effect, without the inward principle of knowledge, which is in us from God.
Hence among theologians it is said that,
man teaches by outward ministration, but God by inward operation.
Even so, the physician is said, to minister to nature when he heals.
Accordingly, knowledge is caused in the disciple by his master, not by way of natural action,
but after the manner of art, as stated.
Further, since the same commentator places the habits of science and the passive intellect as their subject,
the unity of the possible intellect no wise causes numerical unity of knowledge in disciple and master.
For it is evident that the passive intellect is not the same in different individuals,
since it is a material power.
Consequently, this argument, consistently with his personal,
position is not to the point.
End of Chapter 75, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 76 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English-Dominican province.
This Librevox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 76, That the Act of Intellect is not a separate substance, but part of
part of the soul.
From the foregoing, we may also conclude that neither is there one active intellect in all as Alexander
and Avicenna maintained, who do not hold that there is one possible intellect in all.
For since agent and recipient are mutually proportionate, it follows that to every patient
there corresponds a proper agent.
Now the possible intellect is compared to the active as the proper patient or recipient of the
latter, since it is related to it as art to matter, as stated in the third book of De Anima.
Hence, if the possible intellect is part of the human soul and multiplied according to the
number of individuals, as we have shown, the active intellect also will be the like,
and not one for all.
Again, the act of intellect makes the species to be actually intelligible,
not that itself may understand by them, especially as a separate substance, since it is not
in potentiality, but that the possible intellect may understand by them.
Therefore, it does not make them to be otherwise than as required by the possible intellect
in order that it may understand. But it makes them to be such as it is,
itself, since every agent produces its like, according to the first book on Generation and
Corruption Chapter 7, Paragraph 6. Therefore, the active intellect is proportionate to the possible
intellect, and consequently, since the possible intellect is a part of the soul, the active
intellect is not a separate substance. Moreover, just as primary matter is perfected by natural
forms which are outside the soul, so the possible intellect is perfected by forms actually understood.
Now natural forms are received into primary matter, not by the action of only one separate
substance, but by the action of a form of the same kind, of a form, namely, that is in matter.
Even as this particular flesh is begotten through a form, that is, in this particular flesh and bones,
as Aristotle proves in the seventh book of metaphysics.
Consequently, if the possible intellect is a part of the soul
and not a separate substance as we have shown,
the active intellect, by whose action the intelligible species result therein,
will not be a separate substance, but an active force of the soul.
Again, Plato held that knowledge in us is caused by ideas,
which he affirmed to be separate substances.
And Aristotle refutes this opinion in the first book of metaphysics.
Now, it is clear that our knowledge depends on the active intellect as its first principle.
If then the active intellect were a separate substance,
there would be little or no difference between this opinion and Plato's,
which was refuted by the philosopher.
Again, if the active intellect be a separate substance,
Its action must needs be continuous and uninterrupted,
or at least we must say that it is not continued or interrupted at our will.
Now its action is to make phantasms actually intelligible.
Either, therefore, it will do this always or not always.
If not always, this will nevertheless not be at our discretion.
Now, we understand actually when the phantasms are made actually intelligible.
Consequently, it follows that either we always understand,
or that it is not in our power to understand actually.
Further, a separate substance stands in the same relation to all the phantasms
that are in any man whatsoever, even as the sun stands in the same relation to all colors.
Now sensible things are perceived by those who know, as well as by those who are ignorant,
and consequently the same phantasms are in both.
Hence they will be made intelligible by the active intellect in either case,
and consequently both will equally understand.
It may be said, however, that the act of intellect for its own part is always active,
but that the phantasms are not always made actually intelligible,
but only when they are disposed thereto.
Now, they are disposed thereto by the act of the cogitative power,
the use of which is in our power.
Consequently, to understand actually, is in our power.
It is for this reason that not all men understand the things whereof they have the phantasms,
since not all have the requisite act of the cogitative power,
but only those who are instructed and accustomer.
Nevertheless, this reply is seemingly not quite sufficient.
For this disposition to understand, which is affected by the cogitative power,
must either be a disposition of the possible intellect to receive intelligible forms
emanating from the active intellect, as Avicenna maintains,
or a disposition of the phantasms to be made actually intelligible,
as a Verroes and Alexander assert.
Now, the former would seem improbable, because the possible intellect by its very nature
is in potentiality with regard to species actually intelligible,
wherefore it stands in the same relation to them as a transparent body to light or to colored
images.
And if a thing by its very nature is capable of receiving a certain form,
it needs no further disposition to that form, unless perchance it contain contrary
dispositions, as the matter of water is disposed to the form of air by the removal of cold
and density. But there is nothing contrary in the possible intellect to prevent it receiving any
intelligible species whatsoever, since the intelligible species, even of contraries,
are not themselves contrary in the intellect, as Aristotle proves in the seventh book of
metaphysics. For one is the reason for knowing the other. And the falsity,
which is incidental to the intellect's judgment in composition and division,
results not from the presence in the intellect of certain things understood,
but from its lack of certain things.
Therefore, the possible intellect, for its own part,
requires no preparation in order to receive the intelligible species
emanating from the active intellect.
Further, colors, which light has made actually visible,
without fail impress their likeness on the diaphanous body and consequently on the sight.
Consequently, if the phantasms themselves on which the active intellect has shed its light
did not impress their likeness on the possible intellect, but merely disposed it to receive them,
the phantasms would not stand in the same relation to the possible intellect as colors to the site,
as Aristotle asserts.
Again, according to this, the phantasms, and consequently the senses, would not be of themselves
necessary for us to understand, but only accidentally, as it were, inciting and preparing the
possible intellect to receive. This is part of the Platonist theory, and contrary to the order
which Aristotle assigns to the generation of art and science
in the first book of metaphysics
and the last book of posterior analytics,
where he says that
memory results from sensation,
experience from many memories,
from many memories,
the universal apprehension which is the beginning of science and art.
This opinion of Avicenna, however,
is in keeping with what he says
about the generation of natural things.
for he holds that all lower agents by their actions
prepare matter to receive the forms which emanate
from a separate active intelligence into their respective matters.
Hence also, for the same reason,
he holds that the phantasms prepare the possible intellect
and that the intelligible forms emanate from a separate substance.
In like manner, if it be supposed that the active intellect
is a separate substance,
It seems unreasonable that the phantasms should be prepared by the cogitative power in order that they be actually intelligible and move the possible intellect.
For this is seemingly in keeping with the opinion of those who say that the lower agents merely dispose to the ultimate perfection,
and that this ultimate perfection is caused by a separate agent,
which is contrary to the opinion of Aristotle in the seventh book of metaphysics.
for it would seem that the human soul is not less perfectly equipped for understanding
than the lower things of nature for their proper operations.
Moreover, in this lower world, the more noble effects are produced not by higher agents alone,
but also require agents of their own genus, for,
The sun and man generate a man, according to the second book of physics,
chapter two paragraph 11.
In like manner, we observe that in other perfect animals,
some of the lower animals are generated by the mere action of the sun
without an active principle of their own genus.
For instance, animals engendered of future faction.
Now, understanding is the most noble effect that takes place in this lower world.
Therefore, it is not enough to ascribe it to a remote agent
unless we suppose it to have also approximate cause.
This argument, however, does not avail against Avicenna,
because he holds that any animal can be generated without seed.
Again, the intention of the effect shows the agent,
wherefore animals engendered of putrefaction are not intended by a lower nature,
but only by a higher, since they are produced by a higher nature only.
For which reason Aristotle, in the seventh book of metaphysics,
says that they are effects of chance.
Whereas animals that are produced from seed
are intended both by the higher and the lower nature.
But this effect, which is to abstract universal forms from the phantasm,
is in our intention and not merely in the intention of the remote agent.
Therefore it follows that in us there must be approximate principle of such an effect,
and this is the active intellect.
Therefore, it is not a separate substance, but a power of our soul.
Again, the nature of every mover includes a principle sufficient for the natural operation thereof,
and of this operation consists in an action, that nature includes an active principle,
as appears in the powers of the nutritive soul of plants.
While if this operation is a passion, it includes,
a passive principle, as appears in the sensitive powers of animals.
Now man is the most perfect of all lower movers,
and his proper and natural operation is to understand,
which is not completed without some passion,
insofar as the intellect is passive to the intelligible,
nor again without action,
insofar as the intellect makes things that are potentially intelligible
to be intelligible actually.
Therefore, the respective principles of both,
namely the active and possible intellects,
must be in man's nature,
and neither of these must be separate,
as to its being from the soul of man.
Again, if the active intellect be a separate substance,
it is evident that it is above man's nature.
Now, an operation which man performs by the power alone
of a higher substance is a supernatural operation, such as the working of miracles, prophesying,
and other like things which men do by God's favor.
Since then, man cannot understand except by the power of the active intellect.
If the active intellect be a separate substance, it will follow that intelligence is not a natural
operation to man.
And consequently, man cannot be defined as being intellectual and
rational. Further, nothing operates save by a power that is in it formally, wherefore Aristotle,
in the second book of De Anima, proves that the thing whereby we live and sense is a form and an act.
Now both actions, namely of the active and possible intellects, are competent to man,
for man abstracts from phantasms and receives in his mind actual intelligence,
since otherwise we should not have become cognizant of these actions unless we experience them in ourselves.
Therefore the principles to which these actions are ascribed, namely the possible and active intellects,
must be powers formally existing in us. If, however, it be said that these actions are as
ascribed to man insofar as the aforesaid intellects are in conjunction with us, as Averroes says,
It has already been shown that the possible intellect's conjunction with us,
if it be a separate substance, such as he holds it to be,
does not suffice for us to understand by its means.
The same evidently applies to the active intellect.
For the active intellect is to the intelligible species
that are received into the possible intellect,
as art to the artificial forms which art produces in matter,
as appears from the example given by Aristotle in the third book.
book of De Anima. Now, art forms do not acquire the action of art, but only a formal likeness,
so that neither can the subject of these forms exercise the action of the craftsmen.
Therefore, neither can man exercise the operation of the active intellect through the intelligible
species being made actual in him by the active intellect.
Again
A thing that cannot be set about its proper operation
unless it be moved by an outward principle
is moved to operate rather than moves itself.
Wherefore, irrational animals are moved to operate
rather than move themselves,
since their every operation depends on the outward principle
which moves them.
For their sense, moved by the outward sensible,
makes an impression on their imagination
and thus there is an orderly process in all their powers down to the mode of powers.
Now man's proper operation is intelligence.
The first principle whereof is the active intellect which produces the intelligible species,
to which, in a sense, the possible intellect is passive,
and this being made actual moves the will.
If, then, the active intellect is a substance outside man,
all man's operation depends on an outward principle,
and consequently he will not move himself,
but will be moved by another.
Hence, he will not be the master of his own operations,
nor will he be deserving of praise or blame,
and there will be an end to all moral science and social intercourse,
which is absurd.
Therefore, the act of intellect is not a substance separate from man.
End of Chapter 76
Read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 77 of Summa Contra Gentiles
Second Book on Creation
by St. Thomas Aquinas
translated by the fathers of the English-Dominican province.
This Librevox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 77
That it is not impossible
for the possible and active intellect
to concur in the one substance of the
soul. Perhaps it will seem impossible to someone that one and the same substance, namely
that of our soul, should be in potentiality to all intelligibles, which belongs to the possible
intellect, and should make them actual, which belongs to the active intellect, since a thing
acts not as it is in potentiality, but as it is in act.
Therefore, it does not appear how the active and possible intellect can concur in the one
substance of the soul.
If, however, one look into the matter rightly, nothing impossible or difficult follows.
For nothing hinders one thing from being in one respect in potentiality with regard to some
other thing, and in act in another respect, as we observe in natural things.
air is actually damp and potentially dry, whereas with earth it is the other way about.
Now we find this same comparison between the intellective soul and the phantasms, for the soul has
something an act to which the phantasm is in potentiality and is in potentiality to something
which is found actually in the phantasms.
Because the substance of the human soul has immateriality, and as is evident from what
has been said, it consequently has an intellectual nature, since such is every immaterial
substance. Yet it does not follow that it is likened to this or that determinate thing,
which is required in order that our soul may know this or that thing determinately,
for all knowledge results from the likeness of the known in the knower.
Hence, the intellect of soul remains itself in potentiality to the determinate likenesses
of things that can be known by us,
and these are the natures of sensible things.
It is the phantasms that offer us
these determinate natures of sensible things,
which phantasms, however,
have not yet acquired intelligible being,
since they are images of sensible things
even as to material conditions,
which are the individual properties,
and moreover, are immaterial organs.
Wherefore, they are not actually intelligible,
And yet, since in the individual man whose image the phantasms reflect, it is possible to conceive
the universal nature apart from all the individualizing conditions, they are intelligible
potentially.
Accordingly, they have intelligibility potentially, though they are actually determinate
as images of things, whereas it was the other way about in the intellective soul.
Consequently, there is in the intellect of soul an active power in respect of the phantasms,
rendering them actually intelligible, and this power of the soul is called the active intellect.
There is also in the soul a power that is in potentiality to the determinate images of sensible things,
and this is the power of the possible intellect.
Nevertheless, that which is found in the soul differs from what is found in natural.
agents. Because in the latter, one thing is in potentiality to something according to the same
mode as it is actually found in another. For the matter of the air is in potentiality to the form of
water in the same way as it is in water. Hence, natural bodies which have a common matter
are mutually active and passive in the same order. Whereas the intellective soul is not
impotentiality to the likeness of things which are in the phantasms, according to the mode in which
they are there. But according as these images are raised to something higher, by being abstracted
from the individualizing conditions of matter, so that they become actually intelligible.
Consequently, the action of the active intellect on the phantasm precedes the reception
by the possible intellect. Wherefore, the preeminence of the action is ascribed, not to the phantasm
but to the active intellect.
For this reason, Aristotle says that it is compared to the possible intellect as art to matter.
We should have a perfect example of this, if the eye, besides being a diaphanous body and receptive of colors,
had sufficient light to make colors actually visible.
Even as certain animals are said to throw sufficient light on objects by the light of their eyes,
for which reason they see more by night and less by day,
because their eyes are weak,
since they are moved by a dim and confused by a strong light.
There is something like this in our intellect for as much as,
with regard to things most manifest,
it is as the eye of the owl with regard to the sun,
as stated in the first book of metaphysics, chapter one, paragraph two,
so that the little intellectual light, which is connatural to us,
is efficient for our active intelligence.
It is clear that the intellectual light
can natural to our soul suffices to cause the action of the active intellect
if we consider why it is necessary to place an active intellect in the soul.
For the soul was found to be in potentiality to intelligibles
as the senses to sensibles.
Since just as we do not always sense,
so neither do we always understand.
Now these intelligibles, which the human intellective soul understands,
were asserted by Plato to be intelligible of themselves, namely ideas.
Wherefore it was unnecessary for him to admit an active intelligence in respect of intelligibles.
But if this were true, it would follow that the more things are intelligible of themselves,
the more they would be understood by us.
Yet this is clearly false, because the near-
Whereer things are to our senses, the more intelligible are they to us, though in themselves
they are less intelligible.
Consequently, Aristotle was moved to assert that those things which are intelligible to
us are not certain things that are intelligible in themselves, but that they are made intelligible
from sensibles.
Hence he had to place a power which would do this, and this is the active intellect.
wherefore the reason for placing the active intellect
is that it may make intelligibles proportionate to us.
Now this does not exceed the mode of the intellectual light connatural to us.
Therefore nothing hinders us from ascribing the action of the active intellect
to the light of our soul,
and especially since Aristotle compares the active intellect to a light.
Again in the third book of De Anima.
End of Chapter 77
Read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 78 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation
by St. Thomas Aquinas, translated by the fathers of the English-Dominican province.
This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 78, that Aristotle's opinion concerning the active intellect
was not that it is a separate substance, but rather
that it is part of the soul. Since, however, some agree with the above opinion in the belief
that it reflects the mind of Aristotarl, we must show from his words that in his opinion
the active intellect is not a separate substance. For he says in the first place, in the third book
of De Anima, Chapter 5, paragraph 1, that, just as in every nature there is something like the matter
in every genus, which is in potentiality to all that comes under that genus, while there is also
a cause like the efficient cause as art in relation to matter, so must these differences
be in the soul.
The latter, namely, that which is as matter in the soul, is the possible intellect wherein
all things intelligible are made.
Whereas the former, which is as the efficient cause in the soul.
soul, is the intellect by which we make all things, namely actually intelligible, and this is the
active intellect, which is like a habit and not a power. In what sense he calls the active intellect
a habit, he explains by adding that it is as a light, since in a manner light makes potential
colors to be colors actually, insofar to wit as it makes them to be actually visible.
because this is what is ascribed to the active intellect in regard to intelligibles.
From this we gather that the active intellect is not a separate substance,
but rather a part of the soul,
for he says explicitly that the possible and active intellect
are differences of the soul, and that they are in the soul.
Therefore neither of them is a separate substance.
Again, his argument proves this also.
Because in every nature wherein we find potentiality and act,
there is something by way of matter that is in potentiality to the things of that genus,
and something by way of agent that reduces the potentiality to act.
Even as in the products of art, there is art and matter.
Now the intellective soul is a nature in which we find,
potentiality and act, since sometimes it is actually understanding and sometimes potentially.
Therefore, in the nature of the intellect of soul, there is something by way of matter that is in
potentiality to all intelligibles, and this is called the possible intellect.
And there is something by way of efficient cause which makes all things actual, and is called
the active intellect.
Consequently, both intellects, according to the argument of Aristotle, are in the nature of the soul,
and are not something separate as to being from the body of which the soul is the act.
Moreover, Aristotle says that the active intellect is like a habit that is a light.
Now a habit does not designate something existing by itself, but something belonging to one who has it,
Haventis.
Therefore, the active intellect is not a substance existing separately by itself,
but is part of the human soul.
The text of Aristotle, however, does not mean
that the effect of the active intellect may be described as a habit
as though the sense were.
The active intellect makes man to understand all things,
which is like a habit.
For the meaning of habit, as the commentator of Erouaz says on this very passage,
is that he who has the habit understands by that which is proper to him, by himself,
and whenever he will, without any need therein of something extrinsic,
since he explicitly likens to a habit, not the effect itself, but the intellect by which we make
all things. And yet we are not to understand that the active intellect is a habit in the same
way as a habit is in the second species of quality, in which sense some have said that the
active intellect is the habit of principles. Because this habit of principles is derived from
sensibles, as Aristotle proves, in the second posterior analytics. And consequently it must
needs be the effect of the active intellect to which it belongs to make actually intelligible
the phantasms that are understood potentially. But habit is to be taken.
as contrasted with privation and potentiality,
in which sense every form and act may be called a habit.
This is evident, since he asserts that the active intellect
is a habit in the same way as light is a habit.
After this he adds that this, namely the active,
intellect is separate, unmixed, impassable,
and an actually existing substance.
Now of these four conditions which he ascribes to the active intellect,
he had already explicitly ascribed two to the possible intellect,
namely that it is unmixed and separate.
He had applied the third, namely that it is impassable with a distinction,
for he proves in the first place that it is not passable as the senses are
and afterwards he shows that, taking passion broadly,
it is passive insofar as it is in potentiality to intelligibles.
But as to the fourth, he absolutely denies it of the possible intellect
and says that it was in potentiality to intelligibles,
and none of these things was actual before the act of intelligence.
Accordingly, in the first two, the possible intellect agrees with the active.
In the third it agrees partly, and partly differs.
While in the fourth, the active differs altogether from the possible intellect.
He proves these four conditions of the active intellect by one argument
when he goes on to say,
For the agent is always more noble than the patient,
and the active principle than matter.
For he had said above that the active intellect is like an efficient cause,
and the possible intellect like matter.
Now by this middle proposition,
the two first conditions are proved thus.
The agent is more noble than the patient and matter,
but the possible intellect, which is as patient and matter,
is separate and untrammeled as proved above.
Much more, therefore, is the agent.
The others are proved by this middle proposition thus.
the agent is more noble than the patient and matter,
in that it is compared thereto as agent and actual being
to patient and potential being.
Now the possible intellect is, in a sense,
patient and potential being.
Therefore, the active intellect is a non-passive agent
and an actual being.
And it is evident that neither from these words of Aristotle
can we gather that the active intellect
is a separate substance, but that it is separate in the same sense as he had already said
of the possible intellect, namely as not having an organ.
When he says that it is an actually existing substance, this is not inconsistent
with the substance of the soul being in potentiality as we have shown above.
Then he goes on to say, now knowledge when actual is identical with the thing.
where the commentator says that the active intellect differs from the possible
because that which understands and that which is understood are the same in the active
but not in the possible intellect.
But this is clearly contrary to the meaning of Aristotle.
For he had employed the same words before in speaking of the possible intellect
where he says of the possible intellect that
it is intelligible as intelligibles are,
since in things void of matter, understanding and that which is understood are the same,
because speculative knowledge is identified with that which it speculates.
For he clearly wishes to show that the possible intellect is understood like other intelligibles
from the fact that the possible intellect as understanding actually is the same as that which is understood.
Moreover, he had said a little earlier that,
in a manner, the possible intellect is potentially the intelligibles,
but is nothing actually before it understands,
where he clearly gives one to understand that by understanding actually it becomes the intelligibles.
Nor is it surprising that he should say this of the possible intellect,
since he had already said this of sense and the sensible in essence.
for the sense becomes actual by the species actually sensed, and in like manner, the possible
intellect becomes actual by the intelligible species in act, and for this reason the intellect
in act is said to be the intelligible itself in act.
Accordingly, we must say that Aristotle, after defining the possible and active intellects,
begins here to describe the intellect in act when he says that,
Actual knowledge is the same as the thing actually known.
Afterwards, he says,
but that which is in potentiality, in point of time,
precedes in one subject,
but not altogether in point of time.
Which distinction between potentiality and act
is employed by him in several places,
namely that act is naturally prior to potentiality,
but that in point of time potentiality precede.
potentiality precedes act in one and the same subject that is changed from potentiality to act,
and yet that, absolutely speaking, potentiality does not precede act even in point of time,
since potentiality is not reduced to act except by an act.
He says, therefore, that the intellect which is in potentiality,
namely the possible intellect considered as being in potentiality,
precedes the intellect and act in point of time.
And this be it said,
in one and the same subject,
but not altogether,
that is, universally.
Because the possible intellect
is reduced to act by the act of intellect,
which again is in act, as he said,
by some possible intellect made actual.
Wherefore he said in the third book of physics,
that before learning a man needs a man needs
a teacher to reduce him from potentiality to act. Accordingly in these words, he shows the
relation of the possible intellect as in potentiality to the intellect in act. Then he says,
but it does not sometimes understand and sometimes not understand, whereby he indicates the difference
between the intellect in act and the possible intellect. For he said above of the possible intellect that
it does not understand always, but sometimes does not understand when it is in potentiality to intelligibles,
and sometimes understands when to it it is them actually.
Now, the intellect becomes actual by becoming the intelligibles, as he had already stated.
Consequently, it is not competent to it to understand sometimes and sometimes not to understand.
afterwards he adds,
but that alone is separate which is intellect truly.
This cannot apply to the active intellect,
since it alone is not separate,
for he had already said the same of the possible intellect.
Nor cannot apply to the possible intellect,
since he had already said this of the active intellect.
It follows then that it is said of that which includes both,
namely the intellect in act of which he was speaking,
because this alone in our soul is separate and uses no organ,
which belongs to the intellect in act,
namely that part of the soul whereby we understand actually,
and which includes both the possible and active intellect.
Wherefore he adds that only this part of the soul is immortal and everlasting,
as being independent of the body,
through being separate therefrom.
End of Chapter 78, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 79 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation, by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province.
This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 79, That the human soul is not corrupted when the body is corrupted.
From the foregoing then, we can clearly show that the human soul is not corrupted when the body is corrupted,
for it was proved above that every intellectual substance is incorruptible.
Now man's soul is an intellectual substance, as we have proved.
Therefore it follows that the human soul is incorruptible.
Again, nothing is corrupted on account of that wherein its proficient.
Confection consists, for these changes are contrary to one another, those namely which tend to perfection and corruption.
Now the perfection of the human soul consists in a certain abstraction from the body, for the soul is perfected by knowledge and virtue.
And as to knowledge it is perfected, the more it considers immaterial things, while the perfection of virtue consists in man,
not following the passions of the body,
but tempering and curbing them according to reason.
Therefore, the soul is not corrupted
through being separated from the body.
If, however, it be said that the soul's perfection
consists in its being separated from the body
as regards operation,
and its corruption in its being separated as regards being,
this reply is not to the point.
Because the thing's operation points to its
substance and being, since a thing acts according as it is a being, and a thing's proper operation
follows its proper nature.
Wherefore the operation of a thing cannot be perfected except insofar as that thing's substance
is perfected.
Hence, if the soul is perfected as to its operation in quitting the body, its incorporeal substance
will not fail in its being through being separated from the body.
Again, that which properly perfects man in his soul is something incorruptible,
because the proper operation of man as man is to understand,
since it is in this that he differs from brutes, plants, and inanimate things.
Now the object of the act of understanding is properly the universal and incorruptible as such,
and perfection should be proportionate to the perfectable.
Therefore, the human soul is incorruptible.
Moreover, the natural appetite cannot possibly be frustrated.
Now man naturally desires to exist always,
which is evidenced by the fact that being is that which all things desire,
and man, by his intellect, apprehends being not merely as now,
as dumb animals do, but simply.
Therefore man acquires perpetuity in regard to his soul,
which apprehends being simply and for all time.
Again, whatever is received in a thing is received therein
according to the mode of that in which it is.
Now the forms of things are received in the possible intellect
according as they are actually intelligible.
and they are actually intelligible
according as they are immaterial,
universal, and consequently incorruptible.
Therefore the possible intellect is incorruptible.
But, as we proved above,
the possible intellect is part of the human soul.
Therefore the human soul is incorruptible.
Again, intelligible being is more lasting than sensible.
being. Now in sensible things, that which is by way of first recipient, namely primary matter, is incorruptible
as to its substance. Much more so, therefore, is the possible intellect which is the recipient of intelligible
forms. Therefore the human soul also, whereof the intellect is apart, is incorruptible.
Moreover, the maker is more noble than the thing made, as also Aristotle says in the third book of De Anima, Chapter 5 paragraph 2.
But the active intellect makes things actually intelligible as shown above.
Since then, things actually intelligible as such are incorruptible, much more will the active intellect be incorruptible.
therefore such is also the soul
the light of which is the active intellect
as appears from what has been already stated
Again
No form is corrupted
Except either by the action of its contrary
Or by the corruption of its subject
Or by the failing of its cause
By the action of its contrary
As heat is destroyed by the action of cold
by the corruption of its subject, as the faculty of sight is destroyed through the destruction of the eye,
and by the failing of its cause, as the light of the air fails through the sun, which was its cause, failing to be present.
But the human soul cannot be destroyed by the action of a contrary, for nothing is contrary thereto,
since by the possible intellect it is cognizant and receptive of all contraries.
Likewise, it cannot be corrupted through the corruption of its subject, for it has been proved
above that the human soul is a form independent of the body as to its being.
Moreover, it cannot be destroyed through the failing of its cause, since it can have none but
an eternal cause, as we shall show further on.
Therefore the human soul can no wise be corrupted.
Again, if the soul be corrupted through the corruption of the body, it follows that its being
is weakened through the body being weakened.
Now if a power of the soul is weakened through the weakening of the body, this is only accidental,
insofar to it as the power of the soul needs a bodily organ.
Thus the sight is weakened, accidentally, however, through the weakening of the organ.
is made clear as follows. If some weakness were essentially attached to the power, the latter
would never be repaired through the organ being repaired. Yet we see that, however much the power
of sight may seem to be weakened, if the organ be repaired, the sight is repaired.
Wherefore Aristotle says in the first book of De Anima that, if an old man were to be given
the eye of a young man, he would certainly see as well as a young man does.
Accordingly, since the intellect is a power of the soul that needs no organ as shown above,
it is not weakened either essentially or accidentally by old age or any other bodily weakness.
If, on the other hand, the operation of the intellect, happen to be affected by fatigue
or some hindrance on account of the weakness of the body.
This is owing not to the weakness of the intellect itself,
but to the weakness of the powers which the intellect needs,
namely of the imagination, memory, and cogitative power.
It is therefore clear that the intellect is incorruptible.
Consequently, the human soul is also,
since it is an intellective substance.
This is also proved from the authority,
of Aristotle, for he says in the first book of De Anima that the intellect is clearly a substance
and incorruptible, and it may be gathered from what has already been said, that this cannot refer
to a separate substance that is either the possible or the active intellect. It also follows,
from the very words of Aristotle, in the second book of metaphysics, where he says, speaking against
Plato, that moving causes pre-exist, whereas
Formal causes are simultaneous with the things whereof they are causes.
For when a man is healed, then is their health, and not before.
Against Plato's statement that the forms of things exist before the things themselves.
And after saying this he goes on to say,
as to whether anything remains afterwards this must be inquired into,
for in some this is not possible.
For example, if the soul be of a certain kind, not of any,
any kind, but if it be intellectual, from which it is clear, since he is speaking of forms,
that he means that the intellect which is the form of man remains after the matter, namely after
the body. It is also clear from the foregoing words of Aristotle that, although he states
the soul to be a form, he does not assert it to be non-subsistent and therefore corruptible,
as Gregory of Nissa would have him mean,
since he excludes by the intellective soul
from the generality of other forms
by saying that it remains after the soul
and that it is a substance.
The teaching of the Catholic faith
is in keeping with the foregoing,
for it is said in the book
de Ecclesiastiches dogmatibus,
we believe that man alone has a subsistent soul
which survives even after it has put
the body, and is the life-giving source of the senses and faculties.
Neither does it die when the body dies, as the Arabian asserts,
nor after a short interval of time, as Zeno pretends, because it is a living substance.
Hereby is set aside the error of the ungodly in whose person Solomon says in Wisdom
Chapter 2 verse 2, we are born of nothing, and after this we shall be as if we
had not been. And in whose person Solomon says, in Ecclesiastes, chapter 3 verse 19,
The death of man and of beasts is one, and the condition of them both is equal. As man dieth,
so they also die, and all things breathe alike, and man hath nothing more than beast.
For it is clear that he speaks not in his own person, but in that of the ungodly.
since at the end of the book he says as though deciding the point,
Before the dust return into its earth from whence it was,
and the spirit returned to him who gave it.
Moreover, there are innumerable passages of Holy Rit
that declare the immortality of the soul.
End of Chapter 79, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 80 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on
by St. Thomas Aquinas, translated by the Fathers of the English Dominican province.
This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 80. Arguments to prove that the soul is corrupted when the body is corrupted.
Certain arguments would seem to show that human souls cannot possibly remain after the body.
For if human souls are multiplied according to the multiplication of bodies,
as we have proved above,
it follows that when the bodies are destroyed,
the souls cannot remain in their multitude.
Wherefore, one of two alternatives must follow,
either that the human soul altogether ceases to exist,
or that only one remains.
And this would seem to concur with the opinion of those who state
that only that which is one in all men is incorruptible,
whether this be the active intellect alone,
as Alexander says,
or the possible besides the active intellect,
according to a Verroes.
Moreover,
the formal ratio is the cause of specific difference.
Now, if many souls remain after the corruption of bodies,
they must differ from each other,
because as there is identity where there is oneness of substance,
so is their difference where there are many in substance.
But in souls that survive bodies, there can be no difference other than formal,
since they are not composed of matter and form, as we have proved above, of every intellectual substance.
Hence it follows that they differ specifically,
and yet souls are not changed to another species by the corruption of the body,
since whatever is changed from species to species is corrupted.
It follows, therefore, that even before they were separated from,
their bodies, they were different in species. Now composites derive their species from their
form. Consequently, individual men will differ specifically, which is absurd. Therefore, it is
seemingly impossible that many souls should survive their bodies. Again, according to those
who hold the eternity of the world, it would seem altogether impossible to maintain that human
common souls remain in their multitude after the death of the body. For if the world exists
from eternity, movement is from eternity, and consequently, generation also is eternal. But if generation
be eternal, an infinite number of men have died before us. Consequently, if the souls of the dead
remain in their multitude after death, we must say that there is actually an infinite number of souls of
men already dead. But this is impossible, since the actually infinite cannot exist in nature.
Therefore it follows, if the world is eternal, that souls do not remain many after death.
Again, that which accrues to a thing it departs from it without the latter being corrupted, accrues to it
accidentally. For this is the definition of an accident, according to Porfarius, Isagogy,
5. Hence, if the soul be not corrupted one parted from the body, it would follow that the soul is
united to the body accidentally. Consequently, man is an accidental being composed of soul and
body. And it will follow, moreover, that there is no human species, since one species does not
result from things united accidentally. For, white man is not a species.
Moreover, there cannot possibly be a substance that has no operation.
Now all operation of the soul ends with the body, which is proved by induction.
For the nutritive powers of the soul operate through the bodily qualities and through a bodily instrument,
and act on the body which is perfected by the soul is nourished and increased,
and from which is severed the seed for the purpose of generation.
Again, all the operations of the powers belonging to the sensitive soul are accomplished
through bodily organs, some of them being accomplished with a certain bodily transmutation,
for instance those which are called passions of the soul, such as love, joy and the like.
Moreover, though understanding is not an operation fulfilled through a bodily organ, yet its objects
are the phantasms which stand in relation to it, as colors to the sight.
Wherefore, as the sight cannot see without colors,
so the intellective soul cannot understand without phantasms.
Further, the soul, in order to understand,
needs the powers which prepare the phantasms
so as to make them actually intelligible,
namely, the cogitative power and the memory,
which clearly cannot remain after
the body since they are acts of certain organs of the body and operate through those organs.
Hence Aristotle says that, the soul does not understand without phantasms, in the third book
of De Anima, Chapter 7, paragraph 3, and that it understands nothing without the passive intellect
in Chapter 5, verse 2, which he calls the cogitative power and which is corruptible.
For this reason he says in the first book of De Anima
that
Man's act of understanding is corrupted
when something within him is corrupted
namely
the phantasm or the passive intellect
And it is stated in the third book of De Anima
that after death
we do not remember what we knew in life
It is accordingly evident
that no operation of the soul can remain after death
therefore neither does its substance remain, since no substance can be without operation.
End of Chapter 80, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 81 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province.
This Librevox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 81
Arguments to Prove that the Soul is Corrupted when the body is corrupted
Continued
Now, since these arguments lead to a false conclusion, as was shown above, we must endeavor
to answer them.
And in the first place it must be observed that whatever things have to be adapted and
proportionate to one another are together multiplied or unified each by its own cause.
Wherefore, if the being of one depends on the other, its unity or multiplicity depends also thereon,
otherwise it depends on some other extrinsic cause.
No form and matter need always to be mutually proportionate and naturally adapted, so to speak,
because the proper act is produced in its proper matter.
Consequently, matter and form must always agree in point of multitude,
and unity. Hence, if the being of the form depend on matter, its multiplication, as also its unity,
depends on matter. But if not, the form must needs be multiplied according to the multiplication
of the matter that is together with matter, and in proportion there too, yet not so that the unity
or multiplicity of the very form depend on matter. Now it has been shown that the human soul is a form
is a form independent of matter as to its being, wherefore it follows that souls are indeed
multiplied according as bodies are multiplied, and yet the multiplication of bodies is not the
cause of the multiplication of souls. Therefore it does not follow that the plurality of souls
ceases with the destruction of bodies as the first argument concluded. From this, the reply also
to the second argument is clear, for it is not every,
difference of forms that causes a difference of species, but only that which is in respect of formal
principles, or of a different kind of form, since it is clear that the form is essentially distinct
in this and that fire, and yet neither fire nor form is specifically different. Accordingly,
multitude of souls separated from their bodies results from the substantial distinction of forms,
since one soul is substantially distinct from another.
And yet this distinction does not result from a distinction in the essential principles of the soul,
nor from a different kind of soul,
but from the various co-aptation of souls to bodies,
because this soul is adapted to this and not to that body,
and that soul to another body, and so on.
And this co-aptation remains in the soul,
even after the body has perished,
even as the soul's substance remains
through being independent of the body
in the point of being.
For the soul, according to its substance,
is the form of the body,
else it would be united to the body accidentally,
and consequently, the union of body and soul
would result in one thing,
not essentially, but accidentally.
Now, it is as forms
that souls need to be adapted to their bodies.
Therefore, it is clear that these same various co-aptations
remain in separated souls,
and consequently, the plurality of souls remains also.
The third argument given above
has been the occasion for some who held the world to be eternal
to fall into various strange opinions.
For some granted, the conclusion absolutely
and said that human souls perish altogether with their bodies.
Others said that of all souls
there remains some one thing separate that is common to all,
namely the active intellect according to some,
or besides this, the possible intellect, according to others.
Others, however, held that souls remain in their multitude after bodies,
but lest they should be compelled to admit an infinite number of souls,
they said that the same souls are united to different bodies after a certain time.
This was the Platonist's opinion, of which we shall treat further on.
Others, again, avoiding all the above statements, said that it is not impossible for separate souls
to be actually infinite in number.
Because in things not ordered to each other to be actually infinite is to be infinite accidentally,
and they hold that there is no reason not to admit this.
This is the opinion of Avicenna and El Gazelle.
We do not find it expressly stated by Aristotle
to which of these opinions he adhered,
although he holds explicitly the eternity of the world.
The last, however, of the above opinions
is not inconsistent with the principles laid down by him.
For in the third book of physics,
and in the first book Chely Etmese,
he proves that the actually infinite is impossible in natural bodies, but not in immaterial
substances. Nevertheless, it is certain that this question offers no difficulty to those who profess
the Catholic faith, since they do not admit the world to be eternal.
Again, if the soul remain after the destruction of the body, it does not follow that it must have
been accidentally united to it, as the fourth argument concluded.
for an accident is described as that which may be present or absent without the corruption of the subject composed of matter and form.
Now, if this be referred to the principles of the composite subject, it is found to be untrue, for it is clear that primary matter is not subject to generation and corruption, as Aristotle proves in the first book of physics.
wherefore it remains in its essence when the form departs,
and yet the form was united to it, not accidentally,
but essentially, since it was united to it in one being.
Likewise, the soul is united to the body in one being as we proved above.
Wherefore, though it survived the body,
it is united to it essentially and not accidentally.
that primary matter does not remain actually after the form except in respect of the act of another form,
whereas that the human soul remains in the same act is due to the fact that the human soul is form and act,
whereas primary matter is a being in potentiality.
As to the statement put forth in the fifth argument,
that no operation can remain in the soul when separated from the body,
we say that it is false, since those operations remain which are not exercised through organs.
Such are to understand and to will.
But those operations do not remain which are performed through bodily organs,
such as the operations of the nutritive and sensitive powers.
It must be observed, however, that the soul understands in a different way
when separated from the body and when united to it,
even as it has a different mode of existence, because a thing acts according as it is.
For although the being of the soul while united to the body is absolute and independent of the body,
nevertheless the body is the lodging as it were and the subject that receives it.
Wherefore, in consequence, its proper operation, which is to understand,
though not depending on the body as though it were performed through a bodily orifice,
has its object in the body, namely the phantasms.
Hence, as long as the soul is in the body, it cannot understand without a phantasm.
Neither can it remember except through the powers of cogitation and memory
by which the phantasms are prepared, as stated above.
For this reason, understanding, as regards this mode,
as also remembering, is destroyed when the body perishes,
body perishes. On the other hand, the separated soul has its being apart from the body,
wherefore neither will its operation, which is to understand, be performed independence upon
certain objects existing and bodily organs, which are the phantasms. But it will understand by
itself after the manner of substances wholly separate from bodies as to their being, of which
we shall speak further on. From which substances, moreover,
as from things higher than itself, it will be able to receive a more abundant inflow so as to understand more perfectly.
We have a sign of this in the young. For the soul, the more it is withdrawn from being occupied about its own body,
is rendered more apt to understand certain higher things, wherefore the virtue of temperance,
which withdraws the soul from bodily pleasures, above all makes men apt in unambority.
understanding. Moreover, men while asleep and not using their bodily senses, and when there is no
disturbance of the humors or vapors to hinder them, are influenced by higher beings so as to perceive
certain future things that surpass the purview of human reasoning. And this is much more the
case with those who are in a faint or an ecstasy, for as much as they are the more withdrawn from
the senses of the body. Nor does this happen unreasoning.
because, since the human soul, as shown above, is on the boundary line of corporeal
and incorporeal substances, as though it were on the horizon of eternity and time, by withdrawing
from the lower world it approaches to the higher.
Wherefore, when it shall be wholly separated from the body, it will be perfectly likened
to separate substances as to the manner of understanding and will receive their influence.
abundantly. Accordingly, though our act of understanding, as regards its mode in the present life,
ceases when the body perishes, another and higher mode of understanding will take its place.
Remembrance, however, since it is an act performed through a bodily organ, as Aristotle proves in his
book de memoria et reminiscencia, cannot remain in the soul after the body unless remembrance
be taken equivocally for the understanding of those things which the soul knew before.
For the soul must needs remember what it knew in life, since the intelligible species are
received indelibly into the possible intellect as we have shown above. With regard to the other
operations of the soul, such as to love, to rejoice and the like,
We must beware of equivocation, because sometimes they are taken for passions of the soul,
and thus they are acts of the sensible appetite in respect of the irascible and concupisable faculties,
together with a certain bodily transmutation.
And thus they cannot remain in the soul after death, as Aristotle proves in his book De Anima.
But sometimes they are taken for a simple act of the will that is without any passion,
wherefore Aristotle says in the seventh book of ethics that God rejoices by one simple operation.
And in the tenth book that in the contemplation of wisdom there is wonderful pleasure.
And in the eighth book he distinguishes the love of friendship from the love that is a passion.
Now since the will is a power that uses no organ, as neither does the intellect,
It is clear that these things, insofar as their acts of the will, remain in the separated soul.
Hence, it cannot be concluded from the foregoing arguments that man's soul is mortal.
End of Chapter 81, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 82 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book, On Creation, by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province.
This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 82. That the souls of dumb animals are not immortal.
From what has been said, it may be clearly proved, that the souls of dumb animals are not
immortal. For it has already been shown that no operation of the sensitive part can possibly be
without the body. Now we cannot find in the souls of dumb animals any operation
superior to those of the sensitive part,
for they neither understand nor reason.
This appears from the fact
that all animals of the same species
operate in the same way,
as though moved by nature
and not as operating by art.
Thus every swallow builds its nest,
and every spider spins its web in the same way.
Therefore, the souls of dumb animals
have no operation that is possible without the body.
Since then, every substance has some operation,
the soul of a dumb animal cannot exist apart from the body.
Therefore, it perishes when the body perishes.
Again, every form that is separate from matter is actually understood,
for the active intellect makes species to be actually intelligible
insofar as it abstracts them,
as appears from what has been said.
but if the dumb animal's soul remains after its body has perished,
it will be a form separate from matter.
Therefore, it will be a form actually understood.
Now, in things separate from matter,
that which understands is the same as that which is understood,
as Aristotle says in the third book of De Anima.
Therefore, the soul of a dumb animal,
if it survived the body, will be intellectual, which is impossible.
Again, in everything that is able to attain to a certain perfection, we find a natural
desire for that perfection, since good is what all desire, according to the first book of
ethics, chapter one, paragraph one, yet so that each thing desires the good proper to
it, according to the eighth book of ethics, chapter two, paragraph two.
Now, in dumb animals, we do not find a natural desire for perpetual existence.
except as regards perpetuity of species,
inasmuch as we find in them the desire for begetting
whereby the species is perpetuated,
which desire is found in both plants and inanimate things,
but not as regards the appetite that is proper to an animal as such,
which appetite is consequent upon apprehension.
For since the sensitive soul does not apprehend except here and now,
it cannot possibly apprehend perpetual existence.
Neither, therefore, does it desire it with animal appetite.
Therefore, the soul of a dumb animal is not capable of perpetual existence.
Moreover, since pleasure's perfect operations, as Aristotle says in the tenth book of ethics,
the operation of a thing is directed to that in which it takes pleasure as in an end.
Now all pleasures of dumb animals
are referred to the preservation of the body
For they delight not in sounds
perfumes and sights
Except insofar as they are
indicative of foods or venereal matters
Which are the objects of all their pleasures
Hence all their operations are directed
To the preservation of their bodily existence
As their end
Therefore they have no existence apart from the body
The teaching of the Catholic faith is in keeping with this statement,
for it is said in Genesis chapter 9 verses 4 and 5 of the dumb animal soul,
the life thereof is in the blood,
as though to say its existence depends on the permanence of the blood.
It is also said in the book de ecclesiastiches dogmatibus,
we declare that man alone has a subsistent soul,
that is, which has life of itself.
and that the souls of dumb animals perish with the body.
Moreover, Aristotle, in the second book of De Anima,
says that the intellective part of the soul is distinguished
from the other parts as incorruptible from corruptible.
This puts out of court the opinion of Plato
who held that the souls even of dumb animals are immortal.
And yet it would seem possible to prove
that the souls of dumb animals are immortal,
for if a thing has a per se operation belonging to itself,
it is also self-subsistent.
Now the sensitive soul and dumb animals
has a per se operation
wherein the body has no part,
namely, to move,
because a mover is composed of two parts,
one of which is mover and the other moved,
according to the eighth book of physics,
chapter 5, paragraph 8.
Wherefore, since the body is something moved, it follows that the soul alone is mover,
therefore it is self-subsistent.
Consequently, it cannot be corrupted accidentally when the body perishes,
since those things alone are corrupted accidentally which have not, per se, being.
Nor can it be corrupted per se, seeing that it has no contrary, nor is it composed of contraries.
It follows, therefore, that it is altogether incorruptible.
The argument of Plato, whereby he proved that every soul is immortal,
would seem to come to the same as this, because to wit, the soul moves itself,
and whatever moves itself must needs be immortal.
For the body dies not except when it is abandoned by that which moved it,
and a thing cannot abandon itself.
And consequently, according to him, that which moves itself cannot die.
And so he concluded that every moving soul, even that of dumb animals, is immortal.
We have said that this argument comes to the same as the preceding,
because, since in Plato's opinion, nothing moves unless it be moved,
that which moves itself is a per se mover, and therefore has a per se operation.
Again, Plato held that the sensitive soul has an operation of its own,
not only in moving, but also in sensing.
For he declared that sensation is a movement of the soul itself which senses,
and that the soul, being moved thus, moved the body to sensation.
Wherefore, when he defined sense, he said that it is
the movement of the soul through the body, in the Temaeus, number 43.
Now, it is clear that these statements are false.
For to sense is not to move, but to be moved.
Because from being potentially sentient, the animal is made actually sentient through the sensible objects
by which the senses are impressed.
But it cannot be said that the sense is passive to the sensible in the same way as the intellect is passive to the intelligible object
so that sensation could be an operation of the soul without a bodily instrument,
in the same way as understanding is.
For the intellect apprehends things as abstracted from matter and material conditions, which
are the principles of individuality, whereas the sense does not.
This is evidenced by the sense being confined to particular objects, while understanding
is of universals.
It is therefore clear that the senses are passive to things as exist.
existing in matter, while the intellect is not, but according as they are subject to abstraction.
Therefore, the passion of the intellect is without corporeal matter, whereas the passion of the senses is not.
Again, different senses are receptive of different sensibles, sight, for instance, of colors,
hearing of sounds. Now this difference clearly arises from the different dispositions
of the organs. For the organ of sight needs to be in potentiality to all colors, and the organ of
hearing to all sounds. But if this reception took place without any corporeal organ, the same faculty
would be receptive of all sensible objects. Since an immaterial power, for its own part,
stands in an equal relation to all such qualities. Wherefore the intellect, through not
using a corporeal organ takes cognizance of all sensible objects. Therefore there is no
sensation without a corporeal organ. Further, sense is corrupted by excellence of its object,
but the intellect is not because he who understands higher objects of intelligence is able to
understand others not less but more, according to the third book of De Anima, chapter 4, paragraph
Consequently, the passion caused in the sense by the sensible differs in kind from that which is caused in the intellect by the intelligible.
The passion of the intellect occurring without a corporeal organ, while the passion of the sense is connected with a corporeal organ,
the harmony of which is destroyed by the excellence of the sensible.
Plato's statement that, a soul moves itself, may seem to be one.
well-founded by reason of what we observe in regard to bodies.
For seemingly, nobody moves unless it is moved.
Wherefore Plato said that every mover is moved.
And since we cannot go on to infinity,
as though everything moved were moved by another,
he stated that in each order the first mover moved itself.
From this it followed that the soul,
which is the first mover in the movement of animals,
is something that moves itself.
But this is shown to be false on two counts.
First, because it has been proved
that whatever is moved per se is a body.
Wherefore, since a soul is not a body,
it is impossible for it to be moved save accidentally.
Secondly, because since a mover as such is in act,
while the thing moved as such is in potentiality,
and since nothing can be in the same respect, in act and potentiality,
it will be impossible for the same thing to be, in the same respect, mover, and moved.
But if a thing is stated to move itself,
one part thereof must needs be mover and on the other part moved.
It is in this way that an animal is said to move itself,
because the soul is mover and the body moves.
Since, however, Plato did not hold that the soul is a body, although he made use of the word
movement, which properly speaking belongs to bodies. He did not mean movement in this strict sense,
but referred it in a more general way to any operation, in which sense Aristotle also says in the
third book of De Anima that sensation and understanding are movements, but in this way movement
is the act, not of that which is in potentiality, but of that which is perfect.
Consequently, when he said that the soul moves itself, by this he meant to say that it acts
without the help of the body, whereas it is the other way about with other forms which
exercise no action apart from matter. For that which heats is not heat by itself but something
hot. Hence he wished to conclude that every soul which causes movement is immortal, because that which
has a per se operation must needs also have per se existence. But it has already been proved that the
operation of the soul of a dumb animal, sensation to it, cannot be without the body. And this is much more
evident as regards its operation of appetite, because all things pertaining to the appetite of the
sensitive faculty are manifestly accompanied by a certain bodily transmutation and are known as
passions of the soul. From this it follows that not even is movement, an operation of the sensitive
part without an organ. For the soul of a dumb animal moves not except through sense and appetite,
because the power which is said to execute movement
makes the members obedient to the command of the appetite,
so that the body is perfected with powers directed to its being moved
rather than with powers of moving.
It is accordingly clear that no operation of the dumb animal's soul
can be independent of the body.
And from this we necessarily conclude
that the dumb animal soul perishes with the body.
End of Chapter 82, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C. Chapter 83 of Summa Contra Gentiles,
second book on Creation by St. Thomas Aquinas, translated by the fathers of the English
Dominican province. This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 83, that the human soul begins to exist with the body. Since, however, the same things
are found to have both a beginning of being and an end of being, it may seem to someone that,
since the human soul has no end of its being, neither has it had any beginning of being,
but has always been. And seemingly this can be proved by the following arguments.
For that which will never cease to be has the power to be always,
and that which has the power to be always can never be truly said not to be.
since the thing's duration in existence extends as far as its power to exist.
Now of everything that has begun to be, it is at some time true to say that it is not.
Therefore, that which will never cease to be at no time begins to be.
Further, the truth of intelligibles is not only incorruptible, but for its own part is eternal.
because it is necessary, and whatever is necessary is eternal, since for that which necessarily is,
not to be is an impossibility.
Now it is from the incorruptibility of intelligible truth that the soul is proved to have
incorruptible being.
Therefore, by similar reasoning, from its eternity, we can prove the eternity of the soul.
Moreover, a thing is not perfect if it lack several of its principal parts.
Now, it is clear that the principal parts of the universe are intellectual substances,
to which genus, as shown above, human souls belong.
Consequently, if every day as many human souls begin to exist as men are born,
it is evident that many of its principal parts are added to the universe every day,
and that it lacks many such parts.
Therefore it follows that the universe is imperfect, which is impossible.
Furthermore, some argue from the authority of Holy Writ,
for it is stated in Genesis chapter 1 that,
on the seventh day God ended his work which he had made,
and he rested from all his work which he had done.
But this would not be so if he made new souls every day.
Therefore, new human souls do not begin to exist, but they have existed from the beginning of the world.
For these then, and like reasons, some, supposing the world to be eternal, have said that as the human soul is incorruptible,
so has it existed from eternity.
Hence those, namely the Platonists, who maintained that human souls in their universality are immortal,
held that they have also existed from eternity.
and are united to bodies at one time and at another separated from them.
This vicissitude depending on certain fixed periods of years.
On the other hand, those who maintained that human souls are immortal
in respect of some one thing which remains over from all men after death,
held that the same one thing has existed from eternity,
whether it be the active intellect alone, as Alexander said,
or besides this, the passive intellect, as Averroes asserted.
This too is apparently the meaning of Aristotle's words,
since, speaking of the intellect, he says that it is not only incorruptible, but also perpetual.
Some, however, professing the Catholic faith, yet imbued with the teachings of the Platonists,
have held a middle course. For since, according to the Catholic faith,
nothing is eternal besides God.
They maintained, not that the human souls are eternal,
but that they were created with, or rather before,
the visible world, and yet are united anew to bodies.
Of those who professed the Christian faith,
origin was the first to hold this opinion,
and afterwards several followed him.
In fact, this opinion survives to this day among heretics
of whom the maniches agree with Plato in asserting the eternity
and transmigration of souls.
But it can be easily proved
that the foregoing opinions
are not founded upon truth.
For we have already shown above
that there is not but one possible
or active intellect for all.
Wherefore it remains for us to proceed
against those opinions which state
that there are many human souls
but that they existed before bodies,
either from eternity or from the formation of the world.
This would seem
unreasonable for the following reasons.
For it was shown above that the soul is united to the body as its form and act.
Now although act is naturally prior to potentiality,
yet in one and the same subject, it is posterior to it in time,
since a thing is moved from potentiality to act.
Wherefore the seed that is potentially living precedes the soul which is the act of life.
Again, it is natural to every form to be united to its proper matter,
else that which is made of form and matter would be something beside nature.
Now that which is becoming to a thing, according to nature,
is ascribed to it before that which is becoming thereto beside nature.
Since what becomes a thing beside nature is in that thing accidentally,
whereas what is becoming to it according to nature is in it per se.
And that which is accidental always comes after that which is per se,
according to the eighth book of physics, chapter 5, paragraph 7.
Therefore it is becoming to the soul to be united to the body
before being separated from the body.
Therefore it was not created before the body to which it is united.
Moreover, every part that is separated from its whole is imperfect.
Now the soul, since it is a form, as proved above, is part of the human species.
Consequently, as long as it exists by itself apart from the body, it is imperfect.
But the perfect precedes the imperfect in the order of natural things.
therefore it is not becoming to the order of nature
that the soul should have been created apart from the body
before being united to the body.
Moreover,
if souls were created without their bodies,
we must inquire how they came to be united to those bodies,
for this was either by force or by nature.
If by force, since whatever is the result of force
is against nature,
it follows that the union of soul and body is unnatural,
where for man, who is composed of both, is something unnatural,
and this is clearly false.
Moreover, intellectual substances are of a higher order than heavenly bodies.
Now nothing violent or contrary is to be found in heavenly bodies.
Much less, therefore, is there in intellectual substances.
On the other hand, if souls are united to bodies naturally,
it follows that as soon as they were created, souls had a natural desire to be united to bodies.
Now the natural appetite is forthwith brought into act unless there be an obstacle,
as instanced in the movement of heavy and light bodies,
because nature always works in the same way.
Consequently, from the very movement of their creation,
they would have been united to bodies
unless there were something to prevent it.
But everything that hinders the realization of the natural appetite
does violence thereto.
Therefore, it was by violence that at some time souls were separated from bodies.
Now this is unreasonable,
both because in such substances,
there can be nothing violent as we have proved.
And because the violent and the unnatural,
since they are accidental,
cannot precede that which is according to nature,
nor can they be consequent upon the whole species.
Further, since everything natural desires its own perfection,
it is for matter to desire form and not vice versa.
Now the soul is compared to the body as formed to matter
as were shown above.
Therefore, the union of the soul and body
answers to the desire,
not of the soul, but rather of the body.
If, however, it be said
that both are natural to the soul,
namely, union with the body,
and separation from the body,
according to different times,
this is seemingly impossible.
Because changes that occur naturally
in a subject are accidental,
such as youth and old age,
Hence, if union with and separation from the body are natural changes as regards the soul,
union with the body will be an accident of the soul, and consequently, the man resulting from
this union will not be a per se but an accidental being.
Further, whatever is subject to alteration according to a difference of time is subject
to the heavenly movement, which the whole course of time follows.
whereas intellectual and incorporeal substances, among which are separate souls, are above the whole order of bodies.
Wherefore, they cannot be subject to heavenly movements. Therefore, it is impossible for them that,
according to a difference of time, they should be naturally, now united, now separated,
or desire naturally this at one time, and that at another. If, however, it be seen,
said that they are united to bodies neither by violence nor by nature, but by deliberate choice,
this is impossible. For no one wishes to come to a worse state except he be deceived. Now the
separate soul is of a higher state than when united to the body, especially according to the
Platonists, who say that through being united to the body it forgets what it knew before and is
in the pure contemplation of truth.
Therefore, it is not willingly united to the body, except it be deceived.
But there cannot be in the soul any cause of deception,
since according to them it is supposed to have all knowledge.
Nor can it be said that its judgment in a particular matter of choice
proceeding from its universal knowledge is upset on account of the passions,
as happens in the incontinent.
because passions of this kind are not without a bodily alteration, so that they cannot be in the separate soul.
It remains, therefore, that if the soul existed before the body, it would not be united to the body of its own will.
Further, any effect resulting from the concurrence of two mutually independent wills is a causal effect.
For instance, when a person intent on buying meets his creditor on the marketplace,
without the latter having agreed with him to go there.
Now the will of the begetter, on which the begetting of the body depends,
is not dependent on the will of the separated soul which desires to be united.
Since then the union of soul and body cannot take place without the concurrence of both wills,
it follows that such union is casual, so that the begetting of a man is not from nature but from chance,
which is clearly false, since it results in the majority of cases.
And again, if it be said that the soul is united to the body, not from nature, nor of its own will,
but by divine ordinance, this also seems inadmissible if souls were created before bodies,
For God fashioned each thing according to a manner becoming its nature.
Since it is said of each creature in Genesis chapter 1,
God seeing that it was good, and of altogether,
God saw all things that he had made and they were very good.
Consequently, if he created souls separate from bodies,
we must needs say that this manner of being is more becoming their nature.
Now, it is not in keeping with the ordinance of the divine goodness to bring things down to a lower state,
but rather to raise them to a better. Therefore, it could not have been by divine ordinance that the soul was united to the body.
Further, it is not in keeping with the order of divine wisdom to raise up lower things to the detriment of higher.
Now bodies that are subject to generation and corruption
obtain the lowest place in the order of things.
Therefore, it was not becoming the order of divine wisdom
to raise up human bodies by uniting pre-existing souls to them,
since this could not be done without detriment to the latter,
as proved from what has been said.
Origin took note of this,
and since he maintained that human souls were created from the beginning,
he said that they were united to bodies by divine ordinance, but as a punishment.
For he was of opinion that they had sinned before bodies were formed,
and that according to the gravity of their sin,
they were enclosed in bodies more or less noble as in so many prisons.
But this opinion cannot stand,
because punishment is something contrary to a good of nature,
and for this reason is said to be an evil.
if therefore the union of soul and body is something penal, it is not a good of nature, yet this is impossible,
for it is intended by nature, since it is the end of natural generation.
Moreover, it would follow that to be a man is not good according to nature, whereas it is said
in Genesis 1 verse 31 after the creation of man, God saw all the things that he had made,
and they were very good.
Further, good does not result from evil except by accident.
Consequently, if it was appointed that the soul should be united to the body
on account of a sin of the separate soul, since this union is a good,
it follows that it is accidental.
Therefore, it was by chance that man was made.
But this is derogatory to divine wisdom,
whereof it is said in Wisdom, chapter 11, verse 21, that
it ordered all things in number, weight, and measure.
This is also clearly opposed to the teaching of the apostle,
for it is said in Romans chapter 9 verses 11 and 12 of Jacob and Esau
that, when they were not yet born nor had done any good or evil,
it was said that the elder shall serve the younger.
Therefore, before this was said,
their souls had not committed any sin,
and yet this was said after their conception,
as appears from Genesis chapter 25, verse 23.
When we were treating of the distinction of things,
in chapter 44,
we adduced against the position of origin
several arguments which may also be employed here.
Wherefore, omitting them, let us pass on to others.
Again, we must admit that the human soul
either needs the senses or not.
Now experience would seem to make it clear
that it needs the senses,
because whoever lacks a certain sense
has no knowledge of the sensibles
that are known through that sense.
Thus one born blind
has neither knowledge nor any understanding
whatever of colors.
Moreover, if the soul
need not the senses in order to understand,
we should not find in man any relation
between sensitive and intellective knowledge.
Yet we observe the contrary,
for sensation leads to memories,
and these lead us to take observation of things,
whereby we arrive at the understanding
of the universal principles of sciences and arts.
Accordingly, if the human soul needs the senses
in order to understand,
since nature fails no thing in what is necessary
for the accomplishment of its proper operation,
Thus it supplies with fitting organs of sense and movement those animals which are animated with the powers of sense and movement.
The human soul must not have been fashioned without the necessary assistance of the senses.
But the senses are inoperative without corporeal organs as shown above.
Therefore the soul was not made without the organs of the body.
If, however, the human soul does not need the senses
in order to understand, and for this reason is said to have been created apart from the body,
we are compelled to say that before being united to the body, yet understood by itself
all scientific truths. In fact, the Platonists granted this, when they held that ideas,
which in Plato's opinion are the separate intelligible forms of things, are the cause of knowledge,
wherefore the separate soul, since there was no obstacle in the way, received full knowledge of all sciences.
We must therefore say, since it is found to be ignorant when united to the body, that it forgets the knowledge it had previously.
The Platonists grant this also, and allege as a proof of this, that however ignorant a man may be,
if he be questioned methodically about things that are taught in the sciences,
he will answer the truth.
Thus, if a man has forgotten some of the things which he knew before,
and someone suggests to him consecutively the things which he has forgotten,
he recalls them to his memory.
Whence, it is also followed that,
to learn is nothing else than to remember.
Accordingly it follows, as a necessary consequence of this opinion,
that union with the body hinders the soul from understanding.
Now nature does not unite a thing to that which causes an obstacle to its operation,
rather does it unite it to that whereby its operation is rendered more prompt.
Consequently, the union of body and soul will not be natural.
And so man will not be a natural thing, nor will his generation be natural,
which statements are clearly false.
Further, the last end of anything
is that which it strives to obtain by its operations
Now man, by all his well-ordered and right operations,
strives to attain the contemplation of truth.
For the operations of the active powers
are so many preparations and dispositions to the contemplative powers.
Therefore the end of man is to arrive at the contemplation of truth.
For this purpose, then,
was the soul united to the body whereby a man comes into being.
Therefore, it is not through union with the body that the soul loses knowledge.
On the contrary, it is united to the body that it may acquire knowledge.
Again, if a man who is ignorant of the sciences be questioned about matters pertaining to the sciences,
he will not answer the truth except as regards universal principles, which no one ignores,
since they are known to all in the same way and naturally.
Afterwards, however, if he be questioned consecutively,
he will answer the truth about things closely connected with the principles,
while bearing those principles in mind,
and he will continue to do so as long as he is able to apply the force of those principles
to the matters on which he is questioned.
From this, accordingly,
it is clear that knowledge is caused anew in the person questioned
by the first principles,
and not by the remembrance of a knowledge
he had possessed before.
Further,
if the knowledge of conclusions
were as natural to the soul
as knowledge of principles,
all would have the same opinion
about conclusions as they have of principles,
since all things that are natural
are the same for all.
Now all
have not the same opinion about conclusions,
but only about principles.
It is therefore clear that the knowledge of principles is natural to us, but not the knowledge of conclusions.
Now from that which is natural to us, we acquire that which is not natural,
even as in external things we make with our hands all the products of art.
Therefore, we have no knowledge of conclusions, save that which we obtain from principles.
Again,
as much as nature is ever directed to one thing, it follows that of one power there is naturally
one object. For instance, color is the object of sight, sound of hearing. Wherefore the intellect,
since it is one power, has one natural object, of which it has knowledge per se and naturally.
And this object must be that under which are comprised all things known by the
the intellect, just as under color are comprised all colors, which are per se visible.
Now this is no other than being.
Therefore our intellect knows being naturally, and whatever is per se comprised under
being as such.
And on this knowledge is based the knowledge of first principles, such as the incompatibility
of affirmation and negation and the like.
wherefore the intellect, since it is one power, has one natural object, of which it has knowledge per se and naturally.
And this object must be that under which are comprised all things known by the intellect,
just as under color are comprised all colors, which are per se visible.
Now this is no other than being.
Therefore our intellect knows being naturally
and whatever is per se comprised under being as such
and on this knowledge is based the knowledge of first principles
such as the incompatibility of affirmation and negation and the like.
Consequently, these principles alone are known naturally by our intellect
while conclusions are known through them,
even as through color the sight knows both common and accidental sensibles.
Further, that which we acquire through the senses was not in the soul before its union with the body.
Now knowledge of principles is caused in us from sensibles.
For had we not perceived some whole by our senses,
we should be unable to understand that a whole is greater than its part.
just as a man-born blind is unable to have an idea of colors.
Neither, therefore, had the soul any knowledge of principles before its union with the body,
and much less of other things.
Consequently, Plato's proof of the existence of the soul before its union with the body cannot stand.
Again, if all souls existed before the bodies to which they are united,
It would seem to follow that the same soul is united to different bodies according to the vicissitudes of time.
In fact, this is an evident consequence of the opinion of those who hold the eternity of the world.
For if men have been begotten from eternity, it follows that an infinite number of human bodies have been begotten and corrupted during the whole course of time.
Therefore we must say either that an actual infant,
number of souls pre-existed, if each soul is united to a single body, or if the number of
souls be finite, that the same soul is united at one time to this, at another time to that body.
And the same would seem to follow if we suppose that souls existed before bodies,
but that generation was not from eternity.
For although it be supposed that the begetting of men has not always been,
one cannot doubt that it can be of infinite duration,
because each man is so formed by nature
that unless he be accidentally hindered,
he is able to beget another even as he himself was begotten of another.
Yet this is impossible if,
supposing a finite number of souls,
one soul cannot be united to several bodies.
Wherefore several who have asserted the existence of souls before,
bodies maintained the transmigration of souls. But this is impossible. Therefore, souls did not
exist before bodies. That one soul cannot possibly be united to different bodies is proved thus.
Human souls do not differ specifically from one another, but only numerically. Else men also
would differ in species from one another. Now, numerical distinction arises from material principles.
Consequently, the distinction among human souls will have to be taken from something material,
not however as though matter were part of the soul, for it has been shown above that the soul is an
intellectual substance and that no such substance has any matter. It remains, therefore, that
in the manner indicated above, the distinction and plurality of souls must be taken from
the relation to the different matters, to which souls are united. Consequently, if there
are different bodies, there must needs have different souls united to them. Therefore,
one is not united to several. Again, it has been proved above that the soul is united to the body
as its form. Now forms must be proportionate to their respective matters, since they are related
the one to the other as potentiality to act. For the proper act corresponds to the proper
potentiality. Therefore, one soul is not united to several bodies. Moreover, the power of the
mover should be proportionate to its mobile, for not every power moves every movable.
Now it cannot be said that the soul, even were it not the form of the body, is not its mover,
for the animate differs from the inanimate by sense and movement.
Therefore different souls must correspond to different bodies.
Again, in things subject to generation and corruption,
the same identical thing cannot be reproduced by generation.
for, since generation and corruption are movements towards substance,
in things that are generated and corrupted,
the substance does not remain the same as it does in things that are moved locally.
Now, if the one soul is united successively to various generated bodies,
the same identical man will be reproduced by generation.
This is a necessary consequence for Plato,
who said that a man is a soul,
clad with a body. It follows also for all the others, because, since the unity, even as the being
of a thing follows its form, it follows that those things are one in number whose form
is one in number. Therefore, it is not possible for one soul to be united to several bodies.
And from this, it follows also that neither were souls before bodies. The Catholic faith declares
itself in agreement with this truth. For it is said in the Psalm 32 verse 15,
He who hath made the hearts of every one of them, because to which God fashioned a soul for each one
separately, and neither created them altogether, nor united one to different bodies. Hence, it is also
declared in the book de ecclesiastici stogmatibus, we affirm that the souls of men were not
created from the beginning together with other intellectual natures, nor at the same time as origin
pretended. End of Chapter 83. Read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C. Chapter 84 of Summa Contra Gentiles
second book on Creation by St. Thomas Aquinas, translated by the fathers of the English
Dominican province. This Librevox recording is in the public domain.
solution of the foregoing arguments.
The arguments whereby it is proved that souls have existed from eternity,
or that, at least, they existed before bodies, are easily solved.
For the first statement, that the soul has the power to be always, must be granted.
But it must be observed that the power and potentiality of a thing
extend not to what has been, but to what is or will be.
wherefore possibility has no place in the past.
Therefore from the fact that the soul has the power to be always,
we may conclude, not that it always was, but that it always will be.
Further, that to which a power is directed does not follow from the power,
unless the power be supposed.
Hence, although the soul has the power to be always, we cannot infer that the soul is always,
except after it has already received this power. And if we presume that it received this power
from eternity, we shall be begging the question at issue, namely, whether the soul has been from eternity.
As to the second objection about the eternity of the truth which the soul understands,
we must observe that the eternity of a truth understood may be taken in two ways.
In one way, as to the thing understood, in another as to that whereby it is understood.
If the understood truth be eternal as regards the thing understood,
it follows that the thing understood is eternal, but not the one who understands,
whereas if the understood truth be eternal as to that whereby it is understood,
it would follow that the soul which understands it is eternal.
Now the understood truth is eternal not in the latter but in the former way,
for it is clear from what has been said that the intelligible species,
by which our soul understands truth, are acquired by us from the phantasms through the
active intellect. Hence, it cannot be inferred that the soul is eternal, but that the truths understood
are based on something eternal, for their foundation is in the first truth, as in the universal
cause which contains all truth. But the soul is compared to this eternal thing, not as subject
to form, but as a thing to its proper end, because the true is the good of the intellect and
the end thereof. Now, from a thing's end, we can argue about its duration, just as we can argue
about its beginning from its efficient cause, since what is directed to an eternal end must be
capable of enduring forever. Consequently, from the eternity of intelligible truth, we can
prove that the soul is immortal, but not that it is eternal. That neither can the latter be
proved from the eternity of the agent is clear from what has been said above when we were discussing
the eternity of creatures. The third objection which refers to the perfection of the universe
is not cogent. For the perfection of the universe regards the species, not the individuals,
since the universe is continually receiving an addition of individuals to the pre-existing species.
Now human souls do not differ specifically among themselves, but only numerically as we have proved.
Consequently, it is not inconsistent with the perfection of the universe if new souls be created.
Hence we may gather the reply to the fourth objection, for it is stated at the same time in Genesis
1 that God ended his work, and that he rested from all his work which he had done.
Since then, the ending or perfecting of creatures regards the species and not the individuals.
So God's rest must be understood to refer to the cessation of forming new species, but not new
individuals, the like of which in the species have existed before.
Accordingly, as all human souls are of one species, even as are all men,
it is not incompatible with the aforesaid rest if God creates new souls from day to day.
It must, however, be observed that we do not find it stated by Aristotle
that the human intellect is eternal, and yet he is wont to say this of those things
which, in his opinion, always have been.
But he declares that it is everlasting, and this can be said of those things that always
will be, although they have not always been. Hence, in the second book of metaphysics, in excluding
the intellective soul from the conditions of other forms, he did not say that this form was before
matter, and yet Plato said this of ideas, so that it would seem consistent with the subject
of which he was treating that he should say something of the kind of the soul, but he said that
it remains after the body. End of Chapter 84, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C. Chapter 85 of Summa Contra Gentiles
Second Book on Creation by St. Thomas Aquinas, translated by the fathers of the English-Dominican
province. This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 85 That the soul is not made of God's substance. From the foregoing it is clear, it is
clear that the soul is not of God's substance, for it has been shown above that the divine
substance is eternal, and that nothing pertaining thereto begins anew, whereas human souls did not
exist before bodies as we have proved. Therefore, the soul cannot be of the divine substance.
Moreover, it was shown above that God cannot be the form of anything, whereas the soul is the
form of the body as we have proved.
Therefore, it is not of the divine substance.
Further, everything from which something is made is impotentiality to that which is thus made
from it.
But God's substance is not impotentiality to anything, for it is pure act, as we proved
above.
Therefore, it is impossible that the soul or any other thing whatsoever be made from God's
substance. Again, that from which something is made is changed in some way. But God is utterly
unchangeable, as we proved above. Therefore, it is impossible for anything to be made from him.
Moreover, the soul shows evident signs of variation in knowledge and virtue and their opposites,
whereas in God there is no variation whatever, neither per se,
nor accidental. Again, it was shown above that God is pure act, wherein there is no potentiality.
Whereas in the human soul we find both potentiality and act, for it contains the possible
intellect which is in potentiality to all that is intelligible besides the active intellect
as shown above. Therefore the human soul is not from the divine nature.
Again, since the divine substance is altogether indivisible,
the soul cannot be part thereof but only the whole.
Now, the divine substance cannot possibly be but one, as we showed above.
It follows, therefore, that there would be, for all men, only one soul as regards the intellect,
and this has been refuted above.
Therefore, the soul is not from the divine substance.
This opinion arose apparently from a triple source.
For some maintained that no substance is incorporeal.
Consequently, they asserted that God is the most noble body,
whether this be air, fire, or any other thing that they considered to be a principle,
and they affirmed that the soul was of the nature of this body.
For they all ascribed to the soul, whatever they considered to be a principle,
as Aristotle says in the first book of De Anima.
And thus it followed,
that the soul is from the divine substance.
From this root sprang the opinion of manas
who thought that God is a bright body extending through infinite space,
whereof, said he, the human soul is a fragment.
But this opinion was refuted above,
both because we proved that God is not a body,
and because we have shown that neither the human,
nor any intellectual substance is a body.
Some have maintained that for all men there is but one intellect, whether active only, or both
active and possible, as stated above.
And since the ancients asserted that every separate substance is God, it followed that our
soul, namely the intellect whereby we understand, is of the divine nature.
wherefore, even nowadays, certain adherence to the Christian faith, who hold that the active intellect
is a separate being, say expressly that the active intellect is God.
But this opinion about the unity of our active intellect was disproved above.
Possibly also, this opinion may have arisen from the very likeness of our soul to God,
for it is on account of man's soul that intelligence, which is esteemes,
most proper to God, is found to be befitting to no substance in this lower world, save men alone.
Hence it might seem that the soul was allied to the divine nature, and especially so to those men
who were convinced of the human soul's immortality. Moreover, this would seem to be confirmed
by the fact that after it had been said in Genesis 1, let us make man to our image and likeness.
It is added, God formed man of the slime of the earth, and breathed into his face the breath of life.
From which text some wished to conclude that the soul is of the divine nature,
since he who breathes into another's face puts forth into another the identical thing which was in himself.
And so scripture would seem to imply that God put into man something divine in order to give him life.
But the aforesaid likeness does not prove that man is a part of the divine substance,
for in understanding he suffers from manifold defects which cannot be said of God,
wherefore this likeness indicates an imperfect image rather than consubstantiality.
In fact, scripture indicates this when it says that man was made to God's image.
Hence the aforesaid breathing shows that life came forth from God into man by way of a certain likeness
and not according to identity of substance.
For which reason also the spirit of life is stated to have been breathed into his face
because, since the organs of several senses are situate in this part of the body,
the signs of life are more evidenced in the face.
Accordingly, God is said to have breathed the spirit into man's face
because he gave man the spirit of life,
but not by parting it from his own substance.
For he who breathes the breath of his body into the face of someone,
whence the metaphor is apparently taken,
blows into his face the air,
but does not send forth part of his substance into him.
End of Chapter 85
Read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 86 of Summa Contra Gentiles
Second Book on Creation
by St. Thomas Aquinas
translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province.
This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 86
That the human soul is not transmitted with the seaman
It may be shown from the foregold
that the human soul is not transmitted with the semen as though it were sown by coition.
For any principles whatsoever that cannot exercise their operations without the body cannot begin
to exist apart from the body, because a thing's being is proportionate to its operation,
since everything operates according as it is a being.
On the other hand, those principles which exercise their operations without the body, are just
generated apart from the generation of the body. Now the operation of the nutritive and sensitive
soul cannot be without the body as is evident from what has been said, whereas the operation of
the intellect of soul is not exercised through an organ of the body as stated above. Consequently,
the nutritive and sensitive souls are generated through the generation of the body, but not
the intellective soul. Now the transmission of the semen
is directed to the generation of the body. Therefore, the nutritive and sensitive souls
begin to exist through the transmission of the semen, but not the intellect of soul. Again,
if the human soul began to exist by transmission with the semen, this could only be in two ways.
In one way, so that we understand it to be in the semen actually, as though it were accidentally
severed from the soul of the generator, just as the same.
semen is severed from the body. This may be seen in annulose animals that live after being cut
in two and in which there is one soul actually and several in potentiality. For when the soul of
such an animal is divided, the soul begins to be actually in each living part. In another way,
so that we understand the semen to possess a virtue productive of the intellective soul,
and thus the intellect of soul would be in the semen virtually, but not actually.
But the former of these is impossible for two reasons.
First, because since the intellect of soul is the most perfect of souls and endowed with the highest power,
its proper matter is a body having a great variety of organs,
whereby its manifold operations can be accomplished.
Consequently, it cannot possibly be actually in the separated semen, since not even the souls of perfect,
irrational animals are multiplied by division as happens in annulose animals.
Secondly, because since the intellect, which is the proper and principal power of the intellect of
soul, is not the act of any part of the body, it cannot be accidentally divided through the body
being divided, and consequently neither can the intellect of soul.
The second is also impossible, for the active force in the semen promotes the generation of the
animal by transmuting the body, because a material force cannot act otherwise.
Now every form that begins to exist through the transmutation of matter has a being dependent on matter,
because the transmutation of matter reduces it from potentiality to act,
and thus terminates in the actual being of matter,
which results from its union with a form.
Wherefore, if thereby the being of the form also begins simply,
the being of the form will consist merely in its being united to matter,
and consequently the form will be dependent on matter for its being.
Therefore, if the human soul is brought into being by an active force in the seaman,
it follows that its being is dependent on matter, like the being of other material forms,
whereas the contrary of this has been proved above.
Therefore, the intellective soul is no wise brought into being through the transmission of the seaman.
Moreover, every form that is brought into being through the transmission of the semen.
Moreover, every form that is brought into being through the transmutation of matter is brought
forth from the potentiality of matter, since the transmutation of matter is its reduction
from potentiality to act.
Now the intellective soul cannot be brought forth from the potentiality of matter, for it has
been shown above that the intellective soul surpasses the whole potentiality of matter, since it
It has an operation apart from matter as was proved above.
Therefore, the intellect of soul is not brought forth into being through the transmutation of matter,
and neither consequently by the action of a power residing in the semen.
Further, no active force acts beyond its genus, but the intellective soul surpasses the whole
genus of bodies.
since it has an operation that is raised above all bodies, namely intelligence.
Therefore, no bodily force can produce an intellective soul.
Now whatever action proceeds from a force that is in the semen results from a bodily force,
because the formative force acts through the medium of the threefold heat,
of fire, of heaven, and of the soul.
Therefore, the intellective soul cannot be brought into being by a force residing in the semen.
Further, it is absurd to state that an intellective substance is either divided through a body being divided,
or produced by a bodily virtue.
Now, the human soul is an intellective substance, as we proved above.
Therefore, it cannot be said that it is divided through the semen being divided,
or that it is brought into being by an active virtue in the seaman.
Consequently, the human soul no wise begins to exist
through the transmission of the seaman.
Further, if the generation of a thing causes a certain thing to exist,
the corruption of the former will cause the latter to cease to exist.
Now the corruption of the body does not cause the soul to cease to exist,
for the latter is immortal.
as we have proved above. Neither, therefore, is the generation of the body the cause of the soul
beginning to exist. But the transmission of the semen is the proper cause of the generation
of the body. Therefore, the transmission of the semen is not the cause of the soul being brought
into existence. Hereby is excluded the error of Apollinaris and his followers who said that
souls are generated by souls as bodies by bodies. End of church.
Chapter 86, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, LC.
Chapter 87 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation, by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province.
This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 87, That the human soul is brought into being through creation by God.
From what has been said it can be proved.
that God alone brings the human soul into being.
For whatever is brought into being
is either generated per se or accidentally
or is created.
Now the human soul is not generated per se
since it is not composed of matter and form as shown above.
Neither is it generated accidentally
for since it is the form of the body
it would be generated through the body being generated,
which results from the active force in the semen,
and this has been disproved.
Since then, the human soul has a beginning of its existence,
for it is neither external nor exists before the body, as we have shown.
It follows that it comes forth into being by creation.
Now we have proved that God alone can create.
Therefore, he alone brings forth the human soul into being.
Moreover, everything whose substance is not its being has an author of its being, as was shown above.
Now the human soul is not its own being, for this is peculiar to God alone as already proved.
Therefore it has an active cause of its being, but that which has being per se is also caused per se.
whereas that which has not being per se
but only together with some other thing is caused
not per se but through this other thing being caused
thus the form of fire is caused when the fire is made
now it is proper to the human soul
as compared with other forms to be subsistent in its own being
and to communicate to the body the being proper to itself
therefore the human soul has its becoming per se
in contrast to other forms which have their becoming accidentally
through the making of the composite
but since the human soul has not matter as part of itself
it cannot be made from something
it remains therefore that it is made from nothing
and thus it is created
and seeing that creation is the proper work of God
as we proved above, it follows that it is created immediately by God alone.
Further, things belonging to the same genus come into being in the same way as we proved above.
Now the soul belongs to the genus of intellectual substances,
and it is inconceivable that these should come into being save by the way of creation.
Therefore, the human soul comes into being through creation by creation by.
God.
Again, whatsoever is brought into being by an agent, acquires from the latter either something
that is the principle of being in that particular species, or absolute being itself.
Now the soul cannot be brought into being in such a way as to acquire something as the
principle of its being, as happens in things composed of matter and form, which are generated
through acquiring a form in act,
because the soul does not contain something in itself
by way of principle of its being,
for it is a simple substance, as was shown above.
Hence it remains that it is not brought into being by an agent,
except by receiving from it, being absolutely.
Now being is the proper effect of the first and universal agent.
For secondary agents,
act by impressing the likeness of their forms on the things they make,
which likeness are the forms of the things made.
Therefore, the soul cannot be brought into being
except by the first and universal agent, which is God.
Further, the end of a thing corresponds to its principle,
for a thing is perfect when it attains its proper principle,
whether by likeness or in any way whatever.
Now the end and ultimate perfection of the human soul is to soar above the whole order of creatures
and to reach the first principle which is God. Therefore the proper principle of the soul's origin
is God. We also find this implied in Holy Writ in Genesis chapter 1. For whereas while speaking
of the formation of other animals it describes their souls to other causes, for instance when it
says, let the waters bring forth the creeping creature with a living soul, and in like manner as
to other things. When it comes to man, it indicates the creation of the soul by God by saying,
God formed man of the slime of the earth, and breathed into his face the breath of life.
Hereby is excluded the error of those who hold that souls were created by angels.
End of Chapter 87
Read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 88 of Summa Contra Gentiles,
Second Book on Creation
by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English-Dominican province.
This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 88
Arguments for proving that the human soul is formed from the semen.
Nevertheless, there are some objections to the foregoing.
For since man is an animal inasmuch as he has a sensitive soul,
and the notion of animal applies univocally to man and other animals,
it would seem that man's sensitive soul is of the same genus as the souls of other animals.
Now things of the same genus have the same manner of coming into being,
wherefore the sensitive soul of man,
as also of other animals, comes into being through a force residing in the semen.
But the intellective and sensitive soul are the same in man as we proved above.
Consequently, it would seem that the intellect of soul also comes into being through a seminal
virtue. Further, as Aristotle teaches in On the Generation of Animals,
in point of time, the fetus is an animal before it is a man,
Now, while it is an animal and not a man, it has a sensitive and not an intellect of soul,
and there can be no doubt that this sensitive soul, even as in other animals, is formed by
the active virtue of the seaman.
But that very same sensitive soul is potentially intellective, just as that animal is potentially
a rational animal.
Unless by chance it be said that the supervening intellective soul is a distinct
substance which has been refuted above. Therefore, seemingly, the substance of the
intellective soul is caused by a virtue in the semen. Again, since the soul is the form of the body,
it is united to the body in being. Now things that are one in being are the term of one action
and of one agent. For if there were several agents, and consequently several actions,
effects diverse in being with results. Consequently, the being of soul and body must be the term
of the one action of one agent. But it is clear that the body results from the action of a virtue
in the seaman. Therefore, the soul, which is its form, is the effect of the same action and not of some
separate agent. Moreover, man generates his liken species by a virtue residing in the semen
after separation. Now every univocal agent generates its likened species through causing the form
of the thing generated, which derives its species from that form. Therefore the human soul,
whence man derives his species, is produced by a virtue residing in the semen. Again, Apollinaris argues
as follows. Whoever completes a work cooperates with the agent. But if soul,
are created by God, he completes the generation of children who are sometimes born of adulterers.
Therefore, God cooperates with adulterers, and this seemingly is inadmissible.
Again, in a book described to Gregory of Nisa, we find arguments in support of the same statement.
This is how he argues.
Soul and body together make one thing, and this is one man.
If, therefore, the soul is made before the body, or the body before the soul,
one and the same thing will precede and follow itself, which is seemingly impossible.
Therefore, body and soul are made at the same time.
But the body begins to exist at the separation of the semen.
Therefore, the soul also is brought into being through the separation of the semen.
Again, the operation of an agent,
would seem to be imperfect if he does not bring an entire thing into being, but only some part
thereof. Therefore, if God were to bring the soul into being, while the body was formed by the
virtue of the semen, which two things are parts of one, namely man, the operation of both God
and the seminal virtue would seem to be imperfect, which is clearly inadmissible.
Hence, man's soul and body are produced by one and the same cause.
Now, it is clear that man's body is produced by the virtue of the seaman.
Therefore the soul is also.
Again, in everything generated from seed,
all the parts of the thing generated are together virtually contained in the seed,
though they appear not actually.
Thus in wheat or any other seed, we see that the ground,
Brass with stem, stalks, fruit, and beard are virtually contained in the original seed.
Afterwards, the seed spreads forth and by a kind of natural consequence reaches perfection
without taking to itself anything outside itself.
Now it is clear that the soul is part of man.
Therefore, the human seed contains virtually the human soul,
and this does not take its origin from any external principle.
Moreover, things that have the same process and term must have the same principle of origin.
Now in the generation of man, we find the same process and term in the body as in the soul.
For the soul's operations become more and more manifest, as the members are developed in shape and size.
Thus the operation of the nutritive soul is apparent at first, afterwards the operation of the
sensitive soul, and lastly, the body being fully developed, the operation of the intellect of soul.
Therefore, the body and soul have the same principle.
But the principle of origin in the body is through the separation of the semen.
Therefore, the same is the principle of the soul's origin.
Again, that which is conformed to a thing is fashioned by the action of the thing to which it is
conformed. For instance, the wax that is conformed to the seal receives this conformity from the
impression of the seal. Now it is evident that the body of a man or of any animal is conformed to
its own soul, because its organs are so arranged as required by the soul's operations to be exercised
by them. Therefore, the body is formed by the action of the soul, wherefore Aristotle's
in the second book of De Anima, that the soul is the efficient cause of the body.
But this would not be so, we're not the soul in the semen, because the body is fashioned by the power
that is in the semen. Therefore, the human soul is in the semen, and consequently takes its origin
from the separation of the semen. Again, nothing lives except by a soul. Now the semen is living.
This is proved in three ways.
First, because it is severed from a living being.
Secondly, because the semen gives signs of vital heat and vital operations,
which are indications of a living thing.
Thirdly, because the seeds of plants, when put into the soil,
unless they had life in themselves, could not gather heat from the soil,
which is inanimate so as to live.
Therefore, the soul is in the semen,
and consequently it originates with the severing of the semen.
Moreover, if the soul were not before the body, as we have proved,
and did not begin to be at the severance of the semen,
it follows that the body is formed first
and the newly created soul infused into the body afterwards.
Now, were this true,
it would further follow that the soul is for the sake of the body
because that which is on another's account is found to come after it,
even so clothes are made for man.
But this is false, since on the contrary,
the body is for the soul's sake,
since the end is always of greater excellence.
We must therefore conclude that the soul originates together with the severance of the semen.
End of Chapter 88, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 89 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation, by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province.
This Librevox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 89
Solution of the Foregoing Arguments
For the Easier Solution of the Foregoing Arguments,
We must first of all set down certain points
in order to explain the order and process of the generation of man as well as of animals in general.
In the first place, then, it must be observed that the opinion of those is false who say
that the vital operations that appear in the embryo before its ultimate completion
do not proceed from a soul or soul's power existing therein, but from the soul of the mother.
For if this were true, the embryo will no longer.
longer be an animal, since every animal consists of soul and body.
Moreover, vital operations do not proceed from an extrinsic active principle, but from an
internal force, and it is in this that inanimate things differ from the living to which
or properly belongs to move themselves.
Because that which is nourished assimilates nourishment.
wherefore, in the subject, nourished, there must needs be an active, nutritive power,
since the agent produces its like.
And much more evident is this in the operation of the senses,
because to see and to hear are competent to a person
through some faculty existing in him and not in another.
Wherefore, if the embryo is observed to be nourished,
and even to sense before its final development, that cannot be ascribed to the soul of the mother.
And yet, it cannot be said that the soul, as to its complete essence, is in the semen from the very beginning,
and that the operations of the soul are not apparent on account of the lack of organs.
For, since the soul is united to the body as its form, it is not united to a body other than the one
of which it is properly the act.
Now the soul is the act of an organic body,
according to the second book of De Anima, Chapter 1, paragraph 6.
Consequently, the soul is not actually in the semen
before the organization of the body, but only potentially or virtually.
Wherefore Aristotle says, in the second book of De Anima,
chapter 1, paragraph 10, that,
seed and fruit are potentially living
as long as they put aside, that is, are without,
the soul, yet the thing of which the soul is the act
is potentially living, but is not without a soul.
You would also follow, if the soul were in the semen from the beginning,
that the generation of an animal would be by the mere severance,
as happens in annulose animals, where two are made from one.
For if the semen were animated as soon as severed,
it would at once have a substantial form.
Now, every substantial generation precedes and does not follow the substantial form,
and if any changes follow the substantial form,
they are directed not to the being, but to the well-being of the thing generated.
Accordingly, the generation of the animal would be completed
in the mere severance of the semen,
and all subsequent changes would have nothing to do with generation.
Even more absurd would this be, if applied to the rational soul,
both because it cannot possibly be divided according to the division of the body,
so that it be possible for it to be in the semen after severance,
and because it would follow that whenever pollution occurs without conception taking place,
rational souls would nevertheless be multiplied.
Nor can it be asserted, as some say,
that although from the movement of severance
the soul is not in the semen actually but virtually,
on account of the lack of organs,
yet this very virtue of the semen,
which is a body capable of receiving organs,
though it has them not actually,
is proportionately a potential
but not an actual soul to the seaman.
and that, since the life of a plant requires fewer organs than the life of an animal,
when first the semen is sufficiently prepared for plant life,
this same virtue of the semen becomes a vegetative soul,
and then, when the organs have been yet more perfected and multiplied,
the same virtue advances to the state of a sensitive soul.
And further still, the form of the organs being perfected,
the same soul becomes rational, not indeed by the action of this seminal virtue,
but by the action of an external agent,
for which reason they imagine Aristotle to have said that
the intellect is from without.
For according to this opinion, it would follow that the same identical virtue
is at one time a purely vegetative soul,
and afterwards a sensitive soul.
so that the substantial form itself would be perfected more and more by stages.
It would also follow that the substantial form would be brought from potentiality to act,
not at once but by degrees. And again, that generation like alteration is a continuous movement,
all of which things are impossible in nature.
A conclusion still more admissible would follow, namely that the rational soul is mortal,
for nothing that accrues as a form to that which is corruptible makes it naturally incorruptible,
else a corruptible thing would be changed into an incorruptible one, which is impossible,
since they differ in genus, as stated in the tenth book of metaphysics.
Now the substance of the sensitive soul, since in the aforesaid process it is stated to be generated accidentally by the generated body, must needs be corruptible at the corruption of the body.
if therefore the same soul becomes rational by a light introduced within it,
which light is related to it as a form, for the sensitive is potentially intellective,
it follows of necessity that the rational soul perishes when the body perishes,
and this is impossible, as we proved above, and as the Catholic faith teaches.
Therefore, the self-same virtue which is severed to give,
with the semen, and is called the formative virtue, is not the soul, nor does it become
the soul in the process of generation. But, since it is based, as on its proper subject, on the
vital spirit contained in the frothy semen, it causes the formation of the body insofar as it operates
by virtue of the father's soul, to whom generation is ascribed as the principal agent, and not by virtue
of the soul of the person conceived, even after the soul is in that person.
For the subject conceived does not generate itself, but is generated by the father.
This is clear to anyone who considers each power of the soul separately.
For it cannot be ascribed to the soul of the embryo by reason of the generative power,
not only because the generative power does not exercise its operation until the work is
completed of the nutritive and augmentative powers which are its exhilaries, since to generate
belongs to that which is perfect, but also because the work of the generative power is directed,
not to the perfection of the individual, but to the preservation of the species.
Nor again can it be ascribed to the nutritive power, the work of which is to assimilate
nourishment to the subject nourished, which is not apparent here. Since in the process of
formation, the nourishment is not assimilated to something already existing, but is advanced
to a more perfect form and more approaching to a likeness to the father. Likewise, neither can it be
ascribed to the augmentative power, since it belongs to this power to cause a change, not a form
but of quantity. As to the sensitive and intellective part, it is clear that it has no operation
appropriate to such a formation. It remains then that the formation of the body, especially as
regards the foremost and principal parts, is not from the form of the subject generated,
nor from a formative power acting by virtue of that form, but from a formative power acting by
acting by virtue of the generative soul of the Father,
the work of which soul is to produce the specific like of the generator.
Accordingly, this formative power remains the same in the aforesaid spirit
from the beginning of the formation until the end.
Yet the species of the subject formed remains not the same,
because at first it has the form of semen, afterwards of blood,
and so onwards until it arrives at its final complement.
For although the generation of simple bodies does not proceed in order,
since each of them has an immediate form of primary matter,
in the generation of other bodies,
there must be an order in the generations,
by reason of the many intermediate forms between the first elemental form
and the final form, which is the term of generation.
Wherefore, there are a number of generations and corruptions following one another.
Nor is it unreasonable if one of the intermediates be generated and then at once interrupted,
because the immediate stages have not a complete species but are on the way to a species.
Hence they are generated, not that they may remain, but that the final term of generation
may be reached through them.
Nor need we wonder if the transmutation of generation be not throughout continuous,
and that there are many intermediate generations.
For this happens also in alteration and growth,
since neither alteration nor growth is continuous throughout,
but only local movement is truly continuous,
as we find proved in the eighth book of physics.
Accordingly, the more noble a form is,
and the further removed it is from the elemental form,
the more numerous must needs be the intermediate forms
through which the ultimate form is reached by degrees,
and consequently the more numerous will be the intermediate generations.
Wherefore, in the generation of an animal or a man in which the form is most perfect,
there are many intermediate forms and generations,
and consequently corruptions,
since the generation of one is the corruption of another, according to the third book of physics
chapter 8 paragraph 1.
Therefore, the vegetative soul, which comes first, when the embryo lives the life of a plant,
is corrupted and is succeeded by a more perfect soul which is both nutritive and sensitive,
and then the embryo lives an animal life, and when this is corrupted, it is succeeded.
by the rational soul introduced from without,
although the preceding souls were produced by the virtue and the seaman.
Keeping these points before the mind, it is easy to answer the objections,
for in reply to the first objection,
where it is stated that the sensitive soul must have the same manner of origin in man
and in irrational animals,
because animal is predicated of both univocally.
we say that this is not necessary,
because although the sensitive souls in man and dumb animals agree generically,
they differ specifically, like the things of which they are the forms.
For just as the animal that is a man differs specifically from other animals
on the point of being rational,
so the sensitive soul of man differs specifically from the sensitive soul of dumb animals
in this, that it is always a little.
intellective. Wherefore, the sensitive soul in the dumb animal has no more than the
sensitive faculty, and consequently neither its being nor its operation is raised above the body,
and so it must needs be generated together with the body, and perish when the body perishes.
On the other hand, the sensitive soul in a man, through having besides the sensitive nature
and intellective power and consequence of which it follows
that it is raised above the body, both in being and in operation,
is neither generated through the generation of the body,
nor perishes through the body's corruption.
Hence, the different manner of origin in the aforesaid souls
is not on the part of the sensitive faculty
whence the generic nature is taken,
but on the part of the intellective faculty,
whence the specific difference is derived.
Therefore we can conclude a difference not of genus but only of species.
When it is objected in the second place that the thing conceived is an animal before a man,
this does not prove that the rational soul is transmitted together with the seaman.
Because the sensitive soul whereby it was an animal does not remain,
but is succeeded by a soul that is both sensitive and intellective,
whereby it is at the same time both animal and man, as explained above.
The statement in the third objection,
that the actions of different agents do not terminate in one thing made,
must be understood as referring to different agents
of which one is not ordered to the other.
For if they be ordered the one to the other,
they must have one effect.
For the first active cause,
acts on the effect of the secondary active cause
more intimately than does the secondary cause.
Hence we find that an effect produced by a principal agent
through an instrument is more properly ascribed
to the principal agent than to the instrument.
Now it happens sometimes
that the action of the principal agent
attains to something in the effect produced,
to which the action of the instrument does not attain.
Thus, the vegetative power produces the species of flesh,
which the heat of fire, that is, its instrument, cannot produce,
although it acts dispositively thereto by dissolving and consuming.
Since then, every active force of nature is compared to God as an instrument
is compared to the first and principal agent,
nothing hinders the action of nature,
in one and the same subject generated which is a man,
from terminating in a part of man
and not in the whole which is the effect of God's action.
Accordingly, the human body is fashioned
at the same time both by the power of God as the principal and first agent
and by the power of the semen as secondary agent.
But God's action produces the human soul, which the seminal power cannot produce, but to which it disposes.
Hence the reply to the fourth objection is clear, because a man begets his like in species,
insofar as the seminal virtue in him operates dispositively towards the ultimate form
whence man derives his species.
that God should cooperate with adulterers in the action of nature involves no contradiction,
for it is not the nature but the will that is evil in adulterers,
and the action which proceeds from their seminal virtue is natural and not voluntary.
Wherefore, it is not unreasonable that God cooperate in their action by giving it its ultimate perfection.
As to the sixth objection, it is clear that the conclusion does not necessarily follow.
For even if we grant that man's body is fashioned before the soul is created, or vice versa,
it does not follow that the self-same man precedes himself.
Since a man is not his body nor his soul,
but it follows that some part of him precedes the other.
In this there is nothing unreasonable because matter precedes form in point of time.
Matter, that is to say, considered as being in potentiality to form,
but not as actually perfected by a form, for as such it is simultaneous with the form.
Accordingly, the human body considered as in potentiality to the soul
and as not yet having a soul
precedes the soul in point of time.
But then it is human,
not actually, but only potentially.
On the other hand,
when it is a human actually
as being perfected by the human soul,
it neither precedes nor follows the soul,
but is simultaneous with it.
Nor again does it follow
if the soul is not produced by the seminal virtue, but only the body,
that the operation both of God and of nature is imperfect, as the seventh argument inferred.
Because both body and soul are made by the power of God,
although the fashioning of the body is from him by means of the natural virtue and the seaman,
whereas he produces the soul immediately.
Neither does it follow that the action of the seminal virtue is imperfect,
since it fulfills the purpose for which it is intended.
It must also be noted that the seed contains virtually
whatever does not surpass a corporeal virtue.
For instance, the grass with a stem, stocks, and so forth,
whence we cannot conclude that the part of man which surpasses the whole corporeal virtue
is contained virtually in the seed, as the eighth argument inferred.
That the operations of the soul seem to develop in the process of human generation,
according as the parts of the body develop,
does not prove that the human soul and body have the same principle
as the ninth argument suggested.
But it proves that the disposition of the body's parts is necessary for the soul's operation.
The statement of the tenth objection
that the body is conformed to the soul
and that for this reason the soul fashions a body
like to itself is partly true and partly false.
For if it be understood of the soul of the begetter
the statement is true,
whereas it is false if it be referred to the soul of the begotten
because the body is not formed by virtue
of the soul of the begotten, as regards the body's foremost and principal parts,
but by virtue of the soul of the begetter, as we proved above.
For all matter is similarly configured to its form, and yet this configuration results
not from the action of the subject generated, but from the action of the generator.
As to the 11th objection about the life of the semen at the beginning of its severance,
It is clear from what has been said that it is not living except potentially,
wherefore it has a soul then not actually, but virtually.
In the process of generation, it has a vegetative and a sensitive soul by the virtue of the seaman,
which do not remain but pass away when the rational soul takes their place.
Nor again, if the fashioning of the body precedes the human soul,
does it follow that the soul is for the sake of the body
as the twelfth objection inferred.
For one thing is for another's sake in two ways.
First, for the sake of its operation or preservation
or any like thing consequent upon being,
and the like are posterior to the thing
for the sake of which they are.
Thus clothes are for man and tools for the workmen.
Secondly, a thing is for another's sake, that is, for the sake of its being, and thus a thing which is for the sake of another, precedes the latter in the order of time, but follows it in the order of nature.
It is in this way that the body is for the sake of the soul, just as all matter is for the sake of a form.
It would be otherwise if from soul and body there resulted a thing that is not one in being,
as those who assert, who deny, that the soul is the form of the body.
End of Chapter 89
Read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 90 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation
by St. Thomas Aquinas, translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province.
This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 90
That an intellectual substance is united as a form to no other than the human body.
Since it has been proved that a certain intellectual substance,
the human soul to wit, is united to a body as its form,
it remains for us to ask whether any intellectual substance
can be united as form to any other body.
Indeed, as regards heavenly bodies, we have shown above what was Aristotle's opinion
as to their being animated with an intellective soul, and that Augustine leaves the question
unsolved.
Wherefore the present inquiry must be confined to elemental bodies, that an intellectual
substance is not united as form to any elemental body, save that of man is evidently clear.
For were it united to some other, it would be united either to a mixed or to a simple body.
But it cannot be united to a mixed body, because that body, in respect of its genus,
would have to surpass other mixed bodies in evenness of temperament,
since we see that mixed bodies have forms so much more than noble,
the nearer the approach to an even temperament.
And so of that which has a most noble form, such as an intellectual substance, be a mixed body,
it must have a most even temperament.
For this reason, we find that a soft flesh and a delicate touch are signs of a keen understanding.
Now, the most even temperament is that of the human body.
consequently, if an intellectual substance be united to a mixed body, the latter must have the same
nature as the human body.
Moreover, its form would be of the same nature as the human soul if it were an intellectual
substance.
Therefore, there would be no specific difference between that animal and man.
Again, neither can an intellectual substance be united as form to a simple body.
such as air, water, fire, or earth.
Because each of these bodies is like in the whole and in the parts,
since a part of air has the same nature and species as the whole air,
for it has the same movement.
And the same applies to the others.
Now, like movers have like forms.
Accordingly, if any part of any one of the aforesaid bodies,
air, for instance, be animated with an intellectual soul.
For the same reason, the whole air and all its parts will be animated.
But this is seen clearly to be false,
because there is no sign of vital operations in the parts of the air or of other simple bodies.
Therefore, an intellectual substance is not united as form
to any part of the air or of similar bodies.
Again, if an intellectual substance be united as form to one of the simple bodies,
it will have either an intellect only, or it will have other powers,
for instance, those which belong to the sensitive or to the nutritive part, as in man.
If it have the intellect only, there is no use in its being united to the body.
for every form of a body exercises a proper operation through the body.
And the intellect has no operation pertaining to the body, except insofar as it moves the body,
because understanding is not an operation that can be exercised by an organ of the body,
nor is willing for the same reason.
Again, the movements of the elements are from natural movers, namely their generators,
and they move not themselves.
Wherefore it does not follow that they are animated
because they have movement.
If, on the other hand,
the intellectual substance,
which is supposed to be united to an element
or to a part thereof,
have other parts of the soul,
these parts are parts of certain organs.
It follows that we shall find
diversity of organs in the body of the element.
But this is inconsistent
with its simplicity. Therefore, an intellectual substance cannot be united as form to an element
or to a part thereof. Moreover, the nearer a body is to primary matter, the less noble it is,
according as it is more in potentiality and less incomplete actuality. Now the elements are
nearer than mixed bodies to primary matter, since they are the proximate matter of mixed bodies.
Consequently, the elemental bodies are less noble than mixed bodies as to their species.
Wherefore, since the more noble bodies have more noble forms,
it is impossible that the noblest form of all, which is the intellect of soul,
be united to the bodies of the elements.
Again, if the elemental bodies or any parts thereof
were animated by the noblest kind of soul,
which is the intellective soul,
it would follow that the more akin a body is to the elements,
the nearer it approaches to life.
Now this does not appear to be the case,
but rather the contrary.
For plants have less of life than animals,
and yet they are more akin to earth,
while minerals, which are still more akin,
have no life at all.
Therefore, an intellectual substance,
is not united as formed to an element or to a part thereof.
Further, exceeding contrariety is destructive of life in all corruptible movers,
for excessive heat or cold, wet or dryness are fatal to animals and plants.
Now these contraries exceed especially in the elemental bodies.
Therefore life cannot possibly be in them.
Therefore, it is impossible for an intellectual substance to be united to them as their form.
Moreover, although the elements are incorruptible as a whole, each of their parts is corruptible
as having contrariety.
If, therefore, some parts of the elements have cognitive substances united to them, it seems
that the power of discerning corruptives should especially be ascribed to them.
Now this is the sense of touch
which discriminates between hot and cold
and like contraries
and for this very reason it is in all animals
as though it were necessary for preservation from corruption
but this sense cannot possibly be in a simple body
since the organ of touch needs to have contraries
not actually but potentially
and this is the case only in mixed and tempered bodies
Therefore, it is not possible
that any parts of the elements be animated
with an intellect of soul.
Again, every living body
has some kind of local movement
proceeding from its soul.
For the heavenly bodies,
if indeed they be animated,
have a circular movement.
Perfect animals, a progressive movement.
Shellfish, a movement of expansion and contraction,
plants, a movement of increase and decrease,
all of which are kinds of local movement,
whereas in the elements there is no sign of movement proceeding from a soul,
but only such as is natural.
Therefore, they are not living bodies.
If, however, it be said that although an intellectual substance
be not united as a form to an elemental body or part thereof,
yet it is united thereto as its mover.
The former is impossible if applied to the air,
for since a part of the air has no bounds of its own,
no determinate part of the air can have its own proper movement,
on account of which an intellectual substance be united to it.
Moreover, if an intellectual substance be naturally united to a body as a mover,
to its proper movable,
the mode of power of that substance must be confined,
to the movable body to which it is naturally united,
since the power of every proper mover does not, in moving,
go beyond its proper movable.
Now it seems absurd to say
that the power of an intellectual substance does not, in moving,
exceed a determinate part of an element or some mixed body.
Therefore, seemingly, it must not be said
that an intellectual substance is naturally united
to an elemental body as its mover,
unless it be united thereto
also as its form.
Again,
the movement of an elemental body
can proceed from other principles
besides an intellectual substance,
wherefore this movement
is not a sufficient reason
for intellectual substances
to be naturally united to elemental bodies.
Hereby is excluded
the opinion of Apaleus
and certain Platonists,
who assesses
asserted that, the demons are animals with an aerial body, a rational mind, passive in soul,
and eternal induration, and of certain heathens who held the elements to be animated,
wherefore they offered them divine worship.
Again, the opinion is refuted of those who said that angels and demons have bodies naturally
united to them, which respectively partake of the nature of the higher or lower elements.
End of Chapter 90
Read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 91 of Summa Contra Gentiles
Second Book on Creation
by St. Thomas Aquinas
translated by the fathers of the English-Dominican province.
This Librevox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 91
That There Are Some Intellectual Substances
which are not united to bodies.
It may be shown from the
foregoing that there are some intellectual substances which are in no way united to bodies.
For it has been proved above that when the body perishes, the substance of the intellect remains
inasmuch as it is everlasting. And if the substance of the intellect which remains be one in all,
as some assert, it follows of necessity that it is, in its being, separate from the body.
And thus our point is proved, namely that some intellectual substance subsists apart from a body.
If, however, many intellectual souls survive the destruction of bodies,
it will be competent to some intellectual substances to subsist apart from a body,
especially since it has been proved that souls do not pass from one body to another.
Now this separation from bodies is accidentally competent to souls since they are naturally forms of bodies.
But that which is accidental must be preceded by that which is per se, according to the 8th book of physics, chapter 5, paragraph 7.
Therefore, there are some intellectual substances naturally prior to souls to which it is per se competent to subsist apart from a body.
Moreover, whatever belongs to the generic nature must belong to the specific nature,
whereas certain things belong to the specific nature which are not in the generic nature.
Thus, rational belongs to the essence of man, but not to the essence of animal.
Now that which belongs to the specific nature, and not to the generic nature,
does not of necessity belong to every species of the genus,
for there are many species of irrational animals.
And it belongs to the intellectual substance,
by reason of its genus, to be per se subsistent,
since it has a per se operation as we have shown above.
Now it belongs to the nature of a per se subsistent thing
not to be united to another.
Therefore it does not belong to the nature
of an intellectual substance to be united to another,
although it does belong to the nature of some intellectual substance, namely the soul.
Therefore, there are some intellectual substances that are not united to a body.
Again, the higher nature in its lowest degree touches the lower nature in its highest degree.
Now the intellectual nature is higher than the corporeal,
and it touches it in respect of one of its parts, namely the intellectual.
soul. Therefore, it follows that, just as the body that is perfected by the intellective soul
is the highest in the genus of bodies, so the intellective soul that is united to a body is the lowest
in the genus of intellectual substances. Therefore, there are some intellectual substances,
not united to bodies, which, in the order of nature, are higher than the soul.
Again, if in a genus there be something imperfect, we find that there is something above it which,
in the order of nature, is perfect in that genus.
Now forms that are in matter are imperfect acts, since they have not complete being.
Wherefore, there are some forms that are complete acts subsistent in themselves and having a complete
species. But every form that subsists in itself without matter is an intellectual substance,
since immunity from matter gives intellectual being as was shown above. Therefore, there are some
intellectual substances that are not united to bodies, for every body is material. Moreover,
substance can be without quantity, although there cannot be quantity apart from substance,
because substance precedes the other genera in time, idea, and knowledge,
according to the sixth book of metaphysics, chapter 1, paragraph 6.
But no corporeal substance is without quantity.
Therefore, there can be some things in the genus of substance
that are altogether without a body.
Now all possible natures are found in the order of things.
Otherwise, the universe would be imperfect.
Moreover, in everlasting things there is no difference between actual and possible being,
according to the third book of physics, chapter 4 paragraph 9.
Therefore, there are some substances subsistent apart from a body, below the first substance
which is God, who is in no genus as we proved above, and above the soul which is united to
a body.
Further, if we find a thing composed of two, and one of these which is the less perfect be found
to exist by itself, the one which is more perfect and less dependent on the other is also
to be found by itself.
Now a certain substance is found to be composed of an intellectual substance and a body
as shown above, and a body is found existing by itself as evidenced in all inordinate bodies.
More therefore are some intellectual substances found existing without being united to bodies.
Again, the substance of the thing should be proportionate to its operation,
because operation is the act and the good of the operator's substance.
Now understanding is the proper operation of an intellectual substance.
wherefore, an intellectual substance should be such as is competent to exercise the aforesaid
operation.
But since understanding is an operation that is not exercised by means of a corporeal organ,
it needs not the body except insofar as intelligible objects are taken from sensibles.
Yet this is an imperfect way of understanding, since the perfect way of understanding is to
understand things that are intelligible by their nature, whereas that only those things be understood
which are not intelligible in themselves, but are rendered intelligible by the intellect,
is an imperfect way of understanding. Therefore, if before every imperfect thing, there must
needs be something perfect in the same genus. It follows that above human souls which understand
by receiving from phantasms, there are some intellectual substances which understand things
that are intelligible in themselves, without receiving knowledge from sensibles, and for this
reason are by their nature altogether separate from bodies. Further, Aristotle argues,
in the second book of metaphysics as follows.
A movement that is continuous, regular,
and so far as it is concerned, unfailing,
must needs be from a mover which is not moved,
neither per se nor accidentally, as we have proved above.
Also, several movements must proceed from several movers.
Now the movement of the heaven is continuous, regular,
and so far as it is concerned unfailing.
And besides the first movement,
there are many such movements in the heaven
as is proved by the observations of astronomers.
Hence, there must be several movers who are not moved,
neither per se nor accidentally.
But no body moves unless itself be moved as we proved above.
Moreover, an incorporeal mover
that is united to a body
is moved accidentally according as the body is moved as instanced by the soul.
Therefore, there must be several movers that are neither bodies nor united to bodies.
Now the heavenly movements proceed from an intellect as was shown above.
Therefore, there are several intellectual substances that are not united to bodies.
This agrees with the opinion of Dionysius who says, in On the Divine Names 4,
in speaking of the angels, that they are understood to be immaterial and incorporeal.
Hereby is refuted the error of the Sadducees who said that there is no spirit,
as also the assertion of the philosophers of old who said that every substance is corporeal.
And the opinion of origin who said that with the exception of the divine Trinity,
no substance can subsist apart from a body.
and of all those others who hold that all angels, both good and bad, have bodies naturally united to them.
End of Chapter 91, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 92 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province.
This Librevox recording is in the public domain.
92 of the great number of separate substances. It must here be noted that Aristotle attempts
to prove that not only some intellectual substances exist apart from a body, but also that they
are of the same nature, neither more nor less as the movements observed in the heaven. Thus he proves
that in the heaven there are no movements that cannot be observed by us, from the fact that every
movement in the heaven is on account of the movement of some star, which is perceptible to the senses,
since the spheres carry the stars and the movement of the carrier is on account of the movement of the carried.
Again, he proves that there are no separate substances from which some movement does not result in the
heaven, because, since the heavenly movements are directed to the separate substances as their
respective ends, if there were any separate substances besides those which he enumerates,
there would be certain movements directed to them as an end. Otherwise, such movements would be
imperfect. Wherefore he concludes from these premises that separate substances are not more
numerous than the movements that are and can be observed in the heaven. And all the more, since there are not
several heavenly bodies within the same species, so that there might also be several movements
unknown to us. But this argument is not cogent, for in things directed to an end,
necessity depends on the end as he himself teaches in the second book of physics, and not vice versa.
wherefore, if, as he states, the heavenly movements are directed to separate substances as their respective ends,
we cannot necessarily conclude the number of the aforesaid substances from the number of the movements.
For it might be said that there are some separate substances of a higher nature than those which are the proximate ends of the heavenly movements,
even as if tools be on account of the men who work by means of them, this does not hint.
there being other men who do not work immediately with those tools, but direct the workers.
Hence, Aristotle himself adduces this argument, not as cogent, but as probable, for he says,
in the second book of metaphysics, in the same place.
Wherefore it is reasonable to reckon such to be the number of unchangeable substances and principles,
for we may leave it to more capable persons to decide the point with certainty.
It remains then to be shown that the intellectual substances that are separated from bodies
are far more numerous than the heavenly movements.
For intellectual substances transcend in their genus all-corporial nature.
Wherefore we must mark the degrees of the aforesaid substances
according to their transcendency above corporeal nature.
Now some intellectual substances are raised above corporeal substance in their generic nature alone
and are nevertheless united to bodies as forms as shown above.
And since the being of intellectual substances,
as regards its genus,
is no wise dependent on a body, as we have proved,
we find a higher grade of the aforesaid substances,
which, though not united to bodies as forms,
are nevertheless the proper movers of certain definite bodies.
In like manner,
the nature of an intellectual substance
does not depend on its causing movement,
since to move is consequent upon their principal operation
which is to understand.
Hence, there will be yet a higher grade of intellectual substances
which are not the proper movers of certain bodies,
but are raised above movers.
Moreover, even as that which acts by its nature,
acts by its natural form,
so that which acts by its intelligence acts by its intellectual form, as instanced in those who act by
their art. Accordingly, as the natural agent is proportionate to the patient by reason of its natural form,
so the intellectual agent is proportionate to the patient and to the thing made through the form of its
intellect, so that, in effect, the intellective form is such that it can be induced by the agent's
action into the matter which receives it. Hence, the proper movers of the spheres, since they move by
their intellect, if we wish to uphold the opinion of Aristotle on this point, must needs have
such intelligences as are in harmony with the movements of the spheres and reproducible and natural
things. But above these intelligible concepts, we can apprehend some that are yet more universal,
because the intellect apprehends the forms of things in a manner that is more universal than is there being in
things. For which reason, we find that the form of the speculative intellect is more universal than that
of the practical intellect, and among the practical arts, the concept of the commanding art is more
universal than that of the executive art. Now we must assign degrees to intellectual substances
according to the degree of intellectual operation proper to them. Therefore, there are some
intellectual substances above those which are the proper and proximate movers of certain definite spheres.
Again, seemingly, the order of the universe requires that whatever is more noble among things,
should exceed in quantity or number the less noble,
since the less noble would seem to be for the sake of the more noble.
Hence the more noble things, as existing for their own sake,
should be as numerous as possible.
Hence, we find that incorruptible,
that is, the heavenly bodies so far surpass corruptible,
that is, the elemental bodies,
that the latter are inconsiderable in quantity as compared with the former.
Now, just as the heavenly bodies, being incorruptible, are more noble than the elements which are corruptible.
So intellectual substances are more noble than all bodies, even as the immovable and the immaterial
is more noble than the movable and material.
Therefore, separate intellectual substances surpass in number the whole multitude of material things,
and consequently, they are not confined to the human.
number of heavenly movements. Again, the species of material things are multiplied not through
their matter but through their form. Now forms existing apart from matter have a more complete
and universal being than forms existing in matter, because forms are received into matter
according to the receptivity of matter, wherefore seemingly forms existing apart from matter,
which we call separate substances,
are not less in number than the species of material things.
Yet we do not therefore say
that separate substances are the species of these sensible things
as the Platonists maintained.
For since they could not attain to the knowledge
of the aforesaid substances except from sensibles,
they supposed those substances to be of the same species as these,
or rather to be the species of these latter,
even as a person who had not seen the sun, moon, and stars,
and heard that they were incorruptible bodies,
might call them by the names of these corruptible bodies,
thinking them to be of the same species as these,
which would not be possible.
In like manner, it is impossible that immaterial substances be of the same species as material,
or that they be the species of the latter substances,
because the specific nature of these sensible things requires matter,
though not this matter, which is the proper principle of the individual,
even as the specific nature of man requires flesh and bones,
but not this flesh and these bones,
which are the principles of Socrates and Plato.
Accordingly, we do not say that separate substances are the species of these sensibles,
but that they are other species more noble than these,
for as much as the pure is raised above the mixture.
And thus those substances must needs be more numerous
than the species of these material things.
Further, the possibility of multiplication
applies to a thing in its intelligible being
rather than in its material being.
For we grasp, with our intellect,
many things which cannot have being in matter.
The result being that any straight line can be produced mathematically,
but not in nature.
While it is possible for the rarifaction of bodies,
the velocity of movements,
the diversity of shapes to be multiplied indefinitely in thought,
although it is impossible in fact.
Now, separate substances have intelligible being by their nature,
and consequently, a greater multiplicity is possible in them than in material substances,
taking into account their respective properties and natures.
Now, in things everlasting, there is no distinction between actual and possible being,
according to the third book of physics, Chapter 4, paragraph 9.
Therefore, the multitude of separate substances surpasses that of material bodies.
Holy writ bears witness to this, for it is said in Daniel chapter 7, verse 10,
thousands of thousands ministered to him, and 10,000 times 100,000 stood before him.
And Dionysius in the celestial hierarchy 14 says that the number of those substances
surpasses all material multitude.
Hereby we set aside the error of those who said that the number of the separate substances
corresponds to the number of heavenly movements, or of the heavenly spheres.
As well as the error of Rabbi Moses, who said that the number ascribed by Scripture to the angels
is not the number of separate substances, but of forces in this lower world, as if one were to give
to the concupisable power the name of Spirit of concupiscence and so on.
End of Chapter 92, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 93 of Summa Contra Gentiles
Second Book on Creation
by St. Thomas Aquinas
translated by the fathers of the English
Dominican province. This Librevox recording
is in the public domain.
Chapter 93
That there are not several separate substances
of one species. From what has been said
concerning these substances, it may be shown
that there are not separate substances of one species.
for it has been proved above that separate substances are subsistent quiddities.
Now the species of a thing is signified by its definition, for this is,
the sign of a thing's quiddity, according to first topics, chapter 3, paragraph 2.
Hence, a subsistent quiddity is a subsistent species. Therefore, there cannot be several
separate substances unless they be several species.
Further, whatever things are the same in species but differ numerically have matter,
since a difference resulting from form involves a specific difference,
whereas that which results from matter causes a diversity of number.
Now separate substances are utterly devoid of matter,
whether as part of themselves or by being united to matter as its form.
therefore they cannot possibly be several of one species.
Moreover, the purpose for which, in corruptible things,
there are several individuals in one species,
is that the specific nature which cannot be preserved forever in one individual
may be preserved in many.
Wherefore, even in incorruptible bodies,
there is but one individual in one species.
Now the nature of a separate substance can be preserved in one individual, since they are incorruptible, as we proved above.
Therefore, there is no need for several individuals of the same species in those substances.
Again, in each individual, that which belongs to the species is more noble than that which is the principle of individuality existing apart from the specific nature.
Consequently, the multiplicity of species
adds more nobility to the universe
than the multiplicity of individuals of one species.
Now, the perfection of the universe
applies especially to separate substances.
Therefore, it is more in keeping with the perfection
of the universe that they should be many differing in species
than that they should be multiplied numerically
within the same species.
Further, separate
substances are more perfect than the heavenly bodies. Now, in the heavenly bodies, by reason of
their perfection, one species contains but one individual, both because each one of them consists
of the whole matter pertaining to its species, and because the one individual possesses perfectly
the power of its species for the fulfillment of the purpose to which that species is directed
in the universe, as especially may be seen in the sun and moon.
Much more, therefore, should we find but one individual of the one species in the separate substances.
End of Chapter 93.
Read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 94 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation, by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province.
This Librevox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 94
that the separate substance and the soul are not of one species.
Furthermore, it can be proved from the foregoing
that the soul is not of the same species with separate substances,
for there is a greater difference between the human soul
and a separate substance than between one separate substance and another.
Now separate substances are all specifically distinct from one another as we have proved.
Much more, therefore, is a separate substance.
separate substance specifically distinct from the soul.
Moreover, each thing has its proper being according to its specific nature, because things
which have a different kind of being have a different species.
Now the being of the human soul and that of a separate substance are not of the same kind,
since the body cannot communicate in the being of a separate substance, whereas it can
communicate in the being of the human soul, which is united in being to the body as
form to matter. Therefore, the human soul differs in species from separate substances.
Again, that which is specified by itself cannot be of the same species as that which is not
specified by itself, but is in part of a species. Now the separate substance is specified by itself,
whereas the soul is not but is part of the human species.
Hence, it is impossible that the soul be of the same species as separate substances,
except on the supposition that man be of the same species as they,
which is clearly impossible.
Further, the species of a thing is gathered from its operation,
since operation indicates the power which reveals the essence.
Now the proper operation of a separate substance, and of the intellect of soul, is understanding.
But the separate substance's mode of understanding is wholly different from that of the soul,
because the soul understands by receiving from the phantasms,
but not so the separate substance, since it has no corporeal organs wherein phantasms must needs be.
Therefore, the human soul and the separate soul, and the separate,
substance are not of the same species. End of Chapter 94. Read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert
L.C. Chapter 95 of Summa Contra Gentiles, second book on Creation by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English Dominican province. This Librevox recording is in the public
domain. Chapter 95 How We Are to Understand Genus and Species in Separate Subsequence.
It is necessary to consider wherein species differ in separate substances.
For in material things of the same genus and differing in species, the ratio of the genus is derived
from the material principle and the specific difference from the formal principle.
Thus the sensitive nature, whence is derived the ratio of animal, is, in man, material in respect
of the intellect of nature, whence is derived the specific difference of man, namely rational.
Consequently, if separate substances are not composed of matter and form, as is evident from
what has been said, it is not clear how we are to ascribe to them genus and specific difference.
Accordingly, it must be observed that the various species of things possess the nature
of being in degrees, for in the first division of being we find at the very outset something
perfect, namely substantial, per se, being and actual being, and something imperfect, namely accidental
being and potential being. In like manner, if we run through the various species, we find that
one species has an additional grade of perfection over another. For instance, animals over plants,
and animals endowed with locomotion over those that are immovable.
Again, in colors, one species is seen to be more perfect than another, according as it approaches to whiteness.
Hence Aristotle in the eighth book of metaphysics says that,
the definitions of things are like a number, the species of which is changed by the subtraction or addition of unity.
In the same way as a different species results in definitions if a difference be removed or added.
Wherefore the ratio of a determinate species consists in this, that the common nature is placed
in a determinate degree of being. And since in things composed of matter and form, the form is
the term, as it were, and that which is determined thereby is the matter or something material,
It follows that the ratio of the genus must be taken from the material
and the specific difference from the formal element.
Hence there results one thing from difference in genus,
even as from matter and form.
And just as it is one and the same nature that results from matter and form,
so the difference does not add an extraneous nature to the genus,
but is a determination of the generic nature itself.
For instance, if we take as a genus an animal with feet,
a difference thereof will be an animal with two feet,
which difference clearly adds nothing extraneous to the genus.
It is therefore evident that it is accidental to the genus and difference,
that the determination denoted by the difference
be caused by a principle other than the generic nature,
since the nature signified by the definition is composed of matter as determined and form as determining.
Hence, if there be a simple nature, it will be determined by itself, nor will it need to have two parts,
one determining and the other determined.
Consequently, the ratio of genus will be derived from the ratio of its nature, and its specific
difference will be derived from its determination in that it is placed in a determinate grade of being.
It also follows from this that if any nature be without limits and infinite in itself, as we have shown to be the
case with the divine nature, we cannot ascribe to it either genus or species, and this agrees with what we have
proved about God. Moreover, since the difference of species is,
attributed to separate substances according as various degrees are ascribed to them,
and since there are not several individuals in one species,
it is clear from what has been said that no two separate substances are equal in degree,
but that one is naturally above another.
Hence it is stated in Job chapter 38, verse 33,
dost thou know the order of heaven?
And Dionysia says in the Celestial Hierarchy 10
that even as in the whole multitude of angels
there is a supreme, middle, and lowest hierarchy.
So in each hierarchy there is a highest, a middle, and a lowest order,
and in each order, highest middle and lowest angels.
Hereby is excluded the opinion of origin,
who said that all spiritual substances were created equal from the beginning
among which he reckoned even souls,
and that the difference which we find among these substances,
in that this one is united to a body and that one not,
that this one is higher and that one lower,
results from a difference of merits.
For we have shown that this difference of degree is natural,
that the soul is not of the same species as separate substances,
nor the separate substances themselves of the separate substances
themselves of the same species with one another, and that they are not equal in the order of nature.
End of Chapter 95, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C. Chapter 96 of Summa Contra Gentiles,
second book on Creation by St. Thomas Aquinas, translated by the fathers of the English
Dominican province. This Librevox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 96
That separate substances do not gather their knowledge from sensibles
From what has been laid down
It may be shown that separate substances
do not receive intellective knowledge from sensible things
For sensibles by their very nature
are adapted to be apprehended by the sense
As intelligibles by the intellect
Wherefore every substance that is capable of knowledge
and derives that knowledge from sensibles
is endowed with sensitive cognition
and consequently has a body united to it naturally
since sensitive knowledge is impossible
without a bodily organ
but separate substances
have not a body naturally united to them
as we proved above.
Therefore they do not derive intellect of knowledge
from sensible things.
Moreover,
a higher power must
needs have a higher object.
Now, the intellective power of a separate substance is higher than that of the human soul,
since the human soul's intelligence is the lowest in the order of intellects as we proved above,
and the object of the human soul's intelligence is a phantasm as stated above.
And this is higher in the order of objects than a sensible thing existing outside the mind,
as appears from the order of cognitive powers.
Consequently, the object of a separate substance cannot be a thing existing outside the mind
as the direct object whence it derives its knowledge, nor can it be a phantasm.
It follows, in consequence, that the object of the separate substances intellect is something
higher than a phantasm.
Now, nothing is higher than a phantasm in the order of knowable objects, save that
which is intelligible actually, wherefore separate substances do not derive intellectual
knowledge from sensibles, but they understand things which are intelligible even in themselves.
Again, the order of intelligibles is in accordance with the order of intellects. Now things intelligible
in themselves are, in the order of intelligibles, above those things which are not intelligible, but
for the fact that we make them intelligible.
And such must needs be all intelligibles taken from sensibles,
because sensibles are not in themselves intelligible.
But such are the intelligibles which our intellect understands.
Therefore, the intellect of the separate substance,
since it is above our intellect,
does not understand intelligibles received from sensibles,
but it understands those which are intelligible
actually. Moreover, the mode of a thing's proper operation is in keeping with the mode of that thing
substance and nature. Now a separate substance is an intellect existing by itself and not in a body.
Consequently, its intellectual operation will be directed to intelligibles that are not founded on a
body. But all intelligibles, taken from sensibles, are somewhat founded on bodies,
For instance, our intelligibles are founded on the phantasms which are in bodily organs.
Therefore, separate substances do not derive knowledge from sensibles.
Further, just as primary matter is the lowest in the order of things sensible,
and is consequently only in potentiality to all sensible forms,
so the possible intellect, being the lowest in the order of things intelligent,
is in potentiality to all intelligibles, as is clear from what has been said.
Now those things which, in the order of sensibles, are above primary matter, have their form
actually whereby they are established insensible being. Therefore, separate substances which,
in the order of intelligibles, are above the human possible intellect, are actually in intelligible
being. For the intellect that receives knowledge from sensibles is an intelligible being, not actually,
but potentially. Therefore, a separate substance does not receive knowledge from sensibles.
Again, the perfection of a higher nature does not depend on a lower nature. Now the perfection of
separate substances, since they are intellectual, consists in understanding. Therefore,
their understanding does not depend on sensible things in such a way as to derive knowledge from
them. Hence it is evident that in separate substances there is not an active and a possible intellect,
except perhaps in an equivocal sense, because a possible and an active intellect are found
in the intellect of soul for as much as it derives its knowledge from sensibles.
since it is the active intellect that makes the species received from sensibles to be actually intelligible,
and the possible intellect is that which is in potentiality to the knowledge of all forms of sensible things.
Wherefore, since separate substances do not derive their knowledge from sensibles,
there is not in them an active and a possible intellect.
Hence Aristotle, in the third book of De Anima, in establishing the possible and active intellects,
states that we need to place them in the soul.
It is also evident that in these same substances, local distance cannot hinder the knowledge
of separate substances, for local distance is per se referable to sense, and not to the intellect
except accidentally, insofar as it received.
from sense because sensibles move the senses at a determinate distance.
Now things intelligible actually, insofar as they move the intellect, are not in place,
for they are separate from corporeal matter.
Since then separate substances do not derive intellective knowledge from sensibles.
Local distance has no effect on their knowledge.
Again, it is clear that time has nothing to do with their intellectual operation.
For just as things actually intelligible are apart from place, so are they apart from time,
because time is consequent upon local movement,
wherefore it measures only such things as are somehow in place.
Consequently, the understanding of a separate substance transcends time,
whereas time is incidental to our intellectual operation,
since we derive our knowledge from phantasms which relate to a determinate time.
Hence it is that in composition and division,
our intellect always includes time, past, or future,
but not in understanding what a thing is.
For it understands what a thing is
by abstracting intelligibles from sensible conditions.
Wherefore, in respect of that operation, it understands the intelligible apart from time and all conditions of things sensible,
whereas it composes and divides by applying previously abstracted intelligibles to things,
and in this application, time must of necessity be implied.
End of Chapter 96, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 97 of Summa Contra Gentiles
Second Book on Creation
by St. Thomas Aquinas
translated by the fathers of the English-Dominican province.
This Librevox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 97
That the intellect of a separate substance
always understands actually.
From the foregoing, it is also clear
that the intellect of a separate substance
always understands
actually, for that which is sometimes in act and sometimes in potentiality is measured by time.
But the intellect of a separate substance transcends time as we have proved. Therefore, it is not
sometimes actually understanding and sometimes not. Moreover, every living substance exercises
actually some operation by virtue of its nature, although other operations are in its
potentially. Thus, animals are always in the process of nourishment, although they do not
always sense. Now, separate substances are living substances as is clear from what has been said.
Therefore, by their nature, they must needs be always actually understanding.
Again, the separate substances, according to the teaching of philosophers,
move the heavenly bodies by their intellect.
Now the movement of the heavenly bodies is always continuous.
Therefore, the understanding of separate substances is continuous and perpetual.
The same conclusion follows, even if we deny that they move the heavenly bodies,
since they are higher than the heavenly bodies.
Wherefore, if the proper operation of a heavenly body, which is its movement, is continuous,
much more will the proper operation of separate substances,
namely understanding be continuous.
Moreover, whatever sometimes operates
and sometimes does not operate
is moved either per se or accidentally,
where for the fact that we are sometimes understanding
and sometimes not understanding
is due to an alteration in the sensible faculty
as stated in the seventh book of physics.
But separate substances are not moved per se,
since they are not bodies, nor are they moved accidentally, since they are not united to bodies.
Therefore their proper operation, which is to understand, is continual in them without any interruption.
End of Chapter 97, read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C. Chapter 98 of Summa Contra Gentiles,
second book on Creation by St. Thomas Aquinas, translated by the Fathers of the English
Dominican province. This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 98 How One Separate Substance Understands Another
If separate substances understand things that are by themselves intelligible, as we have proved,
and if separate substances are by themselves intelligible, since freedom from matter makes
a thing intelligible by itself, as appears from the foregoing, it follows that separate
Substances understand separate substances as their proper objects.
Wherefore each of them knows itself and others.
Each one indeed knows itself otherwise than the possible intellect knows itself.
For the possible intellect is in potentiality in intelligible being,
and is made actual by the intelligible species,
even as primary matter is made actual insensible being by a natural form.
Now nothing is known according as it is only in potentiality,
but a thing is known according as it is in act.
Hence the form is the principle whereby we know the thing which is made actual thereby,
and in like manner the cognitive power is made actually cognizant by some species.
Accordingly, our intellect does not know itself except by the species,
whereby it is made actual inintelligible being.
For which reason Aristotle in the third book of De Anima says that
it is knowable in the same way as other things,
namely by species derived from phantasms as by their proper forms.
On the other hand, separate substances by their nature exist actually inintelligible being,
wherefore each one of them knows itself by its essence
and not by the species of another thing.
Since, however, all knowledge is according
as the image of the thing known is in the knower,
and since one separate substance is like another
as regards the common generic nature,
while they differ the one from the other in regard to the species,
as appears from the foregoing,
you would seem to follow that the one does not know the other
as regards its proper specific nature,
but only as regards the common nature of their genus.
Accordingly, some say that one separate substance
is the efficient cause of another.
Now, in every efficient cause,
there must be the image of its effect,
and likewise in every effect,
there must be the likeness of its cause,
because every agent produces its like.
Hence, in the higher separate substance,
there exists the likeness of the lower, as in the cause there is the likeness of its effect,
while in the lower there is the likeness of the higher, as in the effect there is the likeness of its cause.
Now, if we consider non-unifical causes, the likeness of the effect exists in the cause in a more
eminent manner, and the likeness of the cause is in its effect in a less eminent manner.
and the higher separate substances must needs be causes of this kind
with respect to the lower separate substances
because they are placed in various degrees which are not of one species.
Therefore, a lower separate substance knows a higher
according to the mode of the substance knowing
and not according to the mode of the substance known
but in a lower manner,
whereas the higher knows the lower in a more eminent way.
This is the meaning of the statement in Decauces that
an intelligence knows what is below it and what is above it
according to the mode of its substance
because the one is the cause of the other.
But since we have shown above
that intellectual separate substances
are not composed of matter and form,
they cannot be caused except by way of creation.
Now to create belongs to God alone
as we proved above.
Therefore, one separate substance cannot be the cause of another.
Further, it has been proved that the principal parts of the universe are all created immediately by God.
Therefore, one of them is not caused by another.
Now each of the separate substances is a principal part of the universe much more than the sun or moon,
since each of them has its proper species,
which is also more noble than any species of things corporeal.
Therefore one of them is not caused by another,
but all are produced immediately by God.
Hence, according to the foregoing,
each of the separate substances knows God by its natural knowledge,
according to the mode of its substance,
whereby they are like God as their cause.
But God knows them as their cause.
their proper cause, having in himself the likeness of them all. Yet one separate substance
is unable to know another in this way, since one is not the cause of another. We must therefore
observe that, since none of these substances, according to its essence, is an adequate
principle of the knowledge of all other things, it is necessary for each of them, in addition to
its own substance, to have some intelligible images whereby each of them is enabled to know another
in its proper nature. This can be made clear in the following manner. The proper object of an
intellect is an intelligible being, and this includes all possible differences and species of being,
because whatever can be is intelligible. Now, since all knowledge is caused by some kind of likeness,
The intellect is unable to know its object wholly, unless it has in itself the likeness of all being and of all its differences.
But such a likeness of all being can only be an infinite nature, which is not confined to any species or genus of being, but is the universal principle an active force of all being.
And this is the divine nature alone, as we proved in the first book.
and every other nature, since it is confined to some genus or species of being,
cannot be a universal likeness of all being.
It follows, therefore, that God alone, by his essence, knows all things,
while every separate substance, by its nature, knows its own species alone with a perfect knowledge.
Whereas the possible intellect does not know itself at all thus,
but by its intelligible species, as stated above.
Now, from the very fact that a particular substance is intellectual,
it is capable of understanding all being.
Wherefore, as a separate substance is not by its nature
made actually to understand all being,
that substance, considered in itself, is in potentiality,
as it were, to the intelligible images whereby all being is known.
and these images will be its acts according as it is intellectual.
But it is not possible that these images be otherwise than several,
for it has already been proved that the perfect image of the whole universal being
cannot but be infinite,
and just as the nature of a separate substance is not infinite but limited,
so an intelligible image existing therein cannot be infinite,
but is confined to some species or genus of being.
Wherefore, several such images are requisite for the comprehension of all being.
Now, the higher a separate substance is,
the more is its nature similar to the divine,
and consequently it is less limited
as approaching nearer to the perfection and goodness of the universal
being, and for this reason it has a more universal participation of goodness and being.
Consequently, the intelligible images that are in the higher substance are less numerous
and more universal.
This agrees with the statement of Dionysius in the Celestial Hierarchy 12 that the higher
angels have a more universal knowledge.
And it is said in Decauces that, the higher-intuitive, that, the higher-inteliority
intelligences have more universal forms.
Now the highest point of this universality is in God
who knows all things by one, namely his essence,
whereas the lowest is in the human intellect
which, for each intelligible object,
requires an appropriate intelligible species,
can measure it with that object.
It follows that, with the higher substances,
knowledge through the more universal forms
is not more perfect as it is with us.
For through the image of animal,
whereby we know something in its genus only,
we have a more imperfect knowledge
than through the image of man
whereby we know the complete species.
Since to know a thing as to its genus only
is to know it imperfectly and potentially as it were,
whereas to know a thing as to its species
is to know it perfectly and actually.
Now our intellect,
since it obtains the lowest place in intellectual substances,
requires images particularized to that extent
that to each proper object of its knowledge,
there must needs correspond a proper image in it.
Wherefore, by the image of animal,
It knows not rational, and consequently, neither does it know man, except in a certain respect.
On the other hand, the intelligible image that is in a separate substance is of more universal virtue,
and suffices to represent more things.
Consequently, it argues not a more imperfect, but a more perfect knowledge,
because it is virtually universal,
like the active form in a universal cause
which, the more universal it is,
the greater the extent of its efficiency
and the more efficacious its production.
Therefore, by one image,
it knows both animal and the differences of animal.
Or again, it knows them in a more universal
or more limited way according to the order of the aforesaid substances.
Hence we may take examples of this, as we have stated, in the two extremes,
namely in the divine and human intellects.
For God knows all things by one, namely his essence,
while man requires different likenesses to know different things.
Moreover, the higher his intellect, the more things he is able to know through fewer.
wherefore we need to give particular examples to those who are slow of intelligence
in order that they may acquire knowledge about things.
Now, since a separate substance, considered in its nature,
is in potentiality to the images by which all being is known,
we must not think that it is devoid of all such images,
for such is the disposition of the possible intellect
before it understands, as stated in the third book of
de anima. Nor again must we think that it has some of them actually and others potentially only,
even as primary matter in the lower bodies has one form actually and others potentially.
And as our possible intellect, when we are already possessed of knowledge,
is an act in respect of some intelligibles and in potentiality in respect of others.
for since these separate substances are not moved, neither per se nor accidentally, as we have proved,
whatever is potential in them must be actual, else they would pass from potentiality to act,
and thus they would be moved per se or accidentally.
There is, therefore, in them, potentiality and act as regards intelligible being,
just as there is in the heavenly bodies as regards natural being.
For the matter of a heavenly body is so perfected by its form
that it does not remain in potentiality to other forms,
and in like manner the intellect of a separate substance
is wholly perfected by intelligible forms with respect to its natural knowledge.
On the other hand,
our possible intellect is proportionate to the corruptible bodies,
to which it is united as a form,
because it is made to have certain intelligible forms
actually in such a way that it remains in potentiality to others.
For this reason it is stated in Decauces
that an intelligence is full of forms,
since, to wit,
the whole potentiality of its intellect
is perfected by intelligible forms.
And thus, one separate substance is able to,
to understand another through these intelligible forms. Someone, however, may think that,
since a separate substance is intelligible by its nature, there is no need to assert that one
is understood by another through intelligible species, but that they understand one another by the
very essence of the substance understood. For it would seem that the fact of a substance
being understood through an intelligible species is accidental to material substances, from there not
being actually intelligible through their essence.
Wherefore it is necessary for them to be understood through abstract intentions.
Moreover, this seems in accord with the statement of the philosopher who says, in the second book
of metaphysics, that, in separate substances, there is no distinction between matter, intellect,
the act of understanding, and the thing understood.
And yet, if this be granted, it involves not a few difficulties.
First, because the intellect in act is the thing understood in act, according to the teaching
of Aristotle, and it is difficult to see how one separate substance is identified with another
when it understands it.
Again, every agent or operator acts through its form, to which its operation corresponds
as heating corresponds to heat.
wherefore we see the thing whose species informs the sight.
Yet it does not seem possible for one separate substance to be the form of another,
since each has its being separate from the other.
Therefore it is seemingly impossible for the one to be seen by the other through its essence.
Moreover, the thing understood is the perfection of the one who understands.
Now a lower substance cannot be a perfect.
of a higher. It would follow, therefore, that the higher would not understand the lower,
if each were understood through its essence and not by another species. Further, the intelligible
object is within the intellect as to that whereby it is understood. Now no substance enters into
the mind, save God alone, who is in all things by his essence, presence, and power. Therefore,
or it is seemingly impossible for a separate substance to be understood by another through its essence
and not through its image in that other. This must indeed be true, according to the opinion of Aristotle
who says that understanding takes place through the fact that the thing understood in act
is one with the intellect in act. Wherefore, a separate substance, although it is by itself
actually intelligible, is nevertheless not understood in itself except by an intellect with which
it is one. And it is thus that a separate substance understands understands itself by its essence,
so that, according to this, the intellect, the thing understood, and the act of understanding are the same
thing. But according to the opinion of Plato, understanding takes place through contact of the
intellect with the thing understood, so that, in consequence, one separate substance can
understand another through its essence when it is in spiritual contact with it.
The higher understanding the lower, by enclosing and containing it by its power, as it were,
and the lower understanding the higher, as though it grasped it as its own perfection.
Hence Dionysius says, in On the Divine Names 4, that the higher substances are intelligible,
as the food of the lower substances.
End of Chapter 98.
Read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 99 of Summa Contra Gentiles,
second book on Creation by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English-Dominican province.
This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 99.
That separate substances know material things.
By these aforesaid forms, then, a separate substance knows not only other separate substances,
but also the species of corporeal things. For, since their intellect is perfect in respect of its
natural perfection, being wholly in act, it follows that it comprehends its object,
intelligible being to it, in every respect. Now, intelligible being, comprises also the
also the species of corporeal things. Therefore, a separate substance knows them. Again,
since the species of things are differentiated as the species of numbers, as stated above,
it follows that the higher species contains in some way that which is in the lower, even as the greater
number contains the lesser. Seeing then that separate substances are above corporeal substances,
It follows that whatever is contained in corporeal substances materially
is contained in separate substances intelligibly,
for that which is in a thing is there according to the mode of the thing in which it is.
Again, if the separate substances move the heavenly bodies, as philosophers say,
whatever results from the movement of the heavenly bodies
is ascribed to those same bodies as instruments,
since they move through being moved,
and to the separate substances that move them as principal agents.
Now they act and move by their intellect.
Consequently, they cause whatever is done by the movement of the heavenly bodies,
just as the craftsman works through his tools.
Hence their forms which are generated and corrupted are in separate substances intelligibly.
wherefore Boethius in his book De Trinitate says that
From forms that are without matter came the forms that are in matter
Therefore separate substances know not only separate substances
But also the species of material things
For if they know the species of bodies subject to generation and corruption
As being the species of their proper effects
much more do they know the species of heavenly bodies
as being the species of their proper instruments.
Wherefore, since the intellect of a separate substance is an act,
having all the images to which it is in potentiality,
and since it has the power to comprehend all the species and differences of being,
it follows of necessity that every separate substance
knows all natural things and their whole order.
Yet seeing that the intellect and act is the thing actually understood,
someone might think that a separate substance does not understand material things,
for it would seem incongruous that a material thing should be the perfection of a separate substance.
But if the point be considered a right,
the thing understood is a perfection of the one who understands
according to the image thereof in the intellect,
for the stone which is outside the soul
is not a perfection of our possible intellect.
Now the image of the material thing
is in the intellect of a separate substance immaterially
according to the mode of a separate substance
and not according to the mode of a material substance.
Wherefore, there is no reason
why we should not say that this image
is a perfection of the separate substances intellect
as its proper form.
End of Chapter 99.
Read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 100 of Summa Contra Gentiles,
second book on Creation by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English-Dominican province.
This Libravox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 100.
That separate substances no singular.
Since in the intellect of separate substances,
the images of things are more universal than in our intellect
and more efficacious as a medium of knowledge,
it follows that separate substances,
through the images of material things,
no material things not only according to their generic or specific nature,
but also according to their individual nature.
For seeing that the species of things in the intellect
must needs be immaterial,
they cannot, as existing in our intellect, be the principle of knowing singulars, which are individualized by matter,
because the species of our intellect are of such limited virtue that one leads to the knowledge only of one.
Wherefore, just as the image of the generic nature cannot lead to the knowledge of genus and difference,
so that the species be known thereby, in like manner, the nature, the species be known thereby, in like manner,
The image of the specific nature cannot lead to the knowledge of the principles of individuality,
which are material principles, so that the individual be known thereby in its singularity.
On the other hand, the image in the intellect of a separate substance, since it is of a more universal
virtue, being at the same time one and immaterial, is able to lead to the knowledge of both the specific
and the individualizing principles, so that through it the separate substance is able by
its intellect to know not only the generic and specific natures, but also the individual nature.
Nor does it follow that the form through which it knows is material,
nor that such forms are infinite according to the number of individuals.
Further, whatever a lower power can do, that can a higher power do, but in
a higher way. Hence the lower power works by many instruments, whereas the higher power works
by one only. For a power, the higher it is, the more is it consolidated and unified, whereas,
on the other hand, the lower power is disunited and multiplied. Hence we observe that the one
power of the common sense apprehends the various kinds of sensibles which the five external
senses perceive. Now the human soul is lower than a separate substance in the order of nature,
and it is cognizant of universals and singulars through two principles, namely, sense and intellect.
Consequently, a separate substance, being higher, knows both in a higher way by one principle,
namely, the intellect. Again, the order in which the order in which the
the intelligible species of things reach our intellect is contrary to the order in which they reach
the intellect of a separate substance, for they reach our intellect by a process of analysis
and by abstraction from material and individualizing conditions, so that it is not possible
for us to know singulars through them. On the other hand, they reach the intellect of a separate
substance by a process of synthesis, as it were, since it has intelligible species through its
likeness to the first intelligible species, namely, the divine intellect, which is not abstracted
from things but productive of them. Now, it is productive, not merely of the form, but also of the
matter which is the principle of individuality, wherefore the species of the intellect of a separate
substance represent the whole thing, not only the principles of its species, but also the principles
of its individuality. Consequently, we must not deny separate substances the knowledge of
Singulars, although our intellect is unable to know Singulars. Further, if the heavenly bodies are
moved by the separate substances, according to the statement of philosophers, since separate
substances act and move by their intellect, they must needs know the movable that they move,
and this is some particular thing, for universals are immovable. Their positions also, which are
changed by their movement, are singular things, and cannot be unknown to the substance which
moves them by its intellect. We must therefore say that separate substances, no single
connected with these material things.
End of Chapter 100.
Read by Michael Shane Craig Lambert, L.C.
Chapter 101 of Summa Contra Gentiles,
second book on Creation
by St. Thomas Aquinas,
translated by the fathers of the English-Dominican province.
This Librevox recording is in the public domain.
Chapter 101.
Whether separate substances
know all things at the same time,
by their natural knowledge. Now, since the intellect in act is the thing actually understood,
as the sense in act is the thing actually sensed, according to the third book of De Anima
Chapter 2, Paragraph 4, and Chapter 5, paragraph 2, and since the same thing cannot be several
things actually at the same time, it would seem impossible for the intellect of a separate substance
to have various species of things intelligible, as we have stated above.
But it must be noted that not all is actually understood,
the intelligible species of which is actually in the intellect.
For since a substance which has understanding has also a will,
and consequently has the control of its action,
it is in its power when it already has an intelligible species
to make use of it for understanding actually.
or if it have several species to use one of them.
Wherefore, we do not actually consider all the things whereof we possess knowledge.
Therefore, an intellectual substance that has knowledge through several species
uses one of them as it will, and thereby knows actually at the same time all that he knows
by one species.
For they are all as one intelligible thing insofar as they are known through one species.
even as our intellect knows at the same time several things compared or related to one another as one individual thing.
But it does not know at the same time the things which it knows through different species.
Therefore, as there is one understanding, so is there one thing actually understood.
Accordingly, in the intellect of a separate substance, there is a certain succession of understandings.
There is not, however, movement, properly speaking,
since act does not succeed potentiality,
but act succeeds act,
whereas the divine intellect,
for as much as it knows all things through one,
namely the divine essence,
and because its act is its essence,
knows all things at the same time.
Consequently, there is no succession in his understanding,
but his act of intelligence is wholly perfect at the same time and endureth through all ages amen end of section one hundred and one read by michael shane craig lambert l c to lose france end of sumacontradin tilley's second book on creation
